Home

Contents of Manuals for Spectrum Analyzer FSP

image

Contents

1. Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM CVL ACTive ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM DEFault FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM GSETup ON OFF not available for FSP default setting on the FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM HCOPy ON OFF not available for FSP default setting on the FSP FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM HW Settings ON OFF FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM LINes ALL ON OFF FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM LINes ALL ON OFF FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM LINes ACTive ON OFF not available for FSP default setting on the FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM MACRos ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM NONE FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM SCData ON OFF FSP MMEMory SELect ITEM TRACe ACTive ON OFF no numeric suffixes behind TRACe FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM TRACe lt 1 4 gt ON OFF numeric suffixes behind TRACe FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM TRANsducer ALL ON OFF not available for FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM TRANsducer ACTive ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE MMEMory STORe STATe 1 path FSP FSE MMEMory STORe TRACe 1 to 3 path FSE OUTPut AF SENSitivity lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE OUTPut UPORt lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE O
2. jc FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Set status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON display on OFF off fL Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 800MHz Set frequency Sea Set level CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 10dBm Reference level T Example 1 Configure CP ACP for CDMA CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC2 MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP ACP measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC POW PRES F8CDMA Select CDMA800 FWD CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH ACP 2 Select 2 adjacent channels CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES ACP Optimize settings CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES RLEV Optimize reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH MODE ABS Absolute measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW HSP ON Fast ACP measurement fem Perform measurement and query results CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC2 MARK FUNC POW RES ACP Query result CALL IBRD analyzer result
3. result Space 100 Pee TT FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Set status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON display on OFF off Le Configure FSP for OBW for GSM CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 935 2MHz Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC POW SEL OBW OBW measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH BAND 200KHZ Channel bandw 200 kHz CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW BWID 95PCT Percentage of power CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES OBW Set frequency and CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES RLEV optimize reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW NCOR OFF Noise correction OFF switch off ON switch on eL Perform measurement and query results CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC POW RES OBW Query result CALL IBRD analyzer result Print result END SUB REM AAA X dc ke e de khe ke hee de He He ke hee ke hee ke eek eek He He ke He e ke ke He e He He He ke ee ke eek He e de ke He ke ke ke He ke ke k e ee k ee ke k k 1093 4820 12 7 27 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Time Domain Power Measurem
4. IF STB AND 16 gt 0 THEN CALL Outputqueue IF STB AND 4 0 THEN CALL ErrorQueueHandler IF STB AND 8 0 THEN CALL Questionablestatus IF STB AND 128 gt 0 THEN CALL Operationstatus IF STB AND 32 0 THEN CALL Esrread END IF noDevice END SUB End of SRQ routine REM kk kk kk kkk k kk k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kkk kk kkk ee e sk e e ee ke ke ke e e e ke ke e e kkk Reading out the status event registers the output buffer and the error event queue is effected in subroutines 1093 4820 12 7 9 E 2 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming FSP Reading Out the Output Buffer REM Subroutine for the individual STB bits Public SUB Outputqueue Reading the output buffer result SPACES 100 Make space for response CALL IBRD analyzer result PRINT Contents of Output Queue result END SUB REM AAA ke ke ke e de de He He Fe ke hee e de He ke ee ke He e de He He He ke ke de e ke He e ke he e ke eek ke ke ke He ke ke e ke ke e k ke k k k k k Reading Out Error Messages REM Subroutine for reading the error queue Public SUB ErrorQueueHandler Ica RRORS SPACES 100 Make space for error variable CALL IBWRT analyzer SYSTEM ERROR CALL IBRD analyzer ERRORS PRINT Error Description ERRORS END SUB REM k
5. CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST COMM PRIN ENUM NEXT Read out the next CALL IBRD analyzer DevicesS i printer name IF Left Devices i 2 THEN GOTO SelectDevice Abort at end of list PRINT Drucker Str i DevicesS i Indicate printer name NEXT i 1093 4820 12 7 46 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples SelectDevice MEME ERSS Select device printer language and output interface CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST COMM PRIN SEL Devices 6 Select printer 6 8 CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DEST SYST COMM PRIN Configuration Output to printer interface CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DEV LANG GDI Output language GDI Select orientation portrait landscape and colour BW CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP PAGE ORI PORTrait Portrcalit CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DEV COL OFF Black and white Configure and start print out CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP ITEM ALL Select complete screen CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP ITEM WIND1 TRAC STAT ON alternative only CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP ITEM WIND2 TRAC STAT ON traces in screen A B CALL IBWRT analyzer CLS Reset status registers CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP IMMediate OPC Start print out CALL WaitSRQ boardID r
6. 4 190 4 205 SOURCE ON OFF sss 4 188 6 170 SOURCE POWER 4 189 4 204 6 248 6 251 SPAN MANUAL 4 10 6 222 SPAN RBW AUTO 50 4 28 6 207 SPAN RBW MANUAL 4 24 6 207 SPLIT SCREEN sese 4 133 6 118 STANDARD DEVIATION 4 85 6 78 6 79 STABLE rite m erii et 4 8 6 222 START LIMIT 4 85 4 86 6 47 STARTUP RECALL sess 4 169 6 163 STATISTICS iia 4 157 6 5 STEPSIZE 6 221 STEPSIZE MANUALE 4 8 STOP mii e t ded eases iad cate 4 8 6 223 STOP LIMIT iis 4 85 4 86 6 47 STOP SCAN SWEEP COUNT E SWEEP DONT 4 30 6 244 SWEEPTIME AUTO 4 22 4 29 6 241 SWEEPTIME MANUAL 4 10 4 21 4 29 6 241 SYSTEM INFO nete tede 4 155 SYSTEM MESSAGES 4 158 6 270 6 271 Tc EE 4 54 6 87 ET M 4 54 6 87 THRESHOLD s 4 71 4 77 6 93 6 94 TIME DOM POWER 4 83 6 73 6 75 6 76 6 78 TIME LINE 1 2 sss 4 130 TIME DATE 4 150 6 270 6 273 TIME DATE ON OFF sees 4 134 6 121 TINT uie 4 136 4 179 6 119 6 145 TOL bt ea he feme es 4 116 6 63 TRACE MATH 4 54 6 87 TRACE MATH OFF 4 54 6 88 TRACE POSITION 4 54 6 87 TRACK BW 4 9 6 70 TRACK ON OFF 4 9 6 70 TRACK THRESHOLD
7. Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation 100 Command Error The command is faulty or invalid 101 Invalid Character The command contains an invalid sign Example A header contains an ampersand SENSes amp 102 Syntax error The command is invalid Example The command contains block data the instrument does not accept 103 Invalid separator The command contains an imallowed sign instead of a separator Example A semicolon is missing after the command 104 Data type error The command contains an invalid value indication Example ON is indicated instead of a numeric value for frequency setting 105 GET not allowed A Group Execute Trigger GET is within a command line 108 Parameter not allowed 1093 4820 12 The command contains too many parameters Example Command SENSe FREQuency CENTer permits only one frequency indication 9 2 E 1 FSP Error Messages Continuation Command Error Error code 109 Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Missing parameter The command contains too few parameters Example The command SENSe FREQuency CENTer requires a frequency indication 110 Command header error The header of the command is faulty 111 Header separator error The header contains an imallowed separator Example the header is not followed by a White Space ESE255 112 Program mnemonic too long The header conta
8. Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement PETC BURS MACC PERC AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 134 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement PETC BURS MACC PERC MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FET
9. Deu Read out result Print Result CP ACP low ACP up Alt low Alt up Print result 1093 4820 12 7 25 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Dem Example 2 Configure CP ACP manually for GSM result Space 100 CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 935 2MHz Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP ACP measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH ACP 1 1 adjacent channel CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH BAND 200KHZ Channel bandw 200 kHz CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH BAND ACH 200KHZ Adjacent channel band width 200 kHz CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH SPAC 200KHZ Channel spacing 200 kHz CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES ACP Optimize settings CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH PRES RLEV Optimize reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer SENS POW ACH MODE ABS Absolute measurement Ice Start measurement and query result CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP Query result CALL IBRD analyzer result fem Read out result Print Result CP ACP low ACP up Print result m
10. MMEM MOVE D TESTO1 CFG D USER DATA Moves TEST01 CFG from D to D USER DATA MMEM MOVE D TESTO1 CFG D USER DATA SETUP CFG Moves TEST01 CFG from D to DAUSERWDATA and renames the file in SETUP CFG Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory MSIS device This command changes to the drive indicated The drive may be the internal hard disk D or the floppy disk drive A Example MMEM MSIS A Characteristics RST value D SCPI conforming Mode all MMEMory NAME file name This command defines a destination file for the printout started with the command HCOPy IMMediate In this case the printer output must be routed to destination FILE using the command HCOP DEST MMEM The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name The file name and path information comply with DOS conventions Parameter file name DOS file name Example HCOP DEV LANG BMP Selection of data format HCOP DEST MMEM Selection of the output device MMEM NAME PRINT1 BMP Selection of file name HCOP IMM Start of the printout Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6
11. ESolution num value Deo AUTO OFF Deo num value ESolution AUTO ON Deo AUTO ON Deo RATio 3 Deo RATio 10 Deo RATio 0 1 Deo RATio num value ESolution RATio 0 02 ESolution RATio num value ESolution AUTO ON Deo AUTO ON ESolution TYPE NORMal FFT I L AUTO HIGH MEDium LOW FSP BW Key SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth AUTO OFF HARSAE SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth R SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI area SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO OFF SONDA SENSe SWEep TIME num value SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth Rl AUTO SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI AUTO SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO ON AUTO COUPLING RATIO RBW VBW SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI SINE M1734 RBW VBW SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI PULSE ERLI RBW VBW SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI NOISE 10 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI MANUAL SPAN RBW SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth R AUTO 50 SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth R MANUAL SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth R BESAVUT SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI SENSe SWEep TIME AUTO ON SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth Rl LEE CFILter RRC SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth PL BANDWIDTH VBW MODE SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth VI LIN LOG 11093 4820 12 6 351 Deo TYPE LINear LOGarithmic E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis FSP SWEEP Key CONTINUOUS INITiate CONTinuous ON SWEEP SINGLE INITiate CONTinuous OFF SNE
12. FPEaks FPEaks FPEaks FPEaks UNCtion UNCtion UNCtion UNCtion 10 COUNt 2Y A HK FPEaks SORT X Y num value LIMits STATe ON OFF IMits LEFT num value E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis RIGHT THRESHOLD PEAK LIST OFF MARKER DEMOD MKR DEMOD nj X MKR STOP TIME MKR gt TRACE 11093 4820 12 p H z H H O B O Ex ez CA CA CA CA Cul Cul LCul Cul ate lt 1 2 gt ate lt 1 2 gt ate 1 2 ate lt 1 2 gt FSP MARKer 1 4 5 X SLIMits STATe ON OFF MARKer 1 4 5 X SLIMits RIGHt num value THReshold STATe THReshold num value ON OFF with option audio demodulator FSP B3 only CA Cul CA Cul CA Cul CA Cul ate lt 1 2 gt ate lt 1 2 gt ate lt 1 2 gt ate lt 1 2 gt CA Cul ate 1 2 6 350 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation STATe ON OFF ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation SELect AM ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation SELect FM ARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation HOLDoff lt num_value gt ARKer lt l 4 gt TRACe numeric value DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt TRACe numeric value E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis
13. sse 6 65 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion ST Rack Subsystem sss 6 70 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary Subsystem sss 6 72 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WCDMA 3GP FDD BTS and MS CS ITS EE EEN 6 84 CALCulate MATH Subsystem sse enne enne ieina iaia aadik 6 87 CALOulate STATistics Subsystem sssssssssssssssseses esent enne 6 89 CALOulate THReshold Subsystem ssssssssssssssseeee enne enne 6 93 CALCulate UNIT Subsystem sssssssssssssseseeee eene entere ennt s inrer nene 6 95 CALibration S UbSyStemi e E 6 96 CONFigure Subsystem ciiin c iie deeg adoa Sip roaa raap iada inea sadida 6 98 CONFigure BURSt Subsystem sse eene nnne nennen nnne nens 6 102 CONFigure SPECtrum Subsystem sse enne nnne nnne 6 105 CONFigure SPUhRious Subsystem ssssssssssssss esee nnns 6 106 CONFigure W CDPower Subsystem sssssssssssss esee nennen 6 107 DIAGNOSTIC SUDSYSTOM ENEE EES cu sand cue erus earen iaee sadia ca saB de Ei Se 6 114 DISPlay SubSyStems eege ee 6 117 FETCH Subsystl em 5 erii nete tinae niece dad ce sas eurer Ioas anoo caua ec aC cerae paupe De 6 125 FETGh BURSt S bsystem nue tete team e etu etri ifesdea 6 125 FETGh PTEMplate SubsySt im nette ree
14. Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 133 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the original offset supression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC OSUP MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile AVERage This command reads out the average of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate
15. sss 6 88 PERCENT MARKER 4 108 6 49 PH NOISE ON OFF sessi 4 68 6 16 Le EE 6 153 PN OFFSET CHIPS sse 6 212 POLARITY POS NEG 4 32 4 35 6 243 6 294 PORT x O 1ESP 6 170 POWER ABS REL 4 86 6 81 POWER OFESET 1 rre tee 6 248 POWER ON OFF 4 84 6 73 6 75 6 76 6 78 6 82 POWERBEE rte 6 214 PREAMP 4 139 PREAMP ON OFFESPI 6 154 PREDEFINED COLORS 4 136 4 180 6 120 6 146 PRESCAN PHASES A 6 153 PRESELECT ON OFFESP esses 6 154 PRINT SCREEN 4 36 4 174 6 147 6 148 6 164 PRINT TABLE 4 174 6 147 6 148 6 164 PRINT TRACE 4 174 6 147 6 148 6 164 PULSE xx de eeh eie 6 115 PWH OFFSET eiie eee 4 189 QP RBW UNCOUPLED esses 6 207 QUASIPEAK eniti ient 6 220 QUASIPEAKESPI esses 6 220 RANGE LINEAR 4 14 6 123 RANGE LOG 100 aB 4 13 6 121 6 123 RANGE LOG MANUAL 4 14 6 121 6 123 1093 4820 12 10 8 FSP RBW VBW MANUAL esee 4 23 6 209 RBW VBW NOISE 10 v4 23 6 209 RBW VBW PULSE 1 v4 23 6 209 RBW VBW SINE 1 8 4 22 6 209 REGCALL retta 4 166 4 210 6 162 6 217 RECEIVER FREOUENCKEGP 6 221 REF END ON OFF esses 4 61 6 14 REF EEVEL ease v4 13 6 122
16. with option tracking generator FSP B9 only SOURCe AM STATe ON OFF SOURCe FM STATe ON OFF SOURCe FM DEViation num value SOURCe DM STATe ON OFF with option external generator control FSP B10 only SOURce EXTernal STATe ON OFF SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator TYPE SMEO2 SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator LINK TTL SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator ADDRess 28 SOURce EXTernal POWer 30dBm SOURce EXTernal FREQuency NUMerator 4 SOURce EXTernal FREQuency DENominator 3 SOURce EXTernal FREQuency OFFSet 100MHZ 6 368 E 3 FSP Contents Programming Examples Contents Chapter 7 Remote Control Programming Examples 7 Remote Control Programming Examples eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 1 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming necesse esses ente neen nennen nnnm REENEN 7 1 Including IEC Bus Library for VisualBasic sse 7 1 Initialization and Default Status neret enne 7 2 Creating Global Varables sss eee nnne ens 7 2 Initiate Controller 5 55 3 1 th a ente i te DR De eege see 7 2 Initiate Instr ment 2 iere riri dece lene Ea EDERA emper some ddnde ias 7 3 Switching the Display On Off essent nnns 7 8 Configuring Power Save Function Display Permanently Switched Off 7 4 Transmission of Simple Instru
17. lt trigger level gt lt trigger offset gt lt type of meas gt lt of meas gt This command configures the instrument setup for multiple burst power measurement and starts a measurement sequence When synchronizing the command with OPC a service request is generated as soon as the defined number of individual measurements of meas is reached To reduce the setting time the setup is performed simultaneously for all selected parameters The command in the form of a query makes the instrument settings performs the defined number of measurements and outputs the measurement results list Parameters lt analyzer freq gt lt rbw gt meas time trigger source trigger level trigger offset type of meas it of meas 1093 4820 12 Receive frequency for the burst signals to be measured center frequency in manual operation Range 0 Hz to max frequency depending on instrument model resolution bandwidth for the measurement Range 10 Hz to 10 MHz in steps of 1 3 10 Time span during which measurement samples are sampled for RMS peak measurement The type of measurement is selected by type of meas Range 1us to 30s trigger signal source Possible settings EXTernal The trigger signal is fed from the Ext Trigger Gate input on the rear of the unit VIDeo The internal video signal is used as trigger signal Signal level at which the trigger becomes active For trigger
18. 4 9 6 71 TRACKING essit tnnt 4 188 TRANSDUCER A 4 140 TRANSDUCER AAA 6 217 TRANSDUCER FACTOR 4 140 6 217 6 219 TRANSDUCER SET 6 217 TRIGGER OFFSET 4 32 6 294 TUNE TO MARKER A 6 64 TV TRIG SETTINGS sss 4 39 TV TRIGGER ON OFF sess 4 39 6 245 UNIT ccce USE SCAN TABLEESPI VBW EIN LOG Eug S 4 27 6 209 REENEN 4 39 6 295 VERT SYNC EVEN FIELD 4 39 6 295 VERT SYNC ODD FIELD 4 39 6 295 VIDEQ 4 4 31 6 291 6 293 VIDEO BW AUTO 4 21 6 208 VIDEO BW MANUAL 4 20 6 208 VIDEO POL POS NEG 4 40 6 295 VIEW 4 44 6 124 VIEW TRANSDUCER esses 4 141 VOL Tra ntaa a R deeg 4 14 6 95 6 297 RRE 4 14 6 95 6 297 SE RER geseet deer reese 4 7 6 221 6 222 X SPAN einsenstsensbeuvhee 4 6 6 221 6 222 X OFFSET t 4 122 6 38 1093 4820 12 Index X AXIS RANGE sese 4 110 6 91 X AXIS REF LEVEL 4 109 6 90 Y AXIS MAX VALUE 6 91 Y OEFSET her et 4 122 6 40 6 43 Y AXIS MAX VALUE sss 4 110 Y AXIS MIN VALUE 4 110 6 91 ZERO SPAN 4 10 6 222 Edel 5 iiid ueo b ree 4 36 Zuordnung Befehl 6 344 SoftkeyGRID MIN LEVEL 6 123 SDan ace icri on ud M E DUE 4 10 Special charachers 6 2 Spectrum analyzer mode 4 5 Split screen 3 8 4 133 tote Ole EE 4 72 SRE service request enable register 5 21 SRQ service reque
19. CA Characteristics RS SCPI Mode A 1093 4820 12 ON W ACH ACH T value OFF Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement in Screen A REL STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the alternate adjacent channels in screen A ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the alternate adjacent channels in screen A Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end LC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in screen A device specific 6 33 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute 200DBM to 200DBM 200DBM to 200DBM This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower upper alternate adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power in the selected measurement window The numeric suffix after ALTernate lt 1 2 gt denotes the first or the second alternate channel The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command It shoul
20. COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT CONFigure WCDPower BTS Option FS K72 MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum OBANdwidth OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF CTABle STATe lt Boolean gt SELect file name NAME file name DATA AUTO numeric value AUTO numeric value COMMent string COPY file name DELete CATalog MS Option FS K73 MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum OBANdwidth OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF CTABle STATe lt Boolean gt SELect file name NAME file name DATA numeric value numeric value COMMent string COPY file name DELete CATalog CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum OBANdwidth OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF This command selects a predefined measurement of WCDMA base station tests option FS K72 The settings of the predefined measurements are described in detail in the operating manual of the option Parameter POWer Channel power measurement with predefined settings ACLR Adjacent channel power measurement with predefined settings ESPectrum Measurement of spectrum emission mask OBANdwith OBWidth Measurement of occupied power bandwidth WCDPower Code domain power measurement Same effect as command INSTrument SELect WCDPower but setting of command INIT CONT ON OFF remains unchanged FDOMain Overview measurement in the frequency dom
21. EDG e POLarity POSitive e HOLDoff num value SW Eep EGA Vel VIDeo numeric value EGative oder e LENGth num value 6 357 N N EGative EXTernal EGative E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis TRACE Key SELECT TRACE CLEAR WRITE MAX HOLD AVERAGE VIEW BLANK SWEEP COUNT DETECTOR AUTO DETECTOR AUTOPEAK DETECTOR MAX PEAK DETECTOR MIN PEAK DETECTOR DETECTOR RMS DETECTOR AVERAGE DETECTOR QPK TRACE MATH ASSL APS Savi POSITION n Uu 5 bi S ES B Q E a E D d 11093 4820 12 DISPla DISPla DISPla oder ENSe DISPla CA CA TRACE2 CA ENSe ENSe ENSe ENSe ENSe ENSe ENSe ENSe Cul Cul Cul y WINDow lt 1 2 gt y WINDow lt 1 2 gt y WINDow lt 1 2 gt y WINDow lt 1 2 gt y WINDow lt 1 2 gt SWEep COUNt ector FU ector FU ector EFU ector FU ector FU ector FU ector FU ector FU AVERage STATe 1 3 gt ON num value AVERage COUNt num value NCtion AUTO NCtion APEak NCtion NCtion SAMPle Ction RMS NCtion NCtion QPEak ate lt 1 2 gt MATH STATe ON ate lt 1 2 gt MA H EXPRession ate 1 2 MATH CALCul
22. SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 256 E 3 FSP STATus Subsystem STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable LIMit 1 2 EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT QUES Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES LIM COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable register The ENABle register sel
23. Result 1 FAIL S Read out result Print Limit Result Line 5 result Evaluate limit line in screen A by means of status register CALL IBWRT analyzer CLS Reset status register Mere Measure e CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT OPC Perform sweep with sync CALL WaitSRQ boardID status Wait for service request IF status 1 HEN CALL IBWRT analyzer STAT QUES LIM1 COND Read out STAT QUES LIMit CALL IBRD analyzer result register IF Val result And 16 0 THEN Print Limit5 failed ELSE Print Limit5 passed END IF END IF END SUB REM KK KKK KK KK KK IKK IKK ke hee ke IKK ee khe I IK ke ke ke ke He e ke ee ke ce He He ke cec ke ck ke ke k e k ke k ee ke k k 1093 4820 12 7 24 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power In the following example the channel and adjacent channel power is first measured on a signal with a level of 0 dBm at 800 MHz to IS95 Then the channel and adjacent channel power is measured on a GSM signal at 935 2 MHz with fast ACP measurement FAST ACP In addition the limit test is activated REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub ACP result Space 100
24. This command switches on and off the limit check for adjacent channel power measurements in the selected measurement window The commands CALCulate LIMit ACPower ACHannel STATe or CALCulate LIMit ACPower ALTernate STATe must be used in addition to specify whether the limit check is to be performed for the upper lower adjacent channel or for the alternate adjacent channels The numeric suffixes lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command Example CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on the ACP limit check in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 26 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELative 0 to 100dB 0 to 100dB This command defines the relative limit of the upper lower adjacent channel for adjacent channel power measurements in the selected measurement window The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured channel power It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the absolute limit value defined with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ACHannel ABSolute This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as defined in mobile radio standards The numeric suffixes lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command Parameter Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 The first numeric value is
25. Trigger Block Gate Delay Error gate length Gate Delay This message is output when the gate signal length is not sufficient for the pull in delay with a predefined gate delay Tracking LO is Unlocked This message is output when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails on the tracking generator module Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation OPTIONS INI invalid This message is output when an error has been recognized in the file OPTIONS INI which contains the clearing codes for retrofitable firmware applications If this file is not correctly recognized all firmware applications are blocked for this instrument Hardcopy not possible during measurement sequence This message is output when a printout is started during scan sequences that cannot be interrupted Such sequences are for example Recording the system error correction data calibration e Instrument selftest In such cases a synchronization to the end of the scan sequence should be performed prior to starting the printout Printer Not Available This message is output when the selected printer is not included in the list of available output devices A possible cause is that the required printer driver is missing or incorrectly installed CPU Temperature is too high This message is output when the temperature of the processor exceeds 70 C 9 8 E 1 FSP Index 10 Index Note All softkeys are listed alphabetically unde
26. ese sii GND cND GND GND INIT AUTOFEEC GND GND GND GND ERROR SELECT IN Input I Description Output O STROBE Pulse for transmitting a data byte min 1us pulse width e LOW a T Y 6 m fo mme ooo 5 e o mmus oo 6 9 o omes Er p e omes o L u i d Indicates that the printer is LE to receive the next byte active LOW BUSY Signal is active when the printer cannot accept data active HIGH 12 PE Signal is active when the paper tray is empty active HIGH 13 SELECT Signal is active when the printer is selected active HIGH 14 AUTOFEED When signal is active the printer automatically performs a linefeed after each line active LOW ERROR This signal is high when the printer has no paper is not selected or has an error status active LOW INIT Initialize the printer active LOW SELECT IN If signal is active the codes DC1 DC3 are ignored by the printer active LOW Fig 8 4 Pin assignments for the LPT connector 1093 4820 12 8 6 E 2 FSP Instrument Interfaces RS 232 C Interface COM The standard FSP is equipped with a serial interfaces RS 232 C COM connector at the rear of the instrument The interface can be set up and activated manually in the SETUP GENERAL SETUP menu in the COM PORTtable Selection OWNER INSTRUMENT Interface Characteristics Serial data transmission in asynchronous mode Bi dir
27. scaling select shift unit EE Line Frequency Frequency Line 1 2 4 129 level Display Line 1 2 sess 4 129 HIPS EBS eI once eret an RA de nee md 4 120 reference tracking generator 4 193 4 208 threshold intu en 4 77 Time Time Line 1 2 4 130 Line system Lines LO exclude Login out NT controller LOGO xsi een Lower case 6 EPT interfaces d mA 8 6 M Maintenance ia ERREUR Ee 8 1 Manual operation I II so Ro neu 5 4 5 6 SWIG AO iii i tit eee gati ed 4 4 Marker adc ies 4 57 center frequency Io 4 75 CF stepsize to 4 80 indication 34 N aB Down 4 69 TOLMAN PT 4 57 Deck 4 65 4 75 reference level 10 rario 4 75 search limit 4 77 signal ta k E 4 9 LO TACO EE 4 59 4 7 1093 4820 12 FSP ZOO EE 4 63 Max hold ces xt a er d a oe eras 4 42 Max peak detector sss 4 52 MAXH trace info nnne 3 5 Maximum peak value esses 4 86 Maximum search densin ee er edes 4 75 Maximum value ssssssssssssssss sese n nnns 4 84 Mean power GSM bur 4 85 Mean value ce ciere eti nne rn ne ear nane coo 4 85 Measurement Deguenck COnvertmg 4 198 4 213 reflection e teer 4 211 IIT 4 196 transmission eise 4 190 4 205 Measurement example ACP with user specific channel configuration
28. 1093 4820 12 6 211 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower MPERiod AUTO ON OFF This command activates ON the automatic determination of the optimum demodulation length The demodulator calculates the signal noise ratio of the WCDMA signal and automatically selects a suitable setting Example CDP MPER AUTO ON Switches on the automatic determination of the demodulation length Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower PNOFfset numeric value This command sets the nominal offset value of the base station in chips Example CDP PNOF 5 Sets the PN offset to 5 chips Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower ICTReshold 50 to 10dB This command sets the threshold value in the Code Domain Power diagram from which a channel is treated as active The level entered refers to the total signal power Example CDP ICTR 10DB Sets the threshold value to 10 dB Characteristics RST value 20dB FS K72 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower SBANd NORMal INVerse This command is for interchanging the left and the right sideband Example CDP SBAN INV Interchanges the sidebands Characteristics RST value NORM SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower LEVel ADJust This command is used for setting automaticall
29. Call ibwrt analyzer FORMAT ASCII Select ASCII format Call ibwrt analyzer TRAC IQ DATA Re measure and read I Q data CALL ibrd analyzer asciiResult CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IO STAT OFF De activate I Q data acquisition mode if no further measurements are to be performed END SUB REM e ecce eee e e e ee e e se e e e e e e e e e e sk e he ee e se e he e e s e e e e e sk e ke ee e ke e ee ke ke ke e ek e kv k kx 1093 4820 12 7 40 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Averaging UO Data The FSP has averaging capability also for UO measurements i e UO data can be averaged over several test runs This is subject to the following conditions 1 An external trigger signal must be available for data measurement and the trigger signal must be phase locked to the signal measured The same reference frequency signal must be used for the DUT and the FSP The sampling rate must be 32 MHz since only with this sampling frequency will the measurement be performed phase synchronous with the trigger signal If all of the above conditions are fulfilled no phase shift will occur between consecutive test runs Phase shift may invalidate the measured average so that in extreme cases a value of 0 is obtained The default setting of the instrument for data measurement without averaging has to be changed as follows Pero FSP default setting CALL Se
30. FSET 1093 4820 12 6 319 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod SBANd NORMal INVerse not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod SQUelch LEVel 30 to 150 dBm not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod SQUelch STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt AM RANGe UPPer 3PCT 10 PCT 100PCT not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage COUNt 0 to 32767 FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage COUNt 0 to 32767 FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage TYPE VIDeo LINear command is used to select logarithmic or linear averaging on the FSP therefore parameters are incompatible to the FSE FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage TYPE MAXimum MINimum command is used to select SCALar logarithmic or linear averaging on the FSP therefore parameters are incompatible to the FSE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage STATe lt 1 3 gt ON OFF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth DEMod lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth PLL AUTO HIGH MEDium not available for FSP LOW FSU SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth PLL AUTO HIGH MEDium new fu
31. LIMit STATe is set to OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 42 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 82 UPPer STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the indicated limit line in the selected measurement window The limit check is activated separately with CALC LIM STAT ON In analyzer mode the result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate LIMit 1 to 8 gt FAIL Example CALC1 LIM4 UPP STAT ON Switches on limit line 4 upper limit in screen A CALC2 LIM4 UPP STAT ON Switches on limit line 4 upper limit in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer OFFSet numeric value This command defines an offset for the Y axis of the selected relative upper limit line In contrast to CALC LIM UPP SHIFt the line is not shifted by modifying the individual Y values but by means of an additive offset The offset is independent of the measurement window Only the unit dB is available in the spectrum analysis mode Example CALC LIM2 UPP OFFS 3dB Shifts limit line 2 by 3 dB upwards in the corresponding measurement windows Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer MARGin lt numeric_value gt This command defines a margin to an upper limit line at which out of
32. MGSM CONF S PEC SWI READ uo PEC SWI Result 0 833 1 834 2 834 0 835 E6 833 E6 834 E6 834 E6 835 Lp GI Characteristics RST value device specific SCPI Mode MS ECtrum SWITCHing Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects the TRA measurement 2 Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result E6 37 4 36 0 ABS MARGI E6 35 2 36 0 ABS FAI ED E6 74 3 75 0 RE FAI ED E6 65 0 60 0 RE PASSED This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 189 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP SENSe Subsystem The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems The commands of these subsystems directly control device specific settings they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the measurement signal The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer In accordance with the SCPI standard the keyword SENSe is optional for this reason which means that it is not necessary to include the SENSe node in command sequences The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 and SENSe2 SENSe1 Modification of screen A settings SENSe2 Modification of screen B settings Screen A is automatically selected if 1 or 2 is missing SENSe ADEMod Subsystem The purpose of the commands defined below is to set up
33. This command queries the results of a multiple burst power measurement as configured and initiated with SENSe MPOWer SEQuence The results are output in a comma separated list of floating point values The unit used for the return values is always dBm This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way using the service request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement If no measurement results are available the command will return a query error Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example ESE 1 Configuration of status reporting systems for the SRE 32 generation of an SRQ on operation complete SENSe MPOWer 935 2MHz 1MHz 434us VIDEO 50PCT Bus MEAN 20 OPC Configuring and starting the measurement Further actions of the control computer during measurement On SRQ Response to service request SENSe MPOWer RESult Characteristics RST value SCPI instrument specific Mode A F A T MS SENSe MPOWer RESult MIN This command queries the minimum power value in a multiple burst power measurement as configured and initiated with SENSe MPOWer SEQuence The unit used for the return values is always dBm If no measurement result is available the command will return a query error Note This command is not
34. Y AXIS MIN VALUE ADJUST SETTINGS DEFAULT SETTINGS ADJUST SETTINGS MODULATION DEPTH SELECT MARKER 11093 4820 12 ue z8 gx Z 5 DI e bi Ka g gt a o S as SE j E Cul Cul CA CA ate STA ate STA Cul ate STA D D Cul ate STA PAA CALC MARK Y PE SENSe BANDwidth R SENSe BANDwidth R CALCulate STATistics CALCU ate STA Cul ate STA CA CALCU ate STA CALCU ate STA CALCU ate STA CALCU ate STA CALCU ate STA INITiate INITiate INITiate INITiate CONTi CALCU CALCu ate 1 2 CALCU ate lt 1 2 gt late 1 2 CALCu ate 1 2 istics Rl istics APD STATe ESult 1 3 M istics CCDF STATe istics RESult 1 3 5 MI RC 0 10 istics X istics X istics Y istics istics istics istics nuous ON IMMediate MARKer lt l MARKer lt l MARKer lt l MARKer lt 1 PRI 0 RLEVel num val RANGe ON OFF EAN P ON num val OFF EAN P ESolution AUTO OFF ESolution num value NSAMples num value ue ue UPPER num value SCALe AUTO ONCI ESet SCALe AUTO ONCI CONTinuous OFF IMMediate 4 4 gt 4 gt 4 gt CJ
35. e ecce eee e e e ee e e se e e e ce se e e e e e sk e he ee e se e he ee e e e ee e sk e ke ee e ke e e ee ke ke ke ek e kv k kx Public Sub SetupInstrument ee uen FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Set status registers CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON display on OFF off improved Y performance CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP FORM SINGle Full screen CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND1 SEL Active screen A CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep aS Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQUENCY CENTER 100MHz Center frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ SPAN 1 MHz Span rte Set level CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 20dBm Referenc level CALL IBWRT analyzer INP ATT 10dB Input attenuation iri EE lt Scale y axis CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y SPAC LOG Log level axis CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y SCAL 100dB Level range CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y
36. 4 59 4 73 4 80 6 10 6 46 MKR DEMOD ON OFF esee 4 72 6 61 MKR STOP TIME 4 78 6 61 MODUL ATION AN 4 199 MODULATION DEPTH nannananenenaenanaennennnana 4 114 6 62 MODULATION OFF 4 201 6 246 6 247 N dB DON 4 69 6 57 6 58 6 59 NAME 4 124 6 21 6 22 6 37 6 38 6 41 6 43 NETWORK tt tec et 4 203 NETWORK ornnes ne aes aini an anas 4 204 NETWORK LOGIN sss 4 152 NEW iia ino 4 141 4 142 NEW CHAN TABLE sss 6 108 NEW LIMIT LINE4 124 6 21 6 22 6 37 6 38 6 40 6 42 NEXT MIN nci 4 81 6 13 6 51 6 52 NEG MOIE 4 76 NEXT PEAK 4 75 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 50 NO OF PEAKS entres 6 88 NO OF SAMPLES sse 4 109 6 90 NO OF ADJ CHAN 4 95 6 235 NOISE CORR ON OFF nsnansnnnnenennennnennennnnennnnna 6 238 NOISE MEA 4 65 6 60 NOISE SRC ON OFF esses 4 138 6 115 NORMALIZE 4 192 4 207 6 216 NORMALIZE ON OFF sessi 6 214 NUMBER OF GWEEDG sess 4 87 6 242 OCCUP BW ON OFF 4 103 6 65 6 66 6 69 OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH 4 103 6 65 boreal 4 178 us 4 153 T E 6 153 Bees ee ee 6 153 PEAK ee 4 65 4 75 4 84 6 12 6 50 6 73 PEAK EXCURSION 4 71 4 78 6 52 BEAICEIST i aie time 4 70 PEAK LIST OFF iita iet 4 71 PEAK LIST ON OFFESPI sese 6 124 PEAK SEARCH 4 62 4 69 4 71 6 88 PEAKS SUBRANGES
37. 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS PHOLd RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation new function for FSP RESult FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMarySDE Viation new function for FSP AVERage RESult FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDE Viation new function for FSP PHOLd RESult FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDE Viation ON OFF new function for FSP STATe FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion TOI RESult new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion TOI STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ZOOM lt numeric value gt FSP function uses always marker 1 as its reference marker FSE all available markers can be used as a reference marker 1093 4820 12 6 310 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt LOEXclude ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer
38. CALL IBRD analyzer result Print Delta 2 result De Peak search with search limit in x direction CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK X SLIM STAT ON LEFT OHz RIGHt 100 05MHz Search limit on and set below LF on the right side CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT3 STAT ON MAX MAX RIGHt Delta marker 3 on Peak and then Next Peak Right CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT3 X Y Delta marker 3 Read out frequency and level both must CALL IBRD analyzer result have the value 0 Print Delta 3 result 1093 4820 12 7 14 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples p re Peak search with search limit in y direction CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC THR STAT ON CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC THR 35DBM Threshold on and set above LF CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT3 STAT ON MAX MAX NEXT Delta marker 3 on Peak and then Next Peak gt is not found CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT3 X REL CALC DELT3 Y CALL IBRD analyzer result Delta marker 3 read out frequency and level both must have the value 0 Print Delta 3 result Set center frequency and reference level by means of markers CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK2 FUNC CENT Delta marker
39. CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABIe NAME lt file_name gt This command selects an existing channel table or creates the name of a new channel table Example CONF WCDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Creates the new channel table file NEW TAB Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABIe DATA 2 9 0 511 0 numeric value AUTO 2 4 8 16 0 1 numeric value This command defines the values of the selected channel table Each line of the table consists of 8 values code class gt lt code number gt lt use TFCI gt lt timing offset AUTO gt lt pilot length gt lt pitch gt lt status gt lt CDP relative dB gt Code class 2to9 Code number 0 to 511 1093 4820 12 6 108 E 3 FSP CONFigure CDPower Subsystem use TFCI 0 not used 1 used Timing offset 0 to 38400 for code class 9 the step width is 512 else 256 for AUTO the timing offset is calculated by the instrument Pilot length code class 9 4 code class 8 2 4 8 code class 7 4 8 code class 5 6 8 code class 2 3 416 Pitch 0 normal channel 1 pitch channel Status 0 not active 1 active CDP relative for setting commands any value for query CDP relative value Channels PICH CPICH and PCCPCH may only be defined once If channel CPICH or PCCPCH is missing in the command it is automatically added at the end of the table Prior to this command the name of the channel
40. DB AUTO Boolean EATT numeric value DB Only with option B25 AUTO Boolean Only with option B25 STATe lt Boolean gt Only with option B25 IMPedance 50 75 OHM GAIN STATe Boolean Only with option B25 INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation 0 to 70 75 dB This command programs the input attenuator To protect the input mixer against damage from overloads the setting 0 dB can be obtained by entering numerals not by using the command DEC The step width is 10 dB without the option electronic attenuator the range 0 dB to 70 dB The input attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps between 0 dB and 75 dB with the option electronic attenuator In the default state with analyzer mode the attenuation set on the step attenuator is coupled to the reference level of the instrument If the attenuation is programmed directly the coupling to the reference level is switched off Example INP ATT 40dB Sets the attenuation on the attenuator to 40 dB and switches off the coupling to the reference level Characteristics RST value 10 dB AUTO is set to ON SCPI conforming Mode all INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation AUTO ON OFF This command automatically couples the input attenuation to the reference level state ON or switches the input attenuation to manual entry state OFF The minimum input attenuation set with the coupling switched on is 10 dB with electronic attenuator option 5 dB Example INP ATT AUTO
41. END SUB REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk 1093 4820 12 7 32 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists A typical task for the FSP is power measurement at a number of frequency points e g at multiples of the fundamental harmonics measurement or at frequencies defined by a mobile radio standard e g spectrum due to transients at 200 kHz 400 kHz etc about the carrier frequency of a GSM signal In many cases different level and or bandwidth settings are required for the different frequency points to match the channel spacing and meet the requirements of dynamic range Especially for this application the FSP offers a number of remote control functions commands available in SENSe LIST subsystem that allow level measurement based on a frequency list with different instrument settings assigned to different frequencies Not only the frequency list can be programmed but also the measurement types PEAK RMS AVG to be performed simultaneously can be selected The example below describes a harmonics measurement on a dual band amplifier The harmonics level in general decreases as the frequency increases To boost measurement sensitivity therefore the reference level is lowered by 10 dB from the third harmonic The following settings are used Reference level 10 00 dBm up to 2nd harmonic 0 dBm from 3rd harmonic HF attenuatio
42. FSP Een RAy MAGenta E 3 FSP FILE Key SAVE SELECT CONFIG ENABLE RECALL RECALL EDIT COMMENT ITEMS TO SAVE RCL ITEMS DEFAULT DISABLE ALL ITEMS ALL ITEMS DATA SET LIST DATA SET CLEAR DATA SET CLEAR ALL STARTUP FILE MANAGER EDIT PATH MAKE DIRECTORY DISK SORT c E nj D Q Fe bo o p o o G B be s d K pi 5 eal Ei d 11093 4820 12 MMI MMI MMI MMI MMI MMI Eb Ei Bd B Ej Ej Ej Ej E omm Ej EMory EMory EMory ory ory ory ory ory ory ory EMory EMory EMory ory ory ory ory ory Command Assignment Signal Analysis STORe STATe 1 lt file_ name LOAD STATe 1 file name COMMent string SELect ITEM HWSettings ON OFF SELect ITE TRACe ACTive ON OFF SELect ITE INes ALL ON OFF SELect ITE NONE SELect ITE DEFault SELect ITE NONE SELect I ALL E CLEar STATe 1 lt file_name gt CLEar ALL LOAD AUTO 1 lt file_name gt MSIS lt device gt CDIRectory lt directory_name gt MDIRectory lt directory_name gt INITialize lt msus gt MOVE file source file destination no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command MMI MMI MMI EMory EMory EMory COPY file sourc
43. FSP Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming Rem CK CKkCk kCkck ck ckck kckck kck ck kCck ck kCck ck kck kc kk ko kck k ck ck ck ck ck k ck ck k ck ck k ck kk kk kk ck k ck ck k ck k ck ck k kk k k kk kk k Rem The waiting function below expects the transfer of the desired Rem waiting time in milliseconds The keyboard and the mouse remain Rem operative during the waiting period thus allowing desired elements Rem to be controlled Rem KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Public Sub Hold delayTime As Single Start Timer Save timer count on calling the function Do While Timer lt Start delayTime 1000 Check timer count DoEvents Return control to operating system to enable control of desired elements as long as timer has not elapsed Loop End Sub Rem ACKCKkCk kCkck kCckck k ck ck k ck ck kck ck kk ck kCk ck kk ck kk ck ck ck k ck ck k ck ck k ck ck k ck ck k ck k kk ck k ck ck k ck k k ck k kk k k KKK KKK The waiting procedure is activated simply by calling Hold lt Waiting time in milliseconds gt Service Request Routine A service request is processed in the service request routine Note the variables userN and userM must be pre assigned usefully Public SUB Srq ON ERROR GOTO noDevice No user existing CALL IBRSP analyzer STB Serial poll read status byte IF STB gt 0 THEN This instrument has bits set in the STB SRQFOUNDS 1
44. READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate This command starts the premeasurement of power vs time and reads out the results The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Leveli gt Level2 RBW measured level level corrected by means of the bandwidth bandwidth This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS PTEM REF Executes the measurement and queries the result Result 43 2 43 2 600000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt REFerence IMMediate 1093 4820 12 This command starts the premeasurement of power vs time and returns the measured level in dBm This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate Note This command has been included only for reasons of compatibility with FSE K10 Instead of this command the command READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate
45. Remote Control in a Network RSIB Interface This section assumes basic knowledge of IEC IEEE bus programming and operation of the controller A description of the interface commands can be obtained from the relevant manuals The requirements of the SCPI standard placed on command syntax error handling and configuration of the status registers are explained in detail in the following sections Tables provide a fast overview of the bit assignment in the status registers The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description of the status registers The program examples for IEC bus programming are all written in VISUAL BASIC 1093 4820 12 5 1 E 2 Getting Started FSP Getting Started The short and simple operating sequence given below permits fast putting into operation of the instrument and setting of its basic functions As a prerequisite the IEC IEEE bus address which is factory set to 20 must not have been changed 1 Connect instrument and controller using IEC IEEE bus cable 2 Write and start the following program on the controller CALL IBFIND DEV1 analyzers Open port to the instrument CALL IBPAD analyzer 20 Inform controller about instrument address CALL IBWRT analyzer RST CLS Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 100MHz Set center frequency to 100 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ SPAN 10MHz Set span to 10 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP TRAC Y RLEV 10d
46. Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC RMS AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy RMS MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC RMS MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 180 E 3 FSP READ
47. Space 100 SS FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Set status registers CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON display on OFF off x nr eto Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ STARt 85MHz STOP 125 MHz Span emm Set level CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 20dBm Reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync l TOI measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC TOI ON Switch on TOI measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC TOI RES and read out results CALL IBRD analyzer result hase Read out result Print TOI dBm result END SUB REM kk KK KKK KKK KKK KK KK IKK KK KK IKK KKK e hee ek ke e hee ek kk ke ke he de He ke e ee KKK ke ke ke ke k k ke KR k k 1093 4820 12 7 21 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Measuring the AM Mo
48. The controller can operate other instruments CALL IBRD analyzer OpcOkS Wait for 1 from OPC REM Third possibility Use of OPC REM In order to be able to use the service request function in conjunction REM with a National Instruments GPIB driver the setting Disable REM Auto Serial Poll must be changed to yes by means of IBCONF CALL IBWRT analyzer SRE 32 Permit service request for ESR CALL IBWRT analyzer ESE 1 Set event enable bit for operation complete bit CALL IBWRT analyzer ABOR INIT IMM OPC Start sweep and synchronize to OPC CALL WaitSRQ boardID result Wait for service request REM Continue main program END SUB REM x kkk k kk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k k e kk kk he kkk kk e ee ke ke ke ee e ke ke ke e kkk 1093 4820 12 7 6 E 2 FSP Service Request Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming The service request routine requires an extended initialization of the instrument in which the relevant bits of the transition and enable registers are set In order to use the service request function in conjunction with a National Instruments GPIB driver the setting Disable Auto Serial Poll must be changed to yes by means of IBCONF Initiate Service Request REM Example of initialization of the SRQ in the case of errors PUBLIC SUB SetupSRQ CALL IBWRT analyzer
49. This command queries the name of the first printer in the list of printers available under Windows NT The names of other installed printers can be queried with command SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate NEXT If no printer is configured an empty string is output Example SYST COMM PRIN ENUM FIRS Characteristics RST value NONE SCPI device specific Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate NEXT This command queries the name of the next printer installed under Windows NT The command SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate FIRSt should be sent previously to return to the beginning of the printer list and query the name of the first printer The names of other printers can then be queried with NEXT After all available printer names have been output an empty string enclosed by quotation marks is output for the next query Further queries are answered by a Query Error Example SYST COMM PRIN ENUM NEXT Characteristics RST value NONE SCPI device specific Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter SELect lt 1 2 gt printer name This command selects one of the printers configured under Windows NT including the associated output destination The specified printer name must be a string as returned by the commands SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate FIRSt or SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate NEXT Note Command HCOPy DESTination is used to select an output mediu
50. amp amp SS KR A A A A A A A A A gt AMAA AAAA Sum bit amp logical AND hshahahel ENABlepat 32 1 0 ek of all bits Fig 5 3 The status register model 1093 4820 12 5 18 E 2 FSP CONDition part PTRansition part NTRansition part EVENt part ENABle part Sum bit Status Reporting System The CONDition part is directly written into by the hardware or the sum bit of the next lower register Its contents reflects the current instrument status This register part can only be read but not written into or cleared Its contents is not affected by reading The Positive TRansition part acts as an edge detector When a bit of the CONDition part is changed from 0 to 1 the associated PTR bit decides whether the EVEN bit is set to 1 PTR bit 21 the EVENt bit is set PTR bit 0 the EVENt bit is not set This part can be written into and read at will Its contents is not affected by reading The Negative TRansition part also acts as an edge detector When a bit of the CONDition part is changed from 1 to 0 the associated NTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1 NTR Bit 1 the EVENt bit is set NTR Bit 0 the EVENt bit is not set This part can be written into and read at will Its contents is not affected by reading With these two edge register parts the user can define which state transition of the condition part none 0 to 1 1 to 0 or both is stored in the EVENt part The EVENt
51. gives a list of error messages that the FSP may generate contains a list of error messages contains an index for the operating manual 0 1 E 3 Manuals FSP Service Manual Instrument The service manual instrument informs on how to check compliance with rated specifications on instrument function repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It contains all information required for the maintenance of FSP by exchanging modules 1093 4820 12 0 2 E 3 FSP Contents Remote Control Basics Contents Chapter 5 Remote Control Basics 5 Remote Control Basics i oeicecc cessa sieasi racc c enixa sas uu Reano LES DR NEEN EE 5 1 lir duchol meer EE 5 1 Getting Started 5 aee tri em ett tel come te aa ae fet esee aaaea aaea aaea raina 5 2 Starting Remote Control Operation eeeeeeeeisesieeeeeeeeeeeees eee ennen nnne annn sata nnn nnns nana 5 3 Display Contents during Remote Control 5 8 Remote Control via IEC IEEE Bus 5 4 Setting the Device Address ee eee pedo liege Pre e LE 5 4 Return to Manual Operation 5 4 Remote Control via RS 232 Interface sse 5 5 Setting the Transmission Parameters enne 5 5 Return to Manual Operation nennen trennen 5 5 Limitations reene eege Beete a Eege ee UNI ILI Ie ILIA 5 5 Remote Control in a Network RSIB Interface 5 6 Setting the Device Address AA 5 6 Return to Manual Operation eene nennen nnne nennen 5 6 Messages
52. result type This command reads the result data obtained by FM demodulation depending on the type indicated as a parameter The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command Note It is not possible to read out trace data when result type VIEW is selected Parameters lt result type gt WRITe The current measurement results will be obtained AVERage The measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements MAXHold The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements MINHold The minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements Notes The result type indicated must be one of those configured by SENSe JADEMod FM TYPE Otherwise a query error will be generated Return Values ASCII Format FORMat ASCII In this case the command will yield a list of comma separated values CSV of the measured values in floating point format The output unit is Hz Binary Format FORMat REAL 32 In this case the command will yield binary data Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 each measurement value being formatted in 32 Bit IEEE 754 Floating Point Format The schematics of the result string will be as follows 41024 lt value1 gt lt value2 gt lt value n gt with 4 number of digits 4 in the example of the following number of data bytes 1024 number of following data bytes 1024 in the example lt value x gt 4
53. 1000s This command defines the position of the time lines The time lines mark the times specified in the measurement window Time lines are only available with SPAN 0 Example CALC TLIN 10ms Characteristics RST value STATe auf OFF SCPI device specific Mode A Z CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches the time line on or off Example CALC TLIN2 STAT ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A Z 1093 4820 12 6 94 E 3 FSP CALCulate UNIT Subsystem CALCulate UNIT Subsystem The CALCulate Unit subsystem defines the units for power measurement settings COMMAND PARAMETERS onr commen CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DBM V A W DB PCT UNITLESS DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DBM V AJ W DB PCT UNITLESS DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere This command selects the unit for power in the selected measurement window Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements During GSM measurements the unit is either dBm power measurements or deg phase error measurements Example CALC UNIT POW DBM Sets the power unit for screen A to dBm Characteristics RST value dBm SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 95 E 3 CALibration Subsystem FSP CALibration Subsystem The commands of the CALibration subsystem determine the
54. 3 FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt Y SCALe RVALue AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSET DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt Y SCALe TOP lt numeric value gt not available for FSP ESI 1093 4820 12 6 315 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt STATe ON OFF FSP TRACe lt 1 3 gt FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSE FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt FERRor MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt FERRor STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh BURSt POWer IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh MODulation ALL ARFCn TXBand RXBand not available for FSP and COMBined DCSRx1800 FSET FSE FETCh PTEMplate REFerence TXBand not available for FSP and FSET FSE
55. 3 4 center 4 6 ell 4 60 coupling of diagrams sssesssesesee 4 133 display window 4 5 4 10 MM E 4 129 offset 49 Offset ext generator 4 213 offset tracking generator 4 198 Spal icai ihn et Asta DUIS 4 10 start 4 8 stop 48 switching off display 4 134 Frequency converting measurements 4 198 4 213 FRQ enhancement lable esses 3 6 Full screen 3 8 4 132 REE EE 4 10 G GAT enhancement lable esses 3 6 Gate delay eoi nU AER 4 36 external internal sessi 4 34 length GHz dBm key GMSK Midamble 1 1 i ne deer 6 100 E EE 6 101 H Hardcopy format oo dehet br cuddle 4 177 Olienitalion s eii e o E WEE HERE 4 177 SCVO Nissi ais EE vein ony TREO TUR EROR IARE 4 174 Hardware Adjustment 4 162 Hardware settings indication 3 3 Header itt het 5 10 Help line editor essere 3 20 1093 4820 12 Index Horizontal sync aime 4 39 Hotkey NETWORK ue iii re etl dan en 4 187 RECEIVER SCREEN A B SPECTRUM Hue Screen Hz aBi Key eiie rere mne 3 11 l E modulation ee tenen 4 201 IEC Bus Interface ii o metr EUER 8 13 IEC IEEE bus address io p eee 4 146 command description esee 6 1 interface interface functions programmi
56. 3 gt FUNCtion APEak NEGative POSitive SAMPle RMS AVERage QPEak AUTO Boolean POSitive NEGative RMS AVERage QPEak SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 3 gt FUNCtion APEak NEGative POSitive SAMPle RMS AVERage QPEak This command switches on the detector for the data acquisition in the selected trace and the indicated measurement window e The APEak detector AutoPeak displays the positive and also the negative peak value of the noise floor If a signal is detected only the positive peak value is displayed e The POSitive or NEGative detector only displays the positive or the negative peak value e With the Sample detector the value measured at the sampling time is displayed whereas the RMS value of the power measured at each test point is displayed with the RMS detector e The AVERage detector displays the power average value at each test point e The QPEak detector performs a signal evaluation for EMC measurements If QPEak is selected the video filter is automatically switched off The couplings between span and RBW as well as between RBW and sweep time are also switched off and restored on selecting another detector A long sweep time should be selected so that the quasi peak detector can fully settle at each test point The trace is indicated as numeric suffix in DETector Note APEak and QPEak are not available during GSM measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency er
57. 6 241 FINAL MIN PEAK cene 6 220 FINAL DHAGEG 6 153 FINAL OLAGIDEAk 6 220 FINAT RHMS te a 6 220 FIRMWARE UPDATE 4 162 6 271 FEM EE 4 73 6 60 6 291 FORMAT DISK essere 4 171 6 161 ell EE 4 31 6 291 FREQ AXIS LINAOG 6 121 FREQUENCY LINE 18 4 129 FREQUENCY OFFSET 4 9 4 198 4 213 6 223 6 247 FREQUENCY SWEEP 4 217 6 250 6 251 FULESCHEEN iwiueetelvue M 4 132 6 118 FULL SIZE DIAGRAM sese 4 93 FUEL SPAN niuis 4 10 6 222 GATE DELAY 4 36 6 243 GATE LENGTH 4 36 6 243 GATE MODE LEVEL EDGE cct 4 35 6 243 GATE SETTINGS eese 4 35 6 242 GATED TRIGGER eene 4 34 6 242 6 244 GENERAL SETUP eiie uS EI 4 146 GPIB ADDRESS 4 146 6 264 GRID ABS REL uuu ccccsssccccccccccosscesscesscosscesece 4 16 6 121 GRID RANGE LOG o0dPBtcbI 6 121 GRID RANGE LOG MANUALESPI 6 121 HARDCOPY ABORT esee 4 175 6 144 HARDWARE INFO 4 156 6 6 6 116 HOED SCANESP Iz iei ette cota ee retia caa 6 8 FHOR SYNG unius 4 39 6 294 IF POWER 4 32 6 244 6 291 6 293 INACT CHAN THREE 6 212 INPUT CAL 4 159 4 160 6 114 6 115 INPUT RF 2 eege ele 4 159 4 160 6 114 INSERT VALUE 4 127 INSTALL OPTION eee 4 153 INSTALL PDINITER 244 177 INVERT Qs aho eL e ERE L deest 6 214 ITEMS TO SAVE RECALL 4 167 6 166 LA
58. 6 4 GHz 144 10 SMLO1 GPIB 9 kHz 1 1 GHz 140 13 SMLO2 GPIB 9kHz 2 2 GHz 140 13 il T SMLO3 GPIB 9 kHz 3 3 GHz 140 13 11 SMR30 TTL 1 GHz 30 GHz ro SMR30B11 TTL 10 MHz 30 GHz 130 12 SMR60 TT 1 GHz 60 GHz 130 412 SMR20 TTL 1GHz 20 GHz ape I seii SMR20B11 TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz a302 7 2 412 2 2 SMR40 TTL 1 GHz 40 GHz 4302 199 SMR40B11 TTL 10 MHz 40 GHz Aso 122 eis sg aor SMReoB11 T 10 MHz 60 GHz 1307 3 417 3 3 3 3 T SMR27 TTL 1GHz 27 GHz 130 SMR27B11 TTL 10 MHz 27 GHz 130 411 9 TL SMP02 TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz 130 SMP03 TTL 10MHz 27 GHz 130 13 SMP04 TTL 10 MHz 40 GHz 130 412 SMP22 TTL 10 MHz 20 GHz 130 i 20 9 SMT02 GPIB 5 0 kHz 1 5 GHz 144 13 SMT03 GPIB 5 0 kHz 3 0 GHz 144 13 SMT06 GPIB 5 0 kHz 6 0 GHz 144 13 i 13 Wa lt S e eo H UJ I N w w 0 I N R o Requires mounting of option SMR B11 Maximum Minimum Power depends on the presence of option SMR B15 B17 and of the selected frequency range For details please consult the SMR datasheet Maximum Minimum Power depends on the presence of option SMP B15 B17 and of the selected frequency range For details please consult the SMP datasheet 1093 4820 12 6 266 E 3 SYSTem Subsystem Generator Interface Generato
59. AMPere DB DBUV M DBUA M DEG RAD S HZ PCT UNITLESS FAIL 25 query only CLEar IMMediate no query COMMent lt string gt COPY 1 to 8 lt name gt NAME lt string gt DELete 3 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt TRACe 1 t0 3 This command assigns a limit line to a trace in the indicated measurement window Examples CALC2 LIM2 TRAC 1 Characteristics SCPI Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 CALC LIM2 TRAC 3 RST value 1 device specific 6 20 Assigns limit line 2 to trace 3 in screen A Assigns limit line 2 to trace 1 in screen B at the same time E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the limit check for the selected limit line in the selected measurement window The result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate LIMit 1 to 8 gt FAIL Example CALC LIM STAT ON Switches on the limit check for limit line 1 in Screen A CALC2 LIM STAT OFF Switches off the limit check for limit line 1 in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode A BTS MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT UNITLESS This command defines the unit of the selected limit line The definition is valid independently of the measurement window Upon
60. BANDwidth BWIDth Replaces DISP FLINE of the FSE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STRack THReshold 330 to 30 dBm new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STRack TRACe 1to3 new function for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STRack STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AOFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AVERage ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MAXimum not available for FSP AVERage RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MAXimum not available for FSP PHOLd RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MAXimum not available for FSP RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MAXimum ON OFF not available for FSP STATe FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN AVERage RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN PHOLd R ESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MIDDle not available for FSP AVERage RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MIDDle
61. BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR PEAK AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR PEAK MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 127 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage This command reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This
62. C CALL IBWRT analyzer SR CALL IBWRT analyzer E CALL IBWRT analyzer S CALL IBWRT analyzer S CALL IBWRT analyzer S CALL IBWRT analyzer S END SUB LS Reset status reporting system E 168 Permit service request for STAT OPER STAT QUES and ESR register E 60 Set event enable bit for command execution device dependent and query error I OPER ENAB 32767 Set OPERation enable bit for all events OPER PTR 32767 Set appropriate OPERation Ptransition bits QUES ENAB 32767 Gert questionable enable bits for all events QUES PTR 32767 Set appropriate questionable Ptransition bits REM k k k k k oe k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k kk kk kkk ke ke e ee e ke ke ke ke kkk Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request There are basically two methods of waiting for the arrival of a service request 1 Blocking user inputs not possible This method is appropriate if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an SRQ is short shorter than the selected timeout if no response to user inputs is required during the waiting time and if as the main criterion the event is absolutely certain to occur Reason From the time the WaitSRQ function is called until the occurrence of the expected event it does not allow the
63. CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak Excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Markerl on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign Marker 1 to Trace 1 CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK MAX Set Markerl to 100 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT FUNC FIX ON Reference fixed Setting frequency level and bandwidth for harmonic measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 400MHz Span 1MHz Set freq of 3 harmonic CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND RES 1kHz and appropriate RBW CALL IBWRT analyzer SWEEP TIME AUTO ON Couple sweep time CALL IBWRT analyzer INP ATT AUTO ON Optimize level CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 50dBm CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT MODE REL Delta marker frequency relative CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT MAX X Y Read out delta marker Call ibrd analyzer result Read out frequency and level Print Deltamarker 1 result END SUB REM AAA X c ck de de He He de de hee de Fe He ke hee ke e He ke ke He He He He He He He He He He He He e He He He ke He He ke ke ke He e ke ke ke ke He ke ke k e ee k ee ke k k 1093 4820 12 7 18 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Phase and Phase Noise Measurement During phase noise measurement the noise power referred to 1 Hz is brought into proportion to the power
64. DATA lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt AOFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt FREQuency FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt RESolution 0 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 Hz FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt COUPled STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod not available for FSP and FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod AM RESult PPEak MPEak MIDDle not available for FSP and RMS FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod CARRier not available for FSP and FSET 1093 4820 12 6 308 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FERRor not available for FSP and FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FM PPEak MPEak MIDDle not available for FSP and RMS RDEV FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod PM PPEak MPEak MIDDle not available for FSP and RMS FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod SINad RESu
65. E 3 FSP SYSTEM MESSAGES CLEAR ALL MESSAGES CHANGES SERVICE BINE DIRAIS INPUT CAL SELFTEST SELFTEST RESULTS REFERENCE FREQUENCY CAL SIGNAL CHANGES PASSWORD CAL GEN 128 MHz CAL GEN SERVICE FUNCTION FIRMWARE UPDATE RESTORE FIRMWARE Bi o 8 z 9 S El lt 12 z t B mI E E ES ES 11093 4820 12 SYSTem ERRor SYSTem ERRor LIST SYSTem ERRor TST DIAGnostic SERVice DIAGnostic SERVice DIAGnostic SERVice DIAGnostic SERVice Command Assignment Signal Analysis I INPut SELect RF INPut SELect CALibration CSOurce POWer num value STESt R ESult SENSE lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator INTernal TUNe 0 4095 SENSE 1 2 ROSCillator INTernal TUNe SAVe SYSTem PASSword CENable DIAGnostic Sl DIAGnostic Sl DIAGnostic Sl DIAGnostic Sl ERVice ERVice ERVice ERVice lt string gt INPut PULSed OFF INPut PULSed ON INPut PULSed PRATe 128 MHz SFUNction lt string gt 6 365 E 3 FSP Command Assignment Signal Analysis HCOPY Key PRINT SCREEN PRINT TRACE PRINT TABLE HARDCOPY ABORT DEVICEI DEVICE2 COLOR COMMENT SCREEN A B INSTALL PRINTER 11093 4820 12 HCOPy ITEM ALL HCOPy IMMediate for printout into file add MMI HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe STATe HCOPy IMMediate for pr
66. MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion CENTer This command sets the center frequency of the selected measurement window equal to the frequency of the indicated marker lf marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker it is switched to the marker mode Example CALC MARK2 FUNC CENT Sets the center frequency of screen A to the frequency of marker 2 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion CSTep This command sets the step width of the center frequency in the selected measurement window to the X value of the current marker If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker it is switched to the marker mode Example CALC2 MARK3 FUNC CST Sets the center frequency of screen B to the same value as the frequency of marker 3 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion REFerence This command sets the reference level in the selected measurement window to the power measured by the indicated marker If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker it is switched to marker mode Example CALC MARK2 FUNC REF Sets the reference level of screen A to the the level of marker 2 Characteristics RST value SCP
67. MMEM SYST COMM PRIN SYST COMM CLIP MMEM Directs the hardcopy to a file Command MMEM NAME file name defines the file name All formats can be selected for HCOPy DEVice LANGuage SYST COMM PRIN Directs the hardcopy to the printer The printer is selected with command SYSTEM COMMunicate PRINter SELect GDI should be selected for HCOPy DEVice LANGuage SYST COMM CLIP Directs the hardcopy to the clipboard EwMF should be selected for HCOPy DEVice LANGuage Example SYST COMM PRIN SEL2 LASER on LPT1 Selects the printer and output medium for device 2 HCOP DEST2 SYST COMM PRIN Selects the printer interface as device 2 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 146 E 3 FSP HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy DEVice COLor ON OFF This command selects between color and monochrome hardcopy of the screen Example HCOP DEV COL ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode all HCOPy DEVice LANGuage lt 1 2 gt GDI WMF EWMF BMP This command determines the data format of the printout Parameter GDI Graphics Device Interface Default format for the output to a printer configured under Windows Must be selected for the output to the printer interface HCOPy DEVice SYST C
68. MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS modeModus CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurements SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR RMS MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 126 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage This command reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF
69. OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS The peak hold function is reset by switching off and on again 1093 4820 12 6 80 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AVERage ON OFF This command switches on or off averaging for the active time domain power measurement in the indicated window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Averaging is reset by switching it off and on again The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage COUNt It should be noted that synchronization to the end of averaging is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC2 MARK FUNC SUMM AVER ON Switches on the calculation of average in screen B AVER COUN 200 Sets the measurement counter to 200 INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MODE ABSolute RELative This command selects absolute or relative time domain power measurement in the indicated measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only
70. PCT UNITLESS FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT only the following units are FSIQ DBUV DBMV VOLT available for the FSP DBM DBUA AMPere DB DBPW WATT DBUV DBUV_MHZ DBMV MHZ DBMV VOLT DBUA DBUA MHZ DBUV_M AMPere DB DBUV_M DBUA M DBUV MHZ DBUA M DEG RAD S DBUA_MHZ DEG RAD HZ PCT UNITLESS S HZ PCT UNITLESS FSET CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT only the following units are ESI DBUV DBMV VOLT available for the FSP DBM DBUA AMPere DB DBPW WATT DBUV DBUV MHZ DBMV MHZ DBMV VOLT DBUA DBUA MHZ DBUV M AMPere DB DBUV_M DBUA M DBUV MHZ DBUA M DEG RAD S DBUA MHZ DEG RAD HZ PCT UNITLESS S HZ PCT UNITLESS FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer MARGin lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer MODE RELative ABSolute FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer OFFset lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer SHIFt lt numeric_value gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer SPACing LiNear LOGarithmic not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer THReshold lt numeric value gt new function for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer
71. PRESelection COUPling MID SET name of preselector set for not available for FSP medium RBW FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection FILTer HPASS FREQuency 100Hz to 5MHz not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection FILTer LPASS FREQuency 20KHz to 40MHz not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection FILTer STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection SET NARRow NORMal WIDE not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection USET SELect name of user defined not available for FSP preselector set FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt TYPE RF BALanced not available for FSP ESI INPut lt 1 2 gt TYPE INPUT1 INPUT2 not available for FSP FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt UPORt lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE NPut lt 1 2 gt UPORt lt 1 2 gt VALue not available for FSP ESI INPut2 COUPling AC DC not available for FSP FSP INSTrument COUPle NONE RLEVel CF B available coupling modes CFA between Screen A and Screen B have been changed between FSE and FSP FSE INSTrument COUPle NONE MODE X Y Available coupling modes CONTrol XY XCONtrol between screen A and screen YCONtrol ALL B have been changed between FSE and FSP FSP INSTrument lt 1 2 gt NSELect 1 currently only parameter value 1 available ESI INSTrument lt 1 2 gt NSELect 1to3 6 4 parameter values are available FSE INSTrument lt 1
72. RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register Example STAT QUES FREQ Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES FREQ COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES FREQ ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 261 E 3 STATus Subsystem FSP STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES FREQ PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUESt
73. SENSe 1 2 SWEep COUNt 0 to 32767 This command defines the number of sweeps started with single sweep which are used for calculating the average or maximum value In average mode the value 0 defines a continuous averaging of measurement data over 10 sweeps Example SWE COUN 64 Sets the number of sweeps to 64 INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe ON OFF This command switches on off the sweep control by an external gate signal If the external gate is selected the trigger source is automatically switched to EXTernal as well In case of measurement with external gate the measured values are recorded as long as the gate is opened There are two possibilities 1 The gate is edge triggered SWEep EGATe TYPE EDGE After detection of the set gate signal edge the gate remains open until the gate delay SWEep EGATe HOLDof has expired 2 The gate is level triggered SWEep EGATe TYPE LEVel After detection of the gate signal the gate remains open until the gate signal disappears A delay between applying the gate signal and the start of recording measured values can be defined with SWEep EGATe HOLDof f During a sweep the gate can be opened and closed several times The synchroniz
74. SPLIT SCREEN The two measurement windows are active The window valid for the setting is selected by the numeric suffix in the command eg SENSe lt 1 2 gt 6 367 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis FSP Hotkey NETWORK SOURCE ON OFF SOURCE POWER POWER SOURCE CAL CAL TRANS CAL REFL SHORT CAL REFL OPEN NORMALIZE REF VALUE POSITION REF VALUE RECALL FREQUENCY MODULATION EXT AM EKE EM EXT I Q MODULATION OFF EXT SRC ON OFF SELECT GENERATOR FREQUENCY Lo o o Se Ki Ki SE Ki nj d E 5 ui g Bi 4 4 E D v 11093 4820 12 with option tracking generator FSP B9 or option external generator control FSP B10 only with option tracking generator FSP B9 only OUTPut STATe ON OFF SOURCe POWer num value SOURCe POWer OFFSet num value with option tracking generator FSP B9 or option external generator control FSP B10 only SENSe CORRection METHod TRANsmission SENSe CORRection COLLect ACQuire THRough SENSe CORRection METHod REFLexion SENSe CORRection COLLect ACQuire THRough SENSe CORRection METHod REFLexion SENSe CORRection COLLect ACQuire OPEN SENSe CORRection STATe ON OFF DISP WIND TRAC Y RPOS num value DISP WIND TRAC Y RVAL num value SENSe CORRection RECall with option tracking generator FSP B9 only SOURce FREQuency OFFSet num value
75. STATus QUEStionable TRANsducer EVENt not available for FSP FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable EVENt FSP FSE STATus QUEue NEXT FSE SYSTem BINFo not available for FSP FSP SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt ADDRess 0 to 30 new command for FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice lt 1 2 gt ADDRess 0 to 30 not available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess 0 to 30 FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF RTERminator LFEOI EOI FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate FIRSt 1093 4820 12 6 326 E 3 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate NEXT FSP SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter SELect lt 1 2 gt lt printer_name gt numeric suffix behind SELect FSIQ SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter lt 1 2 gt SELect lt printer_name gt numeric suffix behind ESI PRINters FSP SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt LINK GPIB TTL new function for FSP FSP SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt TYPE lt name gt new function for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol DTR IBFull OFF only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol RTS IBFull OFF only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BAUD
76. Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC SWIT Selects the TRA measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the overview measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 105 E 3 CALibration Subsystem FSP CONFigure SPURious Subsystem This subsystem provides commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM MS FS K5 Analyzer mode used for measuring the power of spurious emissions SPU COMMAND PARAMETERS ur COMMENT CONFgue TT obPdnFSK5 Option FS K5 l SPURious IMMediate B zs no query CONFigure SPURious IMMediate This command selects measurement of spurious emissions When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPUR Selects the SPU measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the overview measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 106 E 3 FSP CONFigure CDPower Subsystem CONFigure WCDPower Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the Code Domain measurements option FS K72 or FS K73
77. WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe ON OFF 6 108 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect 6 108 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle NAME 6 108 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle DATA 2 to 9 0 to 511 O 1 numeric value 6 108 AUTO 2 4 8 16 O 1 numeric value CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle COMMent 6 109 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle COPY 6 109 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete Po CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle CATAlog Pf 6 1410 CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle RESTore 6 110 6 110 CONFigure WCDPower MS MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum 6 110 OBANdwith OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete Pt CONFigure lt 1 gt WCDPower MS CTABle CATAlog ee DIAGnostic 1 DIAGnostic 1 DIAGnostic 1 640 MHz 6 113 2 gt SERVice INPut SELect CALibration RF 6 114 2 SERVice INPut PULSedq State ON OFF 6 114 2 SERVice INPut PULSed PRATe 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz D o 6 115 DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice SFUNction 6 115 DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice NSOurce ON OFF 6 115 DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice CSOurce POWer 6 115 DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice STESt RESult D O DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice HWINfo Po 6 116 6 116 DISPlay FORmat SINGle SPLit 6 118 DISPlay ANNotation FREQuency ON OFF 6 118 1093 4820 11 6 334 E 3 FSP Command DISPlay LOGO DI
78. acceptor handshake full capability Listener function full capability unaddress if MTA Talker function full capability ability to respond to serial poll unaddress if MLA Service request function Service Request full capability DC1 Reset function Device Clear full capability Trigger function Device Trigger full capability DT1 IEC Bus Messages The messages transferred via the data lines of the IEC bus can be divided into two groups interface messages and instrument messages 1093 4820 12 8 4 E 2 FSP Instrument Interfaces Interface Messages Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC Bus when the ATN control line is active LOW They are used for communication between controller and instruments and can only be sent by the controller which currently has control of the IEC Bus Universal Commands The universal commands are encoded 10 1F hex They affect all instruments connected to the bus without addressing Table 8 3 Universal Commands QuickBASIC command Effect on the instrument DCL Device Clear IBCMD controller CHR 20 Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the command processing software to a defined initial state Does not change the instrument settings IFC Interface Clear IBSIC controller Resets the interfaces to the default setting LLO Local Lockout IBCMD controller CHR 17 SPE Serial Poll Enable IBCMD controll
79. analyzer MMEM LOAD AUTO 1 D NUSERNDATANTEST 1 fcc ccc Activate startup recall data set CALL IBWRT analyzer RST END SUB REM KK KKK KKK KKK KK ke IKK KKK IKK KKK e hee ek kk He ke he ek kk e ke ke de kk e ke ke ek ke ke ke e k ke ke k k k 1093 4820 12 7 43 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Reading and Writing Files Reading a File from the Instrument In the following example file TEST1 SET stored under D USERWDATA is read from the instrument and stored in the controller REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub ReadFile lem Generate variables Dim digits As Byte Number of digits of length information Dim fileBytes As Long Length of file with trace data in bytes result Space 100 Buffer for simple results Mee Default setting of status register Call SetupStatusReg Configure status register Pep Read out file Call ibwrt analyzer MMEM DATA D NUSERNDATANTESTI SET Select file Call ilrd analyzer result 2 Read and store number of digits Val Mid result 2 1 digits of length information Call ilrd analyzer result digits Read and store length fileByte
80. limit line 4 127 meas uremernt tc hc cd eee 4 163 Scalar reflection measurement 4 196 4 211 Scaling E E 4 16 level display range sess 4 14 liit line io t te ten eee Ice IRAE 4 125 x and y axis signal statistic 4 109 SCPI conformity information esses 6 1 introduction 5 9 SCPI version SI SCI Bl iio ie 3 7 ele lee 4 179 e 4 180 f ll Screen S Re e EE 4 132 hig ins s heb ee Ll lU d bindet M II 4 179 e E 4 180 split screen 3 8 4 133 SUDGIVISIONT EE 3 2 Screens COONS x i oet et eode ii teile idee ne 4 180 Search bandwidth ia reinen a ae 4 9 direction IID BEE 4 81 DOAK a 4 65 4 75 peak excursion PEAK EXCURSION Imm e SOMOS eg ias cea eene Sensitivity APD measurement esses 4 110 CCDF measurement ssssssssesseneeenes 4 110 Ser al interface rere ee rens configuration Serial number Sa Sohal polls nice iere rr eps Service functions ih etienne A Service request SRQ 5 21 5 31 Service request enable register SRE 5 21 Setting Up the Instrument 1 14 Settings indication sss 3 5 Sel p s dome 4 137 general ee 4 146 SGL enhancement lable esseseee
81. lt AVG meas gt lt trigger mode gt lt trigger slope gt lt trigger offset gt lt gate length gt FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer BIAS lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer BIAS LIMit MIN lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer BIAS LIMit MAX lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer BLOCk ON OFF not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 323 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer HARMonic lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer HARMonic BAND A Q U V E W F D not available for FSP GIYIJ FSE SENSe 1 2 MIXer HARMonic TYPE ODD EVEN EODD not available for FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 MIXer LOSS HIGH numeric value not available for FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 MIXer LOSS TABLE file name not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer LOSS LOW lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer PORTs 2 3 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer SIGNal 2 3 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer THReshold 0 1 to 100 dB not avai
82. measurement has been Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects GMSK modulation Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result device specific a query error is indicated This command is a query and IQ imbalance measurement in 96 for the selected It is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been selected s CONFigure BURSt PF ERror Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects GMSK modulation Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement ER Queries the result PETC BURS IOIM AV Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 device specific a query error is indicated This command is a query and 6 129 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if p selected s CONFigure BURSt PFI ERror Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI FETC
83. 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS AVERage RESut len CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS PHOLG RESut len CALGuste lt o gt MARKer lt 1 10 4 gt FUNGIonSUMMan MEANRESU 7 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN AVERage RESut ez CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN PHOLd RESut lem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult PHZ 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer STATe 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer PRESet 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack STATe 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack BANDwidth BWIDth 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack THReshold 6 70 6 70 6 71 6 71 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack TRACe CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDE Viation STATe 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDE Viation RESult 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDE Viation AVERage SECH GR 2 MARKer 1 to 4 FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation PHOLd 6 80 RESult EE O e 1093 4820 11 6 332 E 3 FSP Command CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion MSUMmary CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 g
84. 1000 Sheet 18 13 14 15 Electrostatics via the connectors may dam age the equipment For the safe handling and operation of the equipment appropriate measures against electrostatics should be im plemented The outside of the instrument is suitably cleaned using a soft lint free dustcloth Never use solvents such as thinners acetone and similar things as they may damage the front panel labeling or plastic parts Any additional safety instructions given in this manual are also to be observed FSP Manuals Contents of Manuals for Spectrum Analyzer FSP Operating Manual FSP The operating manual describes the following models and options of spectrum analyzer FSP Option FSP B3 Option FSP B4 Option FSP B9 Option FSP B10 external generator control Option FSP B15 pulse calibrator Option FSP B16 LAN interface Option FSP B25 electronic attenuator FSP3 9 kHz to 3 GHz FSP7 9 kHz to 7 GHz FSP13 9kHzto 13 6 GHz FSP30 9 kHz to 30 GHz FSP40 9 kHz to 40 GHz audio demodulator OCXO reference oscillator tracking generator This operating manual contains information about the technical data of the instrument the setup functions and about how to put the instrument into operation It informs about the operating concept and controls as well as about the operation of the FSP via the menus and via remote control Typical measurement tasks for the FSP are explained using the functions offered by the menus and a selec tio
85. 12 Some key words occur in several levels within one command system Their effect depends on the structure of the command that is to say at which position in the header of a command they are inserted Example SOURce FM POLarity NORMal This command contains key word POLarity in the third command level It defines the polarity between modulator and modulation signal SOURCe FM EXTernal POLarity NORMal This command contains key word POLarity in the fourth command level It defines the polarity between modulation voltage and the resulting direction of the modulation only for the external signal source indicated 5 10 E 2 FSP Optional key words Long and short form Parameter Numeric suffix 1093 4820 12 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Some command systems permit certain key words to be optionally inserted into the header or omitted These key words are marked by square brackets in the description The full command length must be recognized by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standard Some commands are considerably shortened by these optional key words Example SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO This command couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to other parameters The following command has the same effect BANDwidth AUTO Note An optional key word must not be omitted if its effect is specified in detail by a numeric suffix The key words feature a
86. 164 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory RDlRectory directory name This command deletes the indicated directory The directory name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name The path name complies with DOS conventions Parameter directory name DOS path name Example MMEM RDIR D NTEST Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory STORe 1 2 STATe 1 lt file_name gt This command stores the current device settings in a series of files which have the indicated file name but different extensions The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name The path name complies with DOS conventions The numeric suffix in STORe lt 1 2 gt is irrelevant with this command A list of the extensions used is contained under MMEMory LOAD STATe Parameter file name DOS file name without extension Example MMEM STOR STAT 1 TEST Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory STORe lt 1 2 gt TRACe 1 to 3 file name This command stores the selected trace 1 to 3 in the measurement window indicated by STORe lt 1 2 gt screen A or B in a file with ASCII format The file format is described in chapter 4 in the TRACE menu under the ASCII FILE EXPORT softk
87. 168 DEFAULT SETTINGS 4 110 6 91 DEL CHAN CONF TABLE 6 110 6 112 DEEETE itus 4 141 4 171 6 161 6 165 6 219 DELETE LIMIT LINE esses 4 122 6 23 DELETE LINE 4 145 DELETE VALUE 4 127 DETECTOR iie one 4 51 6 220 DETECTOR AUTOPEAK esses 4 51 6 220 DETECTOR AVERAGE 4 58 6 220 DETECTOR MAX PEAK 4 52 6 220 DETECTOR MIN PEAK 4 52 6 220 DETECTOR ODk 4 53 6 220 DETECTOR DM 4 52 6 220 DETECTOR SAMPLE esses 4 52 6 220 DEVICE 1 2 4 175 6 146 6 147 6 149 6 164 6 269 DISPLAY LINE A 4 129 DISPLAY PWR SAVE sese 4 135 6 118 EDIT ii ett ttis 4 141 4 142 6 218 EDIT ACP LIMITS4 99 6 26 6 27 6 28 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 35 EDIT CHAN CONF TAB ses 6 108 6 111 EDIT COMMENT sess 4 166 6 169 EDIT LIMIT LINE4 124 6 21 6 37 6 40 6 42 6 43 6 44 EDIT PATH ee 4 170 6 159 6 164 ENABLE ALL IIEMG sss 4 168 6 168 ENTER PASSWORD sese 4 160 6 272 EXT AM nth ote eere 4 200 6 246 EXT LEM sos itt ie 4 200 6 247 EXT SRC ONOFE 4 214 6 249 EXTERN in eren 4 32 6 244 6 291 FAST ACPONOFE 4 92 6 238 1093 4820 12 10 7 Index FILE MANAGER 4 170 6 159 FILTER TYPE 4 24 6 208 FINAL AVMEDRAGE 6 220 FINAL MAX DEAk esee 6 220 FINAL MEAS TIME
88. 2 gt NSELect 1to5 5 parameter values are FSIQ available FSET INSTrument lt 1 2 gt NSELect 1 2 6 3 parameter values are available FSP INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect SANalyzer Currently only SANalyzer available FSE INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect SANalyzer DDEMod 5 parameters are available FSIQ ADEMod BGSM MGSM ESI INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect RECeiver SANalyzer 4 parameters are available DDEMod ADEMod FSET INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect ANalyzer DDEMod 3 parameters are available RECeiver FSP FSE MMEMory CATalog string FSP FSE MMEMory CDIRectory directory name FSP FSE MMEMory CLear ALL FSP FSE MMEMory CLear STATe 1 path FSP FSE MMEMory COMMent lt string gt FSP FSE MMEMory COPY path file path file FSP FSE MMEMory DATA filename lt block data gt FSP FSE MMEMory DELete path filename FSP FSE MMEMory LOAD AUTO 1 path FSP FSE MMEMory LOAD STATe 1 path FSP FSE MMEMory MDIRectory path FSP FSE MMEMory MOVE path FSP FSE MMEMory MSIS A D FSP valid drives are A and D FSE valid drives are A and C FSP FSE MMEMory NAME path filename FSP FSE MMEMory RDlIRectory directory FSP FSE MMEMory SELect TEM ALL FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM CSETup ON OFF not available for FSP default setting on the FSP FSE MMEMory SELect ITEM CVL ALL ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET 1093 4820 12 6 318
89. 291 RFPower TV AF TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel AM 100 to 30dBm 6 292 TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel AF 10 to 10MHz 6 292 TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel FM TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel EXTernal 5 0 to 5 0V 6 293 TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel IFPOWer 30 to 10DBM 6 293 TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel RFPOWer 50 to 10DBM 6 293 1093 4820 11 6 342 E 3 FSP List of Commands TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo LINE NUMBer 6 294 TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo FIEL d SELect TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo SSIGnal POLarity TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust EXTernal TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IFPower TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust RFPower UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV 6 297 VOLT DBUA AMP V A W 1093 4820 12 6 343 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis FSP Table of Softkeys with IEC IEEE Bus Command Assignment FREQUENCY Key MANUAL START es E ENSe FREQuency STARt lt num_value gt Se FREQuency STOP num value Se FREQuency OFFSet num value SENSe FREQuency CENTer num value CF SREPSIZE SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor SENSe FREQu
90. 4 101 adjacent channel power for a specific standard 4 100 CCDF of a IS95 BTS signal aasaosnnneaneenaennaneaaaeaa 4 111 occupied bandwidth of a PDC signal 4 105 signal noise power density C No of an IS95 CDMA e e 4 102 Measurement Example e Ee 25 Measurement of Carrier Noise Ratio C N and C N 4 112 Measurement save seien nennen 4 163 Memory battery powered esses 1 18 Menu Gall 3 10 Change EEN 3 10 Messages 4 158 acknowledgement sss 3 7 MHz dBm key 3 11 Ml trace info aiite ideae 3 5 Mintholdi is techie rat ie e enn 4 45 Min peak detector sees 4 52 MINH trace mio 3 5 Minimum search tree ek tpe 4 81 Mobile radio standard 4 91 Mode analyze side M 4 5 Modulation external tracking generator sss 4 199 Modulation dent 4 114 Monitor CONDECION iic vpn RD Oe 1 22 elle ere 8 10 Mouse GOMNMOCUON ET 1 21 eelster ee 8 12 Mouse CONNGGCIOR ied rc er rre d et 8 2 lcm MER RS 3 5 N NetWOIK rece crier eripi rre Eee OE ere 4 187 Noise source external incre etta 4 138 Noise measurement sisse 4 65 NOISE SQURGE iiit rie reme 8 10 Normalization 4 192 4 207 NT COMP TEF 2 eir terrere rro OR 1 19 NTRansition register port 5 19 Numerical values command sess 5 13 O Occupie
91. 4 gt FUNCtion MDEPth STATe new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion MSUMmary numeric value new function for FSP numeric value numeric value numeric value FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion MSTep not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown FREQuency FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer CFILter ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer PRESet NADC TETRA PDC available standards are PHS CDPD FWCDma _ compatible to the FSE RWCDma F8CDma R8CDma F19Cdma R19Cdma FW3Gppcdma RW3Gppcdma D2CDma S2CDma MaCDma NONE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult PHZ ON OFF new function for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult ACPower CPOWer CN and CNO are not available OBANdwidth OBWidth on the FSP ACPower and CPOWer are not available on the FSET FSP CALCul
92. 4820 12 6 345 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis REF LEVEL RANGE LOG 100 dB RANGE LOG MANUAL RANGE LINEAR UNIT U l A OD lt dBm dBmV dBUV dBUA dBpw VOLT AMPERE WATT RF ATTEN RPO ATTEN AUTO REF LEVEL POSITION REF LEVEL OFFSET GRID ABS REL EL ATTEN AUTO EL ATTEN MANUAL EL ATTEN OFF 5 E G D Ej RF INPUT 50Q 75Q 11093 4820 12 FSP WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel num value TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SPACing LOGarithmic ay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe 100 dB POWer POWer POWer POWer POWer POWer POWer POWer TRACe 1 3 Y S8PACing LOGarithmic gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe num value WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SPACing LINear DBM DBMV DBUV DBUA DBPW VOLT AMPere WATT ATTenuation num value lay WINDow 1 2 TRACe 1 3 Y SCALe MODE DISPlay DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt DISPL DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt DISPlay CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT INPut INPut ATTenuation AUTO ON DISPlay WINDow
93. 6 254 STATus OPERation PTRansition 6 254 STATus OPERation NTRansition 6 255 1093 4820 11 6 340 E 3 FSP Command STATus PRESet STATus QUEStionable EVENt STATus QUEStionable CONDition STATus QUEStionable ENABle STATus QUEStionable PTRansition STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STATus QUEStionable POWer EVENt STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt EVENt STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt CONDition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt ENABle STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt PTRansition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt NTRansition STATus QUEStionable L MARgin 1 2 gt EVENt STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt CONDition STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt ENABle STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt PTRansition STATus QUEStionable L MARgin 1 2 NTRansition STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit ENABle STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit PTRansition STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit NTRansition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle STATus QUESt
94. 60 This command sets the holdoff time for the power save mode of the display The available value range is 1 to 60 minutes the resolution 1 minute The entry is dimensionless Example DISP PSAV HOLD 30 Characteristics RST value 15 SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 118 E 3 FSP DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay CMAP 1 to 26 gt DEFault lt 1 2 gt This command resets the screen colors of all display items to their default settings Two default settings DEFault1 and DEFault2 are available The numeric suffix of CMAP is irrelevant Example DISP CMAP DEF2 Selects default setting 2 for setting the colors conforming Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value DISPlay CMAP 1 to 26 gt HSL lt hue gt lt sat gt lt lum gt This command defines the color table of the instrument Each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several graphical elements which can be modified by varying the corresponding color setting The following assignment applies CMAP1 CMAP2 CMAP3 CMAP4 CMAP5 CMAP6 CMAP7 CMAP8 CMAP9 CMAP10 CMAP11 CMAP12 CMAP13 CMAP 14 CMAP15 CMAP16 CMAP17 CMAP18 CMAP19 CMAP20 CMAP21 CMAP22 CMAP23 CMAP24 CMAP25 CMAP26 Background Grid Function field status field data entry text Function field LED on Function field LED warn Enhancement label text Status field background Trace 1 Trace 2
95. ACHannel RELative num val num val CALCulate 1 2 5 LIMit 1 8 ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe ON OFF CALCulate 1 2 5 LIMit 1 8 ACPower ACHannel ABSolute num value num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt ACPower ALTernate RELative STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt ACPower ALTernate RELative num value num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate ABSolute STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt ACPower ALTernate ABSolute num value num value SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE SENSe SWEep TIME num value SENS POWer HSP d ON OFF SENSe POWer NCORrection ON OFF SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect OBANdwidth OBWidth CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult OBANdwidth OBWidth CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer STATe OFF SENSe POWer BANDwidth BWIDth num value SENSe POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth num value SENSe POWer NCORrection ON OFF SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel SENSe POWer PRESet ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth 6 355 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis SIGNAL STATISTIC APD ON OFF ODE ON OFF PERCENT RES BW SAMPLES SCALING X AXIS REF LEVEL X AXIS RANGE Y AXIS MAX VALUE
96. ADJ for the time between trigger and begin of slot Os should be used The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the following format lt status gt lt signal power gt lt time from trigger to begin of slot gt lt trigger level gt lt reserved gt lt status gt status PASSED measurement successful result figures are valid FAILED measurement failed result figures are invalid error e g no carrier can be read out of the status reporting system signal power signal power dBm reference level is automatically set 3 dB above the signal power time trigger to virtual begin of slot s correction value for the time offset between the currently active GSM trigger and beginning of the slot trigger level dBm V trigger level of the currently active GSM trigger for IF RF the units are dBm for external trigger the unit is Volts lt reserved gt always 0 for future use After the automatic sequence a GSM measurement must be selected again with the command CONFigure The premeasurement for power vs time is executed implicitly within the sequence For modulation spectrum measurement the premeasurement must be executed again This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK FREQ CENT 890 2E6 Sets the center frequency TRIG SYNC ADJ EXT Os Selec
97. BURS IQIM MAX Characteristics RST value SCPI device spec Mode MS hase frequency error PFE measurement has been Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects GMSK modulation Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement Queries the result ific If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence This command reads out the results of the premeasurement of power vs time PVT The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of RBW5 bandwidth This command is only available in GSM MS mo time is selected see CONFigure BURSt PTI the bandwidth de FS K5 and when measurement of the power vs EMplate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS PTEM REF Executes the premeasurement FETC BURS PTEM REF Queries the result Result 43 2 43 2 1000000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This
98. BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt MACCuracy PEAK AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PEAK AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy PEAK MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is au
99. Byte Floating Point Value Examples ADEM SET 8MHz 32000 EXT POS 500 30 Sets up demodulator parameters ADEM FM AVER MAXH MINH Sets up FM results to measure ADEM AM WRIT OFF OFF Sets up SPEC results to measure ADEM ON Switches on demodulator INIT WAI Starts measurement and waits for sync FORM ASC Selects output format ADEM FM RES AVER Reads FM average results ADEM FM RES MAXH Reads FM max hold results ADEM FM RES MINH Reads FM min hold results ADEM AM RES WRIT Reads AM current results Characteristics RST values SCPI device specific 1093 4820 12 6 198 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod FM OFFSet result type gt This command calculates the FM offset of the currently available measurement data set If averaging has been activated before acquiring the data set using SENSe ADEMod FM TYPE the averaged FM offset over several measurements can be obtained as well by setting result type AVERage The offset thus determined differs from that calculated in the command CALC MARK FUNC ADEM FERR since using that command for determination of the frequency deviation the modulation is removed by means of lowpass filtering producing results that are different from those obtained by averaging Parameters lt result type gt IMMediate The current measurement resul
100. Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 gt MINimum LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current value i e descending X values The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC DELT MIN LEFT Sets delta marker 1 in screen A to the next higher minimum to the left of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed STATe ON OFF This command switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off Marker 1 will be activated previously and a peak search will be performed if necessary If marker 1 is activated its position becomes the reference point for the measurement The reference point can then be modified with commands CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X and to RPOint Y independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace It is valid for all delta markers in the selected measurement window as long as the function is active Example CALC2 DELT FUNC FIX ON Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers in screen
101. Characteristics RST value EDGE SCPI device specific Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe POLarity POSitive NEGative This command determines the polarity of the external gate signal The setting is valid both for the edge of an edge triggered signal and the level of a level triggered signal Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT POL POS Characteristics RST value POSitive SCPI device specific Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe HOLDoff 125 ns to 100 s This command defines the delay time between the external gate signal and the continuation of the sweep Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT HOLD 100us Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe LENGth O to 100 s In case of edge triggering this command determines the time interval during which the instrument sweeps Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carr
102. E 3 Common Commands OPT FSP OPTION IDENTIFICATION QUERY queries the options included in the instrument and returns a list of the options installed The options are separated from each other by means of commas Position Option 1 FSP B3 Audio Demodulator 2 FSP B4 ocxo 3 reserved 4 FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger 5 reserved 6 reserved 7 FSP B9 Tracking Generator 3 GHz can be I Q modulated 8 FSP B10 Ext Generator Control 9 to 12 reserved 13 FSP B15 Broadband Calibration Source 14 FSP B16 LAN Interface 15 to 22 reserved 23 FSP B25 Electronic Attenuator 5 dB Attenuator Steps 24 to 29 reserved 30 FS K5 FS K5 GSM MS 31 reserved 32 FS K7 FM Demodulator 33 to 34 reserved 35 FS K72 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS 36 FS K73 WCDMA 3G FDD MS 37 45 reserved 46 FSP B70 FSP Demodulator for WCDMA BTS Measurements 47 50 reserved Example B3 B4 0 B6 0 0 B9 B10 0 0 0 0 B15 B16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B25 0 0 0 0 0 0 K5 0 K 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PCB 0 to 30 PASS CONTROL BACK indicates the controller address which the IEC bus control is to be returned to after termination of the triggered action PRE 0 to 255 PARALLEL POLL REGISTER ENABLE sets the parallel poll enable register to the indicated value The query form PRE returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form PSC 0 1 POWER ON STATUS C
103. E 3 FSP DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay WINDow 1 22 ITEXT STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the display of the comment screen title in the selected measurement window Example DISP TEXT STAT ON Switches on the title of screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode all DISPlay WINDow 1 22 TIME ON OFF This command switches on or off the screen display of date and time The numeric suffix in WINDow lt 1 2 is irrelevant Example DISP TIME ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe 10dB to 200dB This command defines the display range of the Y axis level axis in the selected measurement window with logarithmic scaling DISP TRAC Y SPAC LOG For linear scaling DISP TRAC Y SPAC LIN PERC the display range is fixed and cannot be modified The numeric suffix in TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt is irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y 110dB Characteristics RST value 100dB SCPI device specific Mode all DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe MODE ABSolute RELative This command defines the scale type of the Y axis absolute or relative in the selected measurement window When SySTem DISPlay is setto OFF this command has no immediate effect on the screen The numeric suffix in TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt is irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y MODE REL Char
104. EATT AUTO ON Couples the attenuation of the electronic attenuator to the reference level Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode all The command is only available with the electronic attenuator option B25 INPut lt 1 2 gt EATT STATe ON OFF This command switches the electronic input attenuation into the signal path state ON or removes it from the signal path state OFF Example INP EATT STAT ON Switches the electronic attenuator into the signal path Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all The command is only available with the option electronic attenuator B25 1093 4820 12 6 153 E 3 INPut Subsystem FSP INPut lt 1 2 gt IMPedance 50 75 This command sets the nominal input impedance of the instrument The set impedance is taken into account in all level indications of results The setting 75 Q should be selected if the 50 Q input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Q adapter of the RAZ type 25 in series to the input impedance of the instrument The correction value in this case is 1 76 dB 10 log 750 500 Example INP IMP 75 Characteristics RST value 500 SCPI conforming Mode all INPut lt 1 2 gt GAIN STATe ON OFF This command switches on the preamplifier for the instrument The switchable gain is fixed to 20 dB Example INP GAIN ON Switches on 20 dB preamplification Characteristics RST valu
105. FETCh BURSt IQOFfset AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ DC offset measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been selected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects GMSK modulation CONF BURS PFER Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS IQOF AVER Queries the result 1093 4820 12 6 128 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value FETCh BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ DC offset measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 selected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP GMSK CONF BURS PFER SW E E COUN 20 IT IMM WAI FETC BURS IQOF MAX Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet therefore has no RST value FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage This command reads out the average of the number of bursts if phase frequency error PFE
106. FM demodulator SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution numeric value This command defines the analyzer s resolution bandwidth This corresponds to the IF bandwidth of the demodulator in FM demodulator mode Analog resolution filters from 10 Hz to 10 MHz in 1 3 10 steps are available These filters are implemented as 4 circuit LC filters in the range from 300 kHz to 10 MHz and as digital filters with analog characteristic in the range of 10 Hz to 100 kHz In addition the EMI bandwidths 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz are available 6 dB bandwidths each These bandwidths can only be obtained by entering numeric values and not with the commands INCrement and D ECrement FFT filters from 1 Hz to 30 kHz 3 dB bandwidth each are also available in the frequency domain span 0 for fast measurements on periodic signals The instrument automatically switches to analog filters above 30 kHz A number of especially steep edged channel filters can be selected from firmware version 1 10 or higher provided that parameters CFILter or RRC are selected using the BAND TYPE command The possible combinations of filter type and filter bandwidth are listed in the table List of available channel filters of chapter 4 section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW If the resolution bandwidth is modified in SPECTRUM mode the coupling to the span is automatically switched off If the resolution bandwidth is modified in FM DEM
107. FSP CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WCDMA 3GP FDD BTS and MS FS K72 K73 The measurement windows are selected by CALCulate1 screen A or CALCulate2 screen B Command Parameter Unit Comment CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion CPICh No query FS K72 PCCPch No query FS K72 DPCCh No query FS K73 WCDPower BTS RESult PTOTal FERRor TFRame Query only FS K72 TOFFset MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor CSLot SRATe CHANnel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset IQIMbalance MS RESult PTOTal FERRor TFRame Query only FS K73 PSYMbol MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor CMAPping SRATe CHANnel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset IQlMbalance CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion CPICh This command sets the marker to channel 0 The numeric suffix in CALCulate that is required or permissible depends on the selected display mode for which the marker is to be valid and has to coincide with it CALCulate 1 for CDP absolute and relative CALCulate2 for modulation accuracy peak code domain error power versus slot bit stream symbol constellation and EVM Example CALC MARK FUNC CPIC Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS This command is an Event and therefore has no RST value and no query Only the numeric suffix 1 is permissible in MARKer
108. FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo TYPE LINear LOGarithmic new function for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection COLLect AC Quire THRough OPEN FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL BAND A QJUIVIEIW F DIG Y J not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL BIAS lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL CATalog not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL CLEar not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL COMMent lt string gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL DATA lt freq gt lt level gt to not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe 1 2 CORRection CVL MIXer string not available for FSP and FSET 1093 4820 12 6 320 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL PORTs 2 3 not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL SELect lt file_name gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL SNUMber lt string gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection CVL TYPE ODD EVEN EODD not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection LOSS INPut MAGNitude lt numer
109. FUNC SUMM REF AUTO ONCE Takes the currently measured power in screen A as reference value for the relative time domain power measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AOFF This command switches off all time domain measurements in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Example CALC2 MARK FUNC SUMM AOFEF Switches off the time domain power measurement functions in screen B Characteristics RST value _ SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 82 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion MSUMmary time offset of first pulse measurement time period lt of pulses to measure The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the power of a sequence of signal pulses having the same interval as are typical for the slots of a GSM signal for example The number of pulses to be measured as well as the measurement time and the period can be set To define the position of the first pulse in the trace a suitable offset can be entered The evaluation
110. LIMit lt 1 8 gt STATe ON OFF INITiate IMMediate WAI CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt FAIL trace assignment CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt TRACe 1 2 3 NEW LIMIT LINE name CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 NAME lt string gt domain CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 CONTrol DOMain FREQuency TIME scaling CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol MODE RELative ABSolute CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 UPPer MODE RELative ABSolute CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 LOWer MODE RELative ABSolute unit CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT DBUV VOLT DBUA AMPere DB DBUV MHZ DBUA MHZ DEG RAD S HZ PCT margin CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 UPPer MARGin num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer MARGin num value threshold for relative y scaling CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 UPPer THReshold num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer THReshold num value comment CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 COMMent lt string gt CALCulate 1 2 5 LIMit 1 8 CONTrol DATA VALUES num value num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer DATA lt num_value gt lt num_value gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer DATA lt num_value gt lt num_value gt no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command C
111. List of Commands lt time offset of first pulse gt lt measurement time gt lt period gt lt of pulses to measure gt PTOTal FERRor TFRame MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor CSLot SRATe CHANNel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset IQlMbalance PTOTal FERRor TFRame MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor SRATe CHANNel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset QIMbalance CMAPing PSYMbol Lr tee DBM V A W DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere DBPT DBUA M DBUV M ON OFF ACT1_SYNC1 ACT2 SYNC1 ACT2_SYNC2 ACT3_SYNC1 ACT3_SYNC2 ACT3_SYNC3 ACT4_SYNC1 ACT4_SYNC2 ACT4_SYNC3 ACT4_SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 0to7 USER Page 6 83 6 84 6 84 6 85 6 85 o co o 6 87 6 87 6 88 6 88 6 89 6 91 6 91 6 91 6 91 6 92 6 93 6 93 6 94 6 97 E 3 List of Commands FSP Command Parameter conreen O SCS CONFigueieStow CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate CONFigure BURSt POWer IMMediate Po CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL TOP RISing FALLing CONFigure SPECtrum MODuUlation IMMediate CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate S CONFigure SPURious IMMediate EE CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum OBANdwith OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF CONFigure lt 1 gt
112. MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor CSLot SRATe CHANnel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset IQlMbalance This command queries the measured and calculated results of the WCDMA code domain power measurement base station PTOTal Total power FERRor Frequency error in Hz TFRame Trigger to frame TOFFset Timing offset MACCuracy Modulation accuracy PCDerror Peak code domain error EVMRms Error vector magnitude RMS EVMPeak Error vector magnitude Peak CERRor Chip rate error CSLot Channel slot number SRATe Symbol rate CHANnel Channel number Channel Code CDPabsolute Channel power absolute CDPRelative Channel power relative IQOFfset IQ offset IQIMbalance IQ imbalance Example CALC MARK FUNC WCDP RES PTOT Queries the result of the total power measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS The numeric suffixes in CALCulate lt 1 2 gt and MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt are not significant 1093 4820 12 6 85 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion WCDPower MS RESult PTOTal FERRor TFRame MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor SRATe CHANnel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset QIMbalance CMAPping PSYMbol This command queries the measured and calculated results of the WCDMA code domain power measurement mobile station PTOTal FERRor TFRame MACCuracy PCDerror EVMRms EVMPeak CERRor SR
113. MARKer 1 to 4 is irrelevant If the time domain power measurement is active this command limits the evaluation range to the trace Note The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched on CALC MARK X SLIM ON Example CALC MARK X SLIM ON Switches the search limit function on for screen A CALC MARK X SLIM RIGH 20MHz Sets the right limit of the search range in screen A to 20 MHz Characteristics RST value is set to the right diagram border on switching on search limits SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 47 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt ON OFF This command switches on or off the frequency counter at the marker position in the selected measurement window The count result is queried with CALCulate MARKer COUNt FREQuency Frequency counting is possible only for one marker at a time for each measurement window If it is activated for another marker it is automatically de activated for the previous marker It should be noted that a complete sweep must be performed after switching on the frequency counter to ensure that the frequency to be measured is actually reached The synchronization to the sweep end required for this is possible only in single sweep mode Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power
114. MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Trigger Source External Trigger Slope Positive Pretrigger Samples 0 of Samples 4096 FORMat REAL 32 Selects format of response data TRAC IQ DATA Starts measurement and reads results Return values The result values are scaled linear in unit Volt and correspond to the voltage at the RF input of the instrument ASCII Format FORMat ASCII In this case the command returns a comma separated list of the measured voltage values in floating point format Comma Separated Values CSV The number of values returned is 2 number of samples the first half being the I values the second half the Q values Binary Format FORMat REAL 32 In this case the command returns binary data Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 with the lists of l and Q data being arranged one after the other in 32 Bit IEEE 754 floating point data The scheme of the response string is as follows 41024 lt I value1 gt lt l value2 gt lt I value128 gt lt Q value1 gt lt Q value2 gt lt Q value128 gt with 4 digits of the subsequent number of data bytes 4 in the example 1024 number of subsequent data bytes of DataBytes 1024 in the example l value x 4 Byte Floating Point I value Q value y 4 Byte Floating Point Q value The number of l and Q data can be calculated as follows of DataBytes 8 The offset of Q data in the output buffer can be calculated as follows
115. PF OUT U emer 8 2 Probe Connector PROBE POWER 8 2 External Keyboard KENVDBOADD enne nnne nnn en nenr ensi sin nr serene nnns 8 2 IEG Bus Nt mae cis ui ote cre Ec epe ae hates eenegen eu eR A ITE TERR EYE Ren eC to a ia 8 3 Interface Characteristis 22 inttr tao eorr arn th itia rn n rh aao rra Dun rau 8 3 Bus Lines 8 3 Interface ue de TEEN 8 4 IEC Bus Meeeggiee 2 MC 8 4 Interface Messages eee adden ran La dt ae dud 8 5 Instrumernt MESSAGES sete uiii ier coe dt qr ed e gh etti tes 8 5 Printer Interface EP cete ete e etre Hr ert ED re eR ter n teet 8 6 RS 232 C Interface OOM uc eie rte tte e tin Bee ec D E DE ER EE en ive Ea i tous 8 7 Interface Characteristics n ct Hr arte aav Lo obra a Eege Eege 8 7 Signal BL EE 8 7 Transmission Parameters ccccccessesssceceeececeeuseceeeececeeasseseeeeeeceauenseeeeeseeaeenseseeeeeeeeas 8 8 E eu lge M t CEET 8 9 alte DE EE 8 9 Monitor Connector MONTTOR ennemi nennen sinn intrent nene 8 10 Noise Source Control NOISE SOURCE sse nennen nennen 8 10 External Trigger Input EXT TRIG GATE sse nennen nennen nns 8 11 Mouse Connector MOUIGE eens eeeeaeeeeaee scenes ceaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeseeeeseenees 8 11 Reference Output Input REF IN and REF OUT nennen 8 11 IF Output 20 4 MHz 20 4 MHz OUT 8 11 CCVS Input and Output CCVS IN OUT Option FSP B6 sse 8 11 1093 4820 12 l 8 1 E 2 FSP Maintenance 8 Mainte
116. RANGe 2 GHz 22 GHz not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SPAN 0 to fmax frequency ranges are different for FSP and FSE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SPAN FULL FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SPAN LINK CENTer STOP SPAN not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STARt 0 to fmax frequency ranges are different for FSP and FSE FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STARt FLINe STATe ON OFF not available for FSP Replaced by CALC MARK FUNC SLIMits FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STARt LINK CENTer STOP SPAN not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STOP 0 to fmax frequency ranges are different for FSP and FSE FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STOP FLINe STATe ON OFF not available for FSP replaced by CALC MARK FUNC SLIMits FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STOP LINK CENTer STARt SPAN not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CW FlXed fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CW FlXed STEP fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer RESult new function for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer SEQuence lt analyzer freq gt new function for FSP lt ref level gt lt rf att gt lt el att gt lt filter type gt lt rbw gt lt vbw gt lt meas time gt trigger level FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer SET lt PEAK meas gt new function for FSP lt RMS meas gt
117. READ BURS IQIM AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value READ BURSt IGIMbalance MAXimum This command triggers the measurement of the phase frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in 96 for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been selected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects GMSK modulation CONF BURS PFER Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQIM MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 178 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem
118. REF LEVEL MKR LVL esses 4 75 6 64 REF LEVEL COUPLED 4 133 6 156 REF LEVEL OFFSET sese 4 16 6 122 REF LEVEL POSITION suse 4 16 6 123 REF POINT FREQUENCY 4 61 4 69 6 16 REF POINT LEVEL 4 61 4 68 6 15 REF POINT LVL OFFSET 4 61 4 68 6 15 REF POINT TIME 6 16 REF POINT x LEVEL sess 4 62 6 16 REF VALUE 4 194 4 209 6 122 REF VALUE POSITION 4 193 4 208 6 123 REFERENCE FIXED esse 4 61 6 14 REFERENCE INT EXT 3 REMOVE OPTION et EE 4 171 6 164 RES BW hien 4 109 6 206 RES BW AUTO 4 21 6 207 RES BW MANUALE 4 20 6 206 RESTORE FIRMWARE sese 4 162 RF ATTEN AUTO 4 15 6 152 RF ATTEN MANUAL 4 15 4 17 6 152 RF INPUT 50 2 75 Qrir 4 16 6 154 RF INPUT AC 4 14 HF POWER inte 4 38 6 291 6 293 RIGHT LIMIT v4 71 4 77 6 46 6 47 RMS ince entendi 4 84 6 75 6 220 RMSESPI 6 220 R N SCAN iiie tee rite 6 151 SATURATION 4 186 4 180 6 119 6 145 SAVE coi unice em E e 4 166 6 165 SAVE LIMIT LINE nonnannnnennnnennnannaennnannennnannnnnnnnnae 4 127 SAVE TRD FACTOR sessi 4 145 SCALING 4 109 6 90 SCAN COUNT aanannnennneannnennnannnnannnnennre 6 241 6 242 SCRIYPE 5 eene tenet teens 6 213 SCRAMBLING C
119. RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable LMARgin register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES LMAR ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 258 E 3 FSP STATus Subsystem STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable L MARgin register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES LMAR PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable L MARgin register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES LMAR NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT QUES SYNC Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Thi
120. Ream XTIM CDP SYMB CONStellation KTIM CDP SYMB EVM Example Characteristics Mode CALC FEED XTIM FM RST value XTIM OFF SCPI conforming FM 3G FDD Result display of power versus symbol CALC2 Result display of bitstream CALC2 Result display of symbol constellation CALC2 Result display of vector magnitude error CALC2 Selects the display of the FM signal This command is only available with option FS K7 FM demodulator or options FS K72 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and FS K73 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS 1093 4820 12 6 18 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate LIMit Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit subsystem consists of the limit lines and the corresponding limit checks Limit lines can be defined as upper or lower limit lines The individual Y values of the limit lines correspond to the values of the X axis CONTrol The number of X and Y values must be identical 8 limit lines can be active at the same time marked by LIMIT1 to LIMIT8 in screen A and or screen B The measurement windows is selected via CALCulate 1 screen A or 2 screen B The limit check can be switched on separately for each measurement screen and limit line WINDow1 corresponds to screen A WINDowz2 to screen B Each limit line can be assigned a name max 8 letters under which the line is stored in the instrument An explanatory comment can also be given for each line max 40 characters Example analyz
121. SCAL MODE ABS Absolute scaling CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC UNIT POW DBM Unit of y axis Ss Trace and detector settings CALL IBWRT analyzers DISP WIND TRAC1 MODE AVER Tracel average CALL IBWRT analyzer AVER TYPE VID Average mode video LIN for linear CALL IBWRT analyzer SWE COUN 10 Sweep count CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC2 STAT OFF Trace2 blank CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC3 STAT OFF Trace3 blank CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MATH STAT OFF Trace mathematics off CALL IBWRT analyzer DETECTOR1 RMS Detector Tracel CALL IBWRT analyzer DET2 AUTO ON Detector Trace2 CALL IBWRT analyzer DET3 AUTO ON Detector Trace3 resar Band width and sweep time CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND RES 100KHz Resolution BW CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND VID 1MHz Video bandwidth CALL IBWRT analyzer SWE TIM 100ms Sweep time END SUB REM y x dc ck coke He He de khe ke hee ke hee ke hee ke ee ke ke heck He He He ke He e ke He e ke ee ke eek He e kc ke ke ke He ke ke k e ee k k kk k k 1093 4820 12 7 13 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Using Marker and Delta Marker Marker Search Functions Limitation of Search Range The example below is based on an AM modulated signal at 100 MHz with the following characteristics e Carrier signal level 30 dBm e AF frequency 10
122. SCREEN and SPLIT SCREEN The coupling of settings between screen A and screen B can be selected with the command INSTrument COUPle In full screen display the active measurement window can be selected with DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements For GSM MS mode the display is always set to FULL SCREEN Example DISP FORM SPL Switches the display to 2 measurement windows Characteristics RST value SINGle SCPI device specific Mode A DISPlay ANNotation FREQuency ON OFF This command switches the X axis annotation on or off Example DISP ANN FREQ OFF Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode all DISPlay LOGO ON OFF This command switches the company logo on the screen on or off Example DISP LOGO OFF Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode all DISPlay PSAVe STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the power save mode of the display With the power save mode activated the display including backlight is completely switched off after the elapse of the response time see command DISPlay PSAVe HOLDoff Note This mode is recommended for preserving the display especially if the instrument is exclusively operated via remote control Example DISP PSAVe ON Switches on the power save mode Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all DISPlay PSAVe HOLDoff 1 to
123. SPECTRUM this command selects the parameter coupling between the two measurement windows screen A and B Parameter Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 NONE No coupling The two measurement windows are operated like two independent virtual devices RLEVel The reference levels of the two measurement windows are coupled CF B The center frequency of screen B is coupled to the frequency of marker 1 in screen A CF A The center frequency of screen A is coupled to the frequency of marker 1 in screen B INST COUP NONE Switches off the coupling of measurement windows This leads to two independent virtual devices RST value NONE SCPI A device specific 6 156 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory Subsystem The MMEMory mass memory subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings The various drives can be addressed via the mass storage unit specifier msus using the conven tional DOS syntax The internal hard disk is addressed by D the floppy disk drive by A Note For reasons of compatibility with the FSE instruments addressing the hard disk by C is also accepted Since hard disk C is reserved for instrument software all read and write operations are rerouted to hard disk D in normal operation service level 0 The file names file name are indicated as string paramete
124. STATe OFF SEM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt PEXCursion num value EXCURSION CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt TRACe numeric value TRACE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt TRACe numeric value MKR gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion CSTep CF STEPSIZE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum PEAK CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum PEAK CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEXT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt amarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEXT MIN NEXT ju E 11093 4820 12 6 348 E 3 FSP NEXT MODE EXCLUDE LO see above CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt LOEXclude ON Taste MKR FCTN L SELECT MARKER PEAK NOISE MEAS PHASE NOISE PH NOISE ON OFF REF POINT LEVEL REF POINT LVL OFFSET REF POINT FREQUENCY PEAK SEARCH N dB DOWN LIST NEW SEARCH SORT MODE FREQ LEVEL PEAK EXCURSION LEFT 11093 4820 12 p H z H H Command Assignment Signal Analysis OFF no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command CALCulate lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt l CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt l lt num_value gt CALCulate l
125. Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer SHIFt numeric value This command shifts a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction In contrast to CALC LIM LOW OFFS the line is shifted by modifying the individual Y values but not by means of an additive offset The shift is independent of the measurement window Example CALC LIM3 LOW SHIF 20DB Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 dB Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer THReshold numeric value This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative Y axis scaling independently of the measurement window The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as soon as it exceeds the relative limit value The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALC LIM UNIT except dB which is not allowed If no unit is indicated the unit defined with CALC LIM UNIT is automatically used exception dBm instead of dB The units DEG RAD S HZ PCT are not available in the SPECTRUM mode Example CALC LIM2 LOW THR 35DBM Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2 Characteristics RST value 200 dBm SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 41 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate LIMit UPPer Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit UPP
126. a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 185 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance AVERage This command triggers the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in 96 for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects EDGE modulation 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQIM AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance MAXimum This command triggers the measurement of the modulation accurac
127. abbreviated form of the command line reads as follows CALL IBWRT analyzer SENSe FREQuency STARt 1E6 STOP 1E9 However a new command line always begins with the complete path Example CALL IBWRT analyzer SENSe FREQuency STARt 1E6 CALL IBWRT analyzer SENSe FREQuency STOP 1E9 Responses to Queries A query is defined for each setting command unless explicitly specified otherwise It is formed by adding a question mark to the associated setting command According to SCPI the responses to queries are partly subject to stricter rules than in standard IEEE 488 2 1 The requested parameter is transmitted without header Example INPut COUPling Response DC 2 Maximum values minimum values and all further quantities which are requested via a special text parameter are returned as numerical values Example SENSe FREQuency STOP MAX Response 3 559 3 Numerical values are output without a unit Physical quantities are referred to the basic units or to the units set using the Unit command Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer Response 1E6 for 1 MHz 4 Truth values Boolean values are returned as 0 for OFF and 1 for ON Example SENSe BANDwidth AUTO Response 1 for ON 5 Text character data is returned in a short form see also Section 3 5 5 Example SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol RTS Response for standard STAN 1093 4820 12 5 12 E 2 FS
128. and level values are always transferred PK CODE DOMAIN ERR slot numbers level value in dB MODULATION ACCURACY slot numbers level value in 965 SYMBOL CONST TRACE2 The number of level values depends on the spreading factor Spreading factor 512 5 values Spreading factor 256 10 values Spreading factor 128 20 values Spreading factor 64 40 values Spreading factor 32 80 values Spreading factor 16 160 values Spreading factor 8 320 values Spreading factor 4 640 values Bit stream TRACE2 The bit stream of a slot is output One value per bit is output range of values 0 1 The number of symbols is not constant and may differ from sweep to sweep Specific symbols in the bit stream can be invalid FS K72 depending on channel type and symbol rate FS K73 for channels not assigned The associated invalid bits are identified by 9 Example of bit stream trace FS K72 1 0 0 9 0 1 FS K73 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 channels assigned und 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 channels not assigned 1093 4820 12 6 279 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP TRACe COPY TRACe COPY TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACES TRACE 1 TRACE2 TRACES This command copies data from one trace to another The second operand describes the source the first operand the destination of the data to be copied The associated measurement window is selected with the numeric suffix of TRACe lt 1 2 gt Example TRAC COPY TRACEI TRACE2 Characteristics RST value SCPI c
129. and query results CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync Query results query CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE RES Peak measurement query queryS CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN RES Mean measurement query query ICALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS RES RMS measurement query query ICALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV RES Standard deviation Call IBWRT analyzer query CALL IBRD analyzer result Print result END SUB REM kk kc He de He EE ET kk e hehe ek ke e hehe ek ke e hehe ek ke eee ek kk e ke ke ek ke e ke e ec kk e ke ke ke ek ke eek 1093 4820 12 7 28 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps A frequent task in mobile radio tests is measurement of a DUT at various power control levels at the highest possible speed The FSP offers two test functions for this task which can be used depending on the signal characteristics In the following the two methods are presented by means of two examples Power Measurement with Multi Summary Marker The multi summary marker function is suitable for measuring the power of a sequence of pulses with the following characteristics e The pulses occur at identical time intervals which is typical of GSM transmission in slots for example e The level of the first signal is reliably above threshold e The subsequent pulses may have any levels The function uses the first pulse as a trig
130. are specified on the Y axis the entered numerical values are dimensionless Example CALC STAT SCAL Y LOW 0 001 Characteristics RST value 1E 6 SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate STATistics PRESet This command resets the scaling of the X and Y axes in a statistical measurement The following values are set X axis ref level 20 dBm X axis range APD 100 dB X axis range CCDF 20 dB Y axis upper limit 1 0 Y axis lower limit 1E 6 Example CALC STAT PRES Resets the scaling for statistical functions Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 91 E 3 CALCulate STATistics Subsystem FSP CALCulate STATistics RESult lt 1 to 3 gt MEAN PEAK CFACtor ALL This command reads out the results of statistical measurements of a recorded trace The trace is selected with the numeric suffix 1 to 3 gt attached to RESult Parameter Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 The required result is selected via the following parameters MEAN Average RMS power in dBm measured during the measurement time PEAK Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time CFACtor Determined CREST factor ratio of peak power to average power in dB ALL Results of all three measurements mentioned before separated by commas mean power gt lt peak power crest factor CAL
131. at the end of the previous one The value IMMediate corresponds to the FREE RUN setting EXTernal the next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external trigger input VIDeo the next measurement is triggered by the detection of a signal at the video filter output not available for FM DEMOD mode 1093 4820 12 6 291 E 3 TRIGger Subsystem FSP IFPower the next measurement is triggered by the detection of a signal at the instrument IF 10 MHz bandwidth the next measurement is triggered by the detect on of a signal at the instrument RF 80 MHz bandwidth TV the next measurement is triggered by the detect on of a TV signal according to the settings of the TRIGger SEQuence VIDeo subsystem not available for FM DEMOD mode RFPower AF FM the next measurement is triggered by the detection of a FM modulated signal AF is synonymous with FM AM thenext measurement is triggered by the detection of a audio signal after AM demodulation Note To ensure successful triggering with trigger sources AF AM and FM the measurement time should include at least 5 periods of the audio signal Example TRIG SOUR EXT Selects the external trigger input as source of the trigger signal Characteristics RST value IMMediate SCPI conforming Mode A FM TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel AM 100 to 30dBm The command sets the level when AM modulated signals are used as a trigger source Note To ensure successful t
132. available in the time domain span 0 The reference power for relative measurement is defined with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary REFerence AUTO ONCE If the reference power is not defined the value 0 dBm is used Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC and phase frequency error PFE Example CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MODE REL Switches the time domain power measurement to relative Characteristics RST value ABSolute SCPI device specific Mode A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 81 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary REFerence AUTO ONCE With this command the currently measured average value SUMMary MEAN and RMS value SUMMary RMS are declared as reference values for relative measurements in the indicated measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 If the measurement of RMS value and average is not activated the reference value 0 dBm is used If the function SUMMary AVERage Or SUMMary PHOLd is switched on the current value is the accumulated measurement value at the time considered Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC and phase frequency error PFE Example CALC MARK
133. bandwidth measured CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC NDBD RES at 60 dB CALL IBRD analyzer result result3 Val result Read out shape factor Print Shapefaktor 60dB 3dB result60 result3 END SUB REM ck KK KKK KKK KKK kk ke hehe eek e e hehe ek de He e hehe ek ke e hehe ek ke e ke ke ek ke e ke ke ek KK ke ke ke KK ke KR k k 1093 4820 12 7 20 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point The third order intercept point TOI is the virtual level of two adjacent useful signals at which the intermodulation products of third order have the same level as the useful signals The intermodulation product at fe is obtained by mixing the first harmonic of the useful signal Pye with signal Py the intermodulation product at fg by mixing the first harmonic of the useful signal Py with signal Pye fg1 2X foi Jas fs2 2 X fno fn1 2 The following example is based on two adjacent signals with a level of 30 dBm at 100 MHz and 110 MHz The intermodulation products lie at 90 MHz and 120 MHz according to the above formula The frequency is set so that the examined mixture products are displayed in the diagram Otherwise the default setting of the FSP is used for measurements SetupInstrument REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub TOI result
134. be configured by sending the corresponding commands prior to the SENSe LIST commands Please note that changes to the trigger level have to be executed in time domain span 0 Hz in order to take effect for the SENSe LIST commands The commands of this subsystem are not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT 1093 4820 12 6 224 E 3 FSP SENSe LIST Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer RESult Query only SEQuence lt numeric_value gt HZ lt numeric_value gt DBM lt numeric_value gt DB lt numeric_value gt OFF DB NORMal CFILter RRC lt numeric_value gt HZ lt numeric_value gt HZ lt numeric_value gt numeric value PCT DBM SET lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo IFPower Boolean T POSitive NEGative numeric value S numeric value S STATe OFF SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer SEQuence analyzer freg ref level rf att gt lt el att gt filter type gt lt rbw gt lt vbw gt lt meas time gt lt trigger level gt This command configures the list of settings max 100 entries for the multiple power measurement and starts a measurement sequence When synchronizing the command with OPC a service request is generated as soon as all frequency points are processed and the defined number of individual measu
135. command OPC OPC or WAI In continuous sweep mode synchronization to the sweep end is not possible since the overall measurement never ends Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query INITiate lt 1 2 gt DISPlay ON OFF This command configures the behavior of the display during a single sweep INITiate DISPlay OFF means that the display is switched off during the measurement INITiate DISPlay ON means that the display is switched on during the measurement The numeric suffix of INITiate is irrelevant with this command Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT DISP OFF Sets the display behavior to OFF INIT WAI Starts the measurement with display switched off Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 151 E 3 INPut Subsystem FSP INPut Subsystem The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument The measurement windows are assigned to INPut1 screen A and INPut2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation numeric value
136. command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 130 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS AVERage This command reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement PETC BURS MACC RMS AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8P
137. defined color setting All defined limit lines Measured data trace 1 to trace 3 screen A Measured data trace 1 to trace 3 screen B Tracking generator settings only with Tracking Generator Option B9 or Ext Generator Control B10 Setting for source calibration only with Tracking Generator Option B9 or Ext Generator Control B10 Correction data for source calibration only with Tracking Generator Option B9 or Ext Generator Control B10 Activated transducer factors Extension SET LIN CFG HCS COL LIA TR1 to 3 TR4 to 6 TO TS1 TS2 TC1 TC2 TF The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name The path name complies with DOS conventions Parameter Example Characteristics Mode file name DOS file name without extension extensions see table MMEM LOAD STAT 1 A TEST RST value SCPI conforming all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 162 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory LOAD AUTO 1 file name This command defines which device setting is automatically loaded after the device is switched on The contents of the file are read after switching on the device and used to define the new device state The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive The path name complies with DOS conventions Note The data set defined as aut
138. eer t be re dr p ette Sates 6 221 SENSe EIST SUbSyStOm dees eege tt retenta tis e eria e rd ve onda 6 224 SENSe MPOWer Subsystem sse enne enne nns nrns en tenen nennen sinn nennen 6 230 SENSe POWer Subsystem A 6 234 SENSe ROSCillator Subsystem eene enne 6 240 SENSe SWEep Subsystem A 6 241 SENSe TV Gubevetem ke 6 245 SOURCE SUDSYSIEM eegene EP x 6 246 Internal Tracking Generator 6 246 SOURce EXTernal Subsystem sss ener nnne renis 6 249 CIE UICXILIICIMe 6 253 SYSTem SUSS e a eaaa ar ae aaa eaa aaa aaa dee ae dE sese ee pie S ihsiccccenteedecedsaatezendiee 6 263 TRACE Subsystem EE 6 274 General Trac Gomimarids er tte e p iei nt e iE iE EE TER Ure Md 6 274 Number and format of the measurement values for the different operating modes 6 276 TRAGe IQ SUbsysteim EE 6 281 TRIGger Subsystem a uiae pace tained A alent cel suat 6 291 1093 4820 12 1 6 2 E 3 FSP Contents Description of Commands ENIM GEESS EENS 6 297 Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series ccc scccceseeeceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeesnees 6 298 Supported Command Subset nasienne e aeaa A Ea entere nnn nnns 6 298 Differences in Status PHeportimng nennen nennen 6 304 Differences in GPIB behavior between the FSP and the FSE families of instruments 6 305 Alphabetical List of Commands eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeses esee en
139. error message Query UNTERMINATED to the status reporting system No data are sent on the IEC bus the controller waits until it has reached its time limit This behaviour is specified by SCPI Command Sequence and Command Synchronization What has been said above makes clear that all commands can potentially be carried out overlapping In order to prevent an overlapping execution of commands one of commands OPC OPC or WA must be used All three commands cause a certain action only to be carried out after the hardware has been set and has settled By a suitable programming the controller can be forced to wait for the respective action to occur cf Table 5 1 Table 5 1 Synchronisation using OPC OPC and WA Command Action after the hardware has settled Programming the controller OPC Setting the opteration complete bit inthe ESR Setting bit 0 in the ESE Setting bit 5 in the SRE Waiting for service request SRQ OPC Writing a 1 into the output buffer Addressing the instrument as a talker WA Continuing the IEC bus handshake Sending the next command An example as to command synchronization can be found in Chapter Program Examples For a couple of commands the synchronization to the end of command execution is mandatory in order to obtain the desired result The affected commands require either more than one measurement in order to accomplish the desired instrument setting eg autorange functions or they requi
140. external trigger is possible the EXTernal trigger setting is used If an external trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see manual of option For another the correction value for the time offset of the external trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined See manual of option This correction value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 application firmware is installed Note If the analyzer is set to external trigger when the GSM MS mode is activated using INST SEL MGSM the GSM trigger Extern is used If it is set to RF power the GSM trigger RF Power is used otherwise the GSM trigger IF Power default When the instrument switches over from GSM MS mode to analyzer mode the GSM MS trigger setting is maintained i e IF power RF power or external trigger Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SYNC ADJ EXT 200us Selects Extern GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 200 us between the external trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode MS 1093 4820 12 6 295 E 3 TRIGger Su
141. first or switched to marker mode if necessary Note If no minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MIN Positions marker 2 in screen A to the minimum value of the trace Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum NEXT This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window Note If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MIN NEXT Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher maximum value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 51 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum RIGHt This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value i e in ascending X direction on the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window Note If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt pea
142. for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt GAIN 0 to 30dB not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt GAIN AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP ESI FSP FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt GAIN STATe ON OFF FSP FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt IMPedance 50 75 FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt IMPedance CORRection RAM RAZ not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt LISN PEARth GROunded FLOating not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt LISN PHASe L1 L2 L3 N not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt LISN TYPE TWOphase FOURphase not available for FSP OFF FSU FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt MlXer lt numeric value gt not available for FSP FSU INPut 1 2 MIXer POWer AUTO ON OFF new function for FSU FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection COUPling ON OFF not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection COUPling HIGH FREQuency 5MHz to 500MHz not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 317 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSET INPut 1 2 PRESelection COUPling HIGH SET name of preselector set for not available for FSP high RBW FSET INPut 1 2 PRESelection COUPling LOW FREQuency 10Hz to 5MHz not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt PRESelection COUPling LOW SET name of preselector set for not available for FSP low RBW FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt
143. gt lt power abs channel gt lt power rel channel gt lt timing offset FS K72 VQ mapping FS K73 gt pilot length FS K73 gt IQ offset gt lt IQ imbalance EVM peak channel EVM mean channel and modulation accuracy are specified in 96 and peak CDE in dB The Carr Freq Error is specified in Hz and the Chip Rate Error in ppm Total power and power abs channel are specified in dBm and power rel channel is given in dB referred to the CPICH FS K72 or referred to the total power of the signal FS K73 The timing offset is specified in chip and Trg to Frame in us POWER VS SLOT TRACE2 1093 4820 12 FS K72 16 pairs of values for 16 slots consisting of CPICH slot number and level value are transmitted slot number level value in dB slot number gt lt level value in dB FS K73 15 pairs of values for 15 slots consisting of slot number and level value are transmitted slot numbers level value in dB gt lt slot number gt lt level value in dB 6 278 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem SYMBOL EVM TRACE2 The number of level values depends on the spreading factor Spreading factor 512 5 values Spreading factor 256 10 values Spreading factor 128 20 values Spreading factor 64 40 values Spreading factor 32 80 values Spreading factor 16 160 values Spreading factor 8 320 values Spreading factor 4 640 values PK CODE DOMAIN ERR und MODULATION ACCURACY TRACE2 15 pairs of slot
144. gt HZ FREQuency query only LOEXclude lt Boolean gt NN E query only PERCent lt numeric_value gt PCT MAXimum PEAK zx no query NEXT Ss no query RIGHE no query LEFT no query MINimum PEAK Ge no query NEXT s zx no query RIGHE no query LEFT no query PEXCursion numeric value DB CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the currently selected marker in the selected measurement window If no indication is made marker 1 is selected automatically If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as a delta marker it is switched to marker mode Example CALC MARK3 ON Switches marker 3 in screen A on or to marker mode Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 45 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt AOFF This command switches off all active markers in the selected measurement window All delta markers and active marker delta marker measurement functions are switched off Example CALC MARK AOFF Switches off all markers in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt TRACe 1 to 3 This command assigns the selected marker 1 to 4 to the indicated measurement curve in the sele
145. gt UPPer THReshold lt numeric value gt 6 44 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer MODE RELative ABSolute 6 44 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt STATe ON OFF 6 45 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt AOFF 6 46 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt TRACe 1 to3 6 46 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X 0 to MAX frequency sweep 6 46 time CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits STATe ON OFF 6 46 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits LEFT 0 to MAX frequency sweep time 6 47 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits RIGHt 0 to MAX frequency sweep time 6 47 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt ON OFF 6 48 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt RESolution 0 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 Hz 6 48 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt FREQuency 6 48 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt LOEXclude ON OFF 6 49 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt Y 6 49 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt Y PERCent 0 to 100 6 49 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum PEAK 6 50 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum NEXT 6 50 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt 6 50 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum LEFT 6 51 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum PEAK 6 51 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1
146. handshake which results in considerable speed advantages Note Only one of the two generators can be operated via the TTL interface at a time The other generator must be configured for IECBUS GPIB The command is only available with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SYST COMM RDEV GEN LINK TTL Selects IECBUS TTL interface for generator operation Charactenstics RST value GPIB SCPI device specific Operating mode all 1093 4820 12 6 265 E 3 SYSTem Subsystem FSP SYSIem COMMunic ate RDEVic e G ENerator lt 1 2 gt TYPE lt name gt This command selects the type of external generator 1 or 2 The following table shows the available generator types including the associated interface Generator Interface Generator Generator Generator Generator Type Min Freq Max Freq Min Power Max Power dBm dBm SME02 TTL 5 kHz 1 5 GHz 144 16 l SME03 TTL 5kHz 3 0 GHz 144 416 SME06 TTE 5 kHz 6 0 GHz 144 16 sma GPIB 100 kHz 1 0 GHz 137 13 l SMGL GPIB 9kHz 1 0 GHz 118 30 SMGU GPIB 100 kHz 2 16 GHz 140 13 SMH GPIB 100 kHz 2 0 GHz 140 413 SMHU GPIB 100 kHz 4 32 GHz 140 13 smao rm 300 kHz 2 2 GHz 144 13 l SMIQ02E GPIB 300 kHz 2 2 GHz 144 Las SMIQ03B TTL 300 kHz 3 3 GHz 144 413 sMiQ03E GPIB 300 kHz 3 3 GHz 144 413 SMIQ04B TTL 300 kHz 4 4 GHz 144 10 SMIQO6B TTL 300 kHz
147. if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel This bit is always set to 0 1093 4820 12 5 25 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP STATus QUEStionable FREQuency Register This register comprises information aboutthe reference and local oscillator It can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition and STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt Table 5 7 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable F REQuency register OVEN COLD This bit is set if the reference oscillator has not yet attained its operating temperature OCXO will then be displayed 1 LO UNLocked Screen A This bit is set if the local oscillator no longer locks LOUNL will then be displayed LO UNLocked Screen B This bit is set if the local oscillator no longer locks LOUNL will then be displayed This bit is always 0 1093 4820 12 5 26 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt Register This register comprises information about the observance of limit lines in the corresponding measurement window LIMit 1 corresponds to Screen A LIMit 2 to Screen B It can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable LIMit 1 2 CONDition and STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt EVENt Table 5 8 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt register LIMit 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 1 is vio LIMit 2 FAIL This bit
148. is maintained i e IF power if IF Power was set before RF power if RF Power was set before and external trigger if Extern was set before Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SYNC ADJ IFP 20us Selects lF Power GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 20 us between the IF power trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value 0s SCPI device specific Mode MS TRIGger SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust RFPower 460us to 100s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the RF Power GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements for which an RF power trigger is possible the RFPower trigger setting is used If an RF power trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see table of triggers in FS K5 manual For another the correction value for the time offset of the RF power trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined This correction value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu of option FS K5 with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM MS Analyzer application firmware FS K5 is installed and if the option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger is available Note When entering the option GSM MS Analyzer with INST SE
149. is an Event and therefore has no RST value and no query CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle DELete This command deletes the selected channel table The channel table to be deleted is selected with command CONF WCDP MS CTAB NAME Example CONF WCDP S CTAB DEL Deletes the currently selected channel table Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 112 E 3 FSP CONFigure CDPower Subsystem CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle CATalog This command reads out the names of all channel tables stored on the hard disk Syntax of output format lt Sum of file lengths of all subsequent files gt lt free memory on hard disk gt 1st file name gt lt 1st file length gt lt 2nd file name gt lt 2nd file length nth file name gt lt nth file length gt Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB CAT Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS 1093 4820 12 6 113 E 3 DIAGnostic Subsystem FSP DIAGnostic Subsystem The DlAGnostic subsystem contains the commands which support instrument diagnostics for maintenance service and repair In accordance with the SCPI standard all of these commands are device specific The measurement win COMMAND DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice INPut SELect PULSed STATe PRATe SFUNCtion NSOurce CSOurce POWer STESI RESu
150. is performed on the measurement data of a previously recorded trace The data recorded during the set measurement time is combined to a measured value for each pulse according to the detector specified and the indicated number of results is output as a list Measurement Measurement Measurement P Time Time Time gt 4 S gt lt lt t Period Period Time offset of first pulse Trace start TRACE 1 of the selected screen is always used by the function The suffix of MARKer will be ignored Example DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 10dBm Sets the reference level to 10 dB INP ATT 30 dB Sets the input attenuation to 30 dB FREQ CENT 935 2MHz SPAN OHz Sets the receive frequency to 935 2 MHz and the span to 0 Hz BAND RES 1MHz VID 3MHz Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz and the video bandwidth to 3 MHz DET RMS Sets the RMS detector TRIG SOUR VID LEV VID 50 PCT Selects the trigger source VIDeo and sets the level of the video trigger source to 50 PCT SWE TIME 50ms Sets the sweep time to 50 ms INIT WAI Starts the measurement with synchronization CALC MARK FUNC MSUM 50US 450US 576 9US 8 Queries 8 bursts with an offset of 50 us a test time of 450 us and a period of 576 9 us Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A Z This command is only available from firmware 1 30 on 1093 4820 12 6 83 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem
151. lt 1 4 gt MAXimum APEak not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum LEFT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum NEXT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum PEAK FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum LEFT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEXT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum RIGHt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum PEAK FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt PEXCursion lt numeric value gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt READout MPHase RIMaginary not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt SCOupled STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt STEP AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt STEP INCRement lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt TRACe 1to3 FSP 3 traces are available per screen FSE 4 traces are available in full screen mode and 2 traces per screen in split screen mode FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X 0 to MAX frequency additional unit SYM is sweep time available for FSE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits LEFT 0 to MAX frequency sweep new func
152. node EL hd guhalcnsucisndenBdghlgzs eniin 5 7 IEC IEEE Bus Interface Messages 5 7 Device Messages Commands and Device Responses s ssesseesrrssrresrrssrrssrrssrrssrnsrrssrn 5 8 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages eeeeeessesseeeeeeenee eene ennt nnne tnnt 5 9 SCPUAMMOAUCUON pe MEE 5 9 Structure of a Commande 5 9 Structure of a Command Une 5 12 Responses to Queries 0 ccecceceseecceceeseeeeeecaeeeceseaeeeeeceueeeseseaeeeeeseeeeesseeaeseseneaeesesensaeessensaeess 5 12 ParameleiSs4 sos cts de ea er Rees Ee EEN 5 13 Overview of Syntax Elements 5 14 Instrument Model and Command Processing ueeeseeeeeeeeeeseee eene eene nnne nnn nnn 5 15 e ln d 5 15 Command Recognition cee eeeeaeeeeeee aia ai aa aia aa ada a a aaaea 5 16 Instrument Data Base and Instrument Hardware AAA 5 16 lee HU EE 5 17 Command Sequence and Command Synchronization sss 5 17 Status Reporting System Lento ie eee cect ec Dee tiem chested esse ee 5 18 Structure of an SCPI Status Register sssssssssssssssssseeeeeen enne 5 18 Overview of the Status Registers sssssssssssssessseeee enne 5 20 Description of the Status Registers ssssssssssssssseseseeeeeennene eene enne 5 21 Status Byte STB and Service Request Enable Register SRE 5 21 IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register
153. normalization suesssuuss 4 208 Reference level ius eter ee rer 4 13 channel Goower teen 4 93 coupling of diagrams 4 133 EE 4 16 DOSIIOFI 5522 Do m e eoe E eee 4 16 to marker level sisse 4 75 Reference point e EE 4 61 frequency phase noise sse 4 69 Ee 4 61 iS 4 61 level phase goisel 4 68 01 e Ee Sie d Ia RENE dee o 4 68 D AE D Si Aves toss ee 4 62 Reference value e EE 4 92 time domain Dower ene 4 86 Reflection measurement 4 196 4 211 Remote control DASICS pM M 5 1 IEC IEEE bus 154 HS 232 C coisas ot it eR RUE 5 5 Me 5 3 Remote Control RFISIBz E ie o moo Met Net Nd 4 241 Rename directory tico eis hi suites Sie Grete 4 171 FIG i G 4 171 Reset le GE 4 2 status reporting gkvetenm 5 83 Resolution bandwdcdtht nenene 4 20 Resolution counter esses einn 4 60 RF ATTEN MANUALE 4 17 RF attenuation sessi 4 15 10 5 E 3 Index AM trace info e ei ente et 3 5 RMS detector op RMS value Ine RS 232 C eelere EE interface suuusss transmission parameters S SA trace Info t de 3 5 Sample detector AAA 4 52 Sample number 4 109 Saturation 4 136 Saturation Doreen 4 180 Save CORDIIQUratliOn s T od Us Sekt e etse cua 4 163
154. not to be cleared with Sweep Count gt 0 or Average Count gt 0 on restarting the measurement INIT IMMediate resets the previous results on restarting the measurement The single sweep mode is automatically switched on Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements can then be performed with the command OPC OPC or WAI In the continuous sweep mode synchronization to the sweep end is not possible since the overall measurement never ends Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps INIT CONM WAI Continues the measurement next 20 sequences and waits for the end Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 150 E 3 FSP INITiate Subsystem INITiate lt 1 2 gt IMMediate The command initiates a new sweep in the indicated measurement window With Sweep Count gt 0 or Average Count gt 0 this means a restart of the indicated number of measurements With trace functions MAXHold MINHold and AVERage the previous results are reset on restarting the measurement In single sweep mode synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements can be achieved with the
155. obtained over the given of measurements The measurement results are frozen and displayed i e they are not calculated for subsequent measurements The result type will not be used Each value besides OFF can only be assigned to one result type at a time Setting all result types to OFF will deactivate the AM demodulator Examples AD AD AD Characteristics Mode EM AM AVER MAXH MINH EM AM WRIT OFF OFF EM AM OFF OFF OFF Creates average max hold and min hold values at atime Creates only the current measurement values Switches FM demodulation off RST values WRITe OFF OFF SCPI device specific A This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod AM RESult result type This command reads the result data obtained by AM demodulation depending on the type indicated as a parameter The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command Nolte Parameters Notes It is not possible to read out trace data when result type VIEW is selected lt result type gt WRITe The current measurement results will be obtained AVERage The measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements MAXHold The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements MINHold The minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The result type indicated must be one of those configured by SENS
156. of compatibiltiy with the FSE family Example CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dBm Characteristics RST value 200DBM SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 29 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe ON OFF This command activates the limit check for the adjacent channel when adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power is performed Before the command the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement must be globally switched on using CALC LIM ACP ON The result can be queried with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ACHannel RESu1t It should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no valid results are available The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 in LIMIt are irrelevant for this command Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP ACH ON ACH ACH Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dBm Switches on globally the limit chec
157. of option FSP B6 TV and RF trigger The setup of the individual trigger parameters is included in subsystem TRiGger COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV Option TV and RF Trigger STATe Boolean CCVS INTernal EXTernal SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV STATe JON OFF This command switches triggering on TV signals on or off Example TV ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Modes A T This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV CCVS INTernal EXTernal This command selects between an internal and an external CCVS signal as TV demodulator input signal Example TV CCVS EXT Characteristics RST value INT SCPI device specific Modes A T This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger 1093 4820 12 6 245 E 3 SOURce Subsystem FSP SOURce Subsystem The SOURce subsystem controls the output signals of the instrument if the options tracking generator FSP B9 or External Generator Control FSP B10 are installed The measurement window is selected by SOURce 1 screen A and SOURce2 screen B Internal Tracking Generator COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT SOURce lt 1 2 gt Tracking generator option AM STATe Boolean DM STATe Boolean FM STATe Boolean DEViation numeric value HZ FREQuency OFFSet numeric value HZ POWer LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude numeric
158. operating system for a selectable waiting time see section Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard or Mouse so enabling user inputs during the waiting time result 0 For i 1 To 10 Abort after max 10 loop iterations CALL TestSROQ boardID result Check service request line If result 0 Then CALL Srq If SRO is recognized gt subroutine for evaluation Else Call Hold 20 Call hold function with 20 ms waiting time User inputs are possible Endif Next i If result 0 Then PRINT Timeout Error Program aborted Output error message STOP Stop software Endif Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse A frequent problem with remote control programs using Visual Basic is to insert waiting times without blocking the keyboard and the mouse If the program is to respond to user inputs also during a waiting time control over the program events during this time must be returned to the operating system In Visual Basic this is done by calling the DoE vents function This function causes keyboard or mouse triggered events to be executed by the associated elements For example it allows the operation of buttons and input fields while the user waits for an instrument setting to be completed The following programming example describes the Hold function which returns control to the operating system for the period of the waiting time selectable in milliseconds 1093 4820 12 7 8 E 2
159. out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC PEAK MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress AVERage This command reads out the average of the original offset supression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC OSUP AVER Queries the result
160. part indicates whether an event has occurred since the last reading it is the memory of the condition part It only indicates events passed on by the edge filters It is permanently updated by the instrument This part can only be read by the user During reading its contents is set to zero In linguistic usage this part is often equated with the entire register The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the sum bit cf below Each bit of the EVENt part is ANDed with the associated ENABle bit symbol amp The results of all logical operations of this part are passed on to the sum bit via an OR function symbol ENABle Bit 0 the associated EVENt bit does not contribute to the sum bit ENABle Bit 1 if the associated EVENT bit is 1 the sum bit is set to 1 as well This part can be written into and read by the user at will Its contents is not affected by reading As indicated above the sum bit is obtained from the EVENt and ENABle part for each register The result is then entered into a bit of the CONDition part of the higher order register The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register Thus an event e g a PLL that has not locked can lead to a service request throughout all levels of the hierarchy Note The service request enable register SRE defined in IEEE 488 2 can be taken as ENABle part of the STB if the STB is structured according to SCPI By analog
161. power measurement with predefined settings ACLR Adjacent channel power measurement with predefined settings ESPectrum Measurement of spectrum emission mask OBANdwith OBWidth Measurement of occupied power bandwidth WCDPower Code domain power measurement This selection has the same effect as command INSTrument SELect WCDPower FDOMain Overview measurement in the frequency domain with predefined settings TDOMain Measurement of crest factor in the time domain with predefined settings 1093 4820 12 6 110 E 3 FSP CONFigure CDPower Subsystem CCDF Measurement of complementary cumulative distribution function Example CONF WCDP MS MEAS ACLR Selects adjacent channel power measurement Characteristics RST value WCDPower SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle STATe ON OFF This command switches the channel table on or off On switching on the measured channel table is stored under the name RECENT and switched on After the RECENT channel table is switched on another channel table can be selected with the command CONF WCDP MS CTAB SEL Note The RECENT channel table must always be switched on first with the command CONF WCDP MS CTAB STAT and then the required channel table can be selected with the command CONF WCDP MS CTAB SEL Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB ON Switches on the currently selected channel table Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device spe
162. relation of traces on or off Parameter Example Characteristics Mode lt expr gt OP1 OPZ Selects the subtraction of trace 1 from trace 2 in screen A Selects the subtraction of trace 1 from trace 3 in screen B OP1 TRACE1 OP2 TRACE2 TRACE3 CALC1 MATH TRACE1 TRACE2 CALC2 MATH TRACE1 TRACE3 RST value SCPI conforming A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH POSition 100PCT to 200PCT This command defines the position of the result of the trace mathematics in the selected measurement window The indication is in of the screen height with 10096 corresponding to the upper diagram border Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 CALC MATH POS 50PCT RST value 50 SCPI device specific A MS 6 87 Sets the position in screen A to the horizontal diagram center E 3 CALCulate MATH Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH STATe ON OFF This command switches the mathematical relation of traces on or off Example CALC MATH STAT ON Switches on the trace mathematics in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH MODE Near LOGarithmic This command selects linear or logarithmic video calculation of the mathematical functions related to the traces The calculation of the average is one of the affected functions The setting is valid for all measurement
163. screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 75 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS PHOLd RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS value with active peak hold in the selected measurement window The query is only possible only if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt l to 4 FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PHOL ON Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS PHOL RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MAR
164. source VIDeo this is the level of the video signal as a percentage of the diagram height If trigger source EXTernal is selected the value entered here is ignored as in this case the trigger input uses TTL levels Range 0 100PCT trigger source VIDeo Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of the measurement Range 125 ns to 100s Determines whether mean power RMS or peak power PEAK is to be measured The detector is selected accordingly Possible values MEAN PEAK Number of individual bursts to be measured 6 231 E 3 SENSe MPOWer Subsystem FSP Range 1 to 501 Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Return values The query command returns a list separated by commas comma separated values CSV which contains the power measurement results in floating point format The unit used for the return values is always dBm The command SENSe MPOWer 935 2MHz 1MHz 434us VIDEO 50PCT Bus MEAN 20 may for instance cause the following list to be returned 18 3 18 6 18 1 18 0 17 9 18 3 18 6 18 1 18 0 17 9 18 3 18 6 18 1 18 0 17 9 18 3 18 6 18 1 18 0 17 9 Examples Notes Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 SENSe MPOWer 935 2MHz 1MHz 434us VIDEO 50PCT Bus MEAN 20 performs a measurement sequence with the following settings Frequen
165. standards To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation the user must observe all instructions and warnings given in this operating manual Safety related symbols used on equipment and documentation from R amp S Observe Weight PE terminal Ground Danger Warning Ground Attention operating indication for terminal Shock hazard Hot surfaces Electrostatic instructions units gt 18 kg sensitive de vices require special care The unit may be used only in the operating con ditions and positions specified by the manufac turer Unless otherwise agreed the following applies to R amp S products IP degree of protection 2X pollution severity 2 overvoltage category 2 only for indoor use al titude max 2000 m The unit may be operated only from supply net works fused with max 16 A Unless specified otherwise in the data sheet a tolerance of 10 shall apply to the nominal voltage and of 5 to the nominal frequency For measurements in circuits with voltages Vims gt 30 V suitable measures should be taken to avoid any hazards using for example appropriate measuring equipment fusing current limiting electrical Separation insulation If the unit is to be permanently wired the PE terminal of the unit must first be connected to the PE conductor on site before any other con nections are made Installation and cabling of the unit to be performed only by qualified techni cal personnel For permane
166. started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode option FS K5 and when modulation type EDGE CONFigure MTYPe EDGE is selected Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value CONFigure BURSt POWer IMMediate This command selects measurement of the carrier power of the mobile CPW When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF BURS POW Selects the CPW measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate This command selects measurement of power of the mobile vs time PVT When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example I
167. the peak value in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE PHOL RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 74 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the effective RMS power in the selected measurement window If necessary the function is switched on previously The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Example CALC2 MARK FUNC SUM RMS ON Switches on the function in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS power value in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only p
168. the limit for the upper lower adjacent channel The second value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to S0 dB below the channel power RST value 0dB SCPI device specific A 6 27 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe ON OFF This command activates the limit check for the relative limit value of the adjacent channel when adjacent channel power measurement is performed Before the command the limit check must be activated using CALCulate LIMit ACPower STATe ON The result can be queried with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ACHannel RESu1t It should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no valid results are available The numeric suffixes lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP ACH ON ACH ACH Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channe
169. the screen 6 277 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP For CHANNEL TABLE the channels are sorted in ascending order according to code classes i e the codes not assigned appear at the end of the list The absolute level is specified in dBm the relative level in dB referred to the total power of the signal The values output for WO mapping are 1 I mapped 0 Q mapped FS K73 The example shows the results of a query for three assigned channels with the following configuration Base station tests FS K72 17 channel spreading factor 512 channel number 7 timing offset 0 2 channel spreading factor 4 channel number 2 timing offset 256 chips 3 channel spreading factor 128 channel number 127 timing offset 2560 chips This yields the following result 9 7 40 20 0 2 2 40 20 256 7 127 40 20 2560 The channels come in the same order as in the CDP diagram i e depending on their position in the code domain of spreading factor 512 Mobile station tests FS K73 17 channel spreading factor 256 channel number 7 I mapped 2 channel spreading factor 4 channel number 2 I mapped 3 channel spreading factor 128 channel number 127 Q mapped RESULT SUMMARY TRACE2 The results of the RESULT SUMMARY are output in the following order modulation accuracy gt lt peak CDE gt lt carr freq Error chip rate error total power gt lt trg to frame gt lt EVM peak channel EVM mean channels class channel number
170. the selected window This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT1 FREQ SWE ON Activates the frequency sweep for ext generator 1 Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt POWer LEVel numeric value This command sets the output power of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT POW 30dBm Sets the generator level to 30 dBm Characteristics RST value 20 dBm SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 251 E 3 SOURce Subsystem FSP SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal This command switches between external and internal reference oscillator for the frequency processing of external generator 1 and 2 The command always works on both generators Therefore the numeric suffix in EXTernal lt 1 2 gt is not significant This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT ROSC EXT switches to external reference oscillator Characteristics RST value INT SCPI device specific Mode all This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 252 E 3 FSP STATus Subsystem STATus Subsystem The STATus subsystem contains the commands
171. the spectrum emission mask measurement All modifications made to the standard limit lines are lost and the default setting valid upon delivery is restored This command is only available in conjunction with the options FS K72 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and FS K73 WCDMA 3G FDD MS The numeric suffixes lt 1 2 gt or lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command Example INST BWCD Switches the instrument to the WCDMA Downlink mode CALC LIM ESP REST Sets the spectrum emission mask limit lines back to the default setting Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 25 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate LIMit ACPower Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit ACPower subsystem defines the limit check for adjacent channel power measurement COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit 1 to 8 gt ACPower STATe lt Boolean gt ACHannel RELative numeric value numeric value DB DB STATe Boolean ABSolute numeric value numeric value DBM DBM STATe Boolean RESult query only ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt DB DB STATe Boolean ABSolute numeric value numeric value DBM DBM STATe Boolean RESult query only CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower STATe ON OFF
172. value DBM OFFSet numeric value DB SOURce lt 1 2 gt AM STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the external amplitude modulation of the tracking generator in the selected measurement window External UO modulation is switched off if active This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 Example SOUR AM STAT ON Switches on the external amplitude modulation of the tracking generator for screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Modes all SOURce lt 1 2 gt DM STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the external WO modulation of the tracking generator in the selected measurement window External AM and external FM are switched off if active This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 SOUR2 DM STAT ON Switches on the external UO modulation of the tracking generator for screen B Example Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Modes all 1093 4820 12 6 246 E 3 FSP SOURce Subsystem SOURce lt 1 2 gt FM STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the external frequency modulation of the tracking generator in the selected measurement window External UO modulation is switched off if active This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 Example SOUR FM STAT ON Switches on the external frequency modulation of
173. versus time data For that purpose the FSP will deliver the following results Demodulated FM signal current values averaged maxhold minhold selectable Demodulated AM component of the signal current values averaged maxhold minhold selectable gt FM Offset current value or averaged selectable Therefore parameters to be set up on the analyzer are types of demodulation to measure simultaneously AM FM sample rate record length trigger source free Run external pretrigger samples of measurements to use for average maxhold minhold VVVVVV Additionally for each demodulation type the required result values need to be configured The FSP is capable to perform two modulation types at a time with a maximum of 3 different result types per demodulation Possible selections for the result types are gt WRITeThe current measurement results will be obtained gt AVERageThe measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements gt MAXHoldThe maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements gt MINHoldThe minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The commands defined below will be used in the following way Setting up the instrument and querying the result list after synchronization to the end of measurement With this method the control computer can be used for other activities while the FSP is performing the measurement Note Analog demodulation is o
174. 0 or time span 0 of maxima found device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks COUNt This query reads out the number of maxima found during the search If no search for maxima has been performed 0 is returned Example CALC MARK CALC MARK Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A FUNC FP FUNC CO E 3 searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1 UN queries the number of maxima found device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks X This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found The number of available values can be queried with CALC MARK FUNC FP Eaks COUNt With sort mode X the X values are in increasing order with sort mode Y the order corresponds to the decreasing order of the Y values Example CALC MARK CALC MARK CALC MARK CALC MARK Returned values 107 5E6 153 8E6 1 2 05E 3 2 37E 3 Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A 1093 4820 12 FUNC FPE SORT Y sets the sort mode to decreasing y values FUNC FPE 3 searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1 FUNC COUN queries the number of maxima found FUNC X queries the frequencies span lt gt 0 or time span 0 of the maxima found 87 9E6 frequencies in increasing order 3 71e 3 times in increasing order device specific 6 56 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsyste
175. 0 kHz e Modulation depth 50 Marker 1 and delta marker 2 are set one after the other to the highest maxima of the measurement curve and then the frequency and level are read out The default setting of the FSP can be used for the following measurements Setuplnstrument REM x eec ce ee e e e e e e e e se ee ee se e e e e e se e he ee e se e e eec se e e e ck se ke ee e ke e e e e ke ke e ee ke kv k kx Public Sub MarkerSearch result Space 100 CALL SetupInstrument Default setting tam emia ae Peak search without search limit CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Switch to single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Define peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Switch on Marker 1 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign Marker 1 to Trace 1 CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK MAX X Y Marker to peak read out CALL IBRD analyzer result frequency and level Print Marker 1 result CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT2 STAT ON MAX MAX LEFT Switch on delta marker 2 Peak and then Next Peak Left CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT MODE ABS Delta marker2 frequency output absolute CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT2 X Y Delta marker 2 read out frequency and level
176. 1093 5540 03 01 07 05 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 116 E 3 FSP DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay Subsystem The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as well as of measurement data on the display The measurement windows are selected by WINDow1 screen A or WINDow2 screen B COMMAND DISPlay FORMat ANNotation FREQuency LOGO PSAVe STATe HOLDoff CMAP 1 to 26 gt DEFault lt 1 2 gt HSL PDEFined WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect TEXT DATA STATe TIME TRACe 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe MODE RLEVel OFFSet RVALue RPOSition PDIVision SPACing MODE STATe PARAMETERS SINGle SPLit lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt 1 to 60 0 1 0 1 0 1 BLACK BLUE BROWn GREen CYAN RED MAGenta YELLow WHITe DGRAy LGRAy LBLUe LGREen LCYan LRED LMAGenta string Boolean Boolean numeric value ABSolute RELative numeric value numeric value numeric value numeric value numeric value LINear LOGarithmic WRITe VIEW AVERage MAXHold MINHold Boolean UNT COMMENT no query DB DBM DB HE Option FM demodulator PCT DBM DB HZ 1093 4820 12 6 117 E 3 DISPlay Subsystem FSP DISPlay FORMat SINGle SPLit This command switches the measurement result display between FULL
177. 110 300 600 1200 only SERial1 available for 2400 9600 19200 FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BITS 7 8 only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PACE XON NONE only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PARity TYPE EVEN ODD NONE only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive SBITs 1J2 only SERial1 available for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem DATE 1980 to 2099 1 to 12 1 to 31 FSP SYSTem DISPlay FPANel ON OFF new function for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem DISPlay UPDate ON OFF FSP FSE SYSTem ERRor NEXT new function for FSP but compatible to SYSTem ERRor on the FSE FSP SYSTem ERRor LIST new function for FSP FSP SYSTem ERRor CLEar ALL new command for FSP FSP FSE SYSTem PASSword CENable pass word FSP FSE SYSTem PRESet ESI SYSTem PRESet COMPatible FSE OFF not available for FSP FSIQ FSP FSE SYSTem SET FSP FSE SYSTem SPEaker VOLume Oto1 FSP FSE SYSTem TIME 0 to 23 0 to 59 0 to 59 FSP FSE SYSTem VERSion FSP FSE TRACe COPY TRACE1 TRACE2 only TRACE1 TRACE3 TRACE3 TRACE1 available for FSP TRACE2 TRACE3 FSET TRACe FEED CONTrol lt 1 4 gt ALWays NEVer not available for FSP ESI FSP FSE TRACe DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 only TRACE1 TRACE3 TRACE3 lt block gt available for FSP lt numeric_value gt FSET TRACe DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 ESI TRACE3 TRACE4 S
178. 15E6 87 4 108 0 ABS FAILED 1 893 2E6 893 2E6 83 2 108 0 ABS FAILED 2 895 7E6 895 7E6 87 4 108 0 ABS FAILED Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh SPECtrum MODulation REFerence This command reads out the results of the premeasurement of modulation due to spectrum measurement The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth lt RBW gt bandwidth This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when the measurement of the modulation due to spectrum is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result PETC SPEC MOD REF Queries the result of the premeasurement without starting a new measurement Result 43 2 43 2 1000000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query
179. 2 gt Marker and center frequency Marker 2 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK2 FUNC REF Ref level Marker 2 Call ibwrt analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync END SUB REM AAA X dc ke e de ee ee ke k k 1093 4820 12 7 15 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Measuring Spurious Emissions In transmission measurements it is often necessary to search a large frequency range for unwanted spurious emissions This can be done by means of the FSP s LIST PEAKS function which finds up to 50 peaks in a preselected frequency range and outputs them as a list The search range can be defined both in terms of frequency and level and the number of peaks to be found is selectable as well In the following example the 10 highest peaks are to be found in a preselected frequency range Only signals 2 60 dBm in a range 400 kHz about the center frequency are of interest so the search range is limited accordingly The signals found are output in the order of ascending frequency REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub SpuriousSearch powerlist Space 1000 freqlist Space 1000 count SpaceS 30 SSS SSeS FSP default setting CALL SetupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Default setting mmm Definition of search range CALL IBWRT
180. 20 12 6 1 39 E 3 FETCh SPECtrum Subsystem FSP FETCh SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in the GSM MS FS K5 mode used to measure the power of the spectral contributions due to modulation and switching without first restarting a new measurement Spectrum due to modulation MOD Spectrum due to transient TRA COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT FETCh Option FS K5 l SPECtrum MODulation ALL ARFCn query only REFerence a query only SWITching ALL zd a query only FETCh SPECtrum MODulation ALL ARFCn This command reads out the result of the measurement of the modulation spectrum of the mobile Parameter ARFCn ARFCN 1 8 MHz The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt where the parts between 7 denote a partial result string that can be repeated n times Index 0 if the partial result string characterizes a measurement range current number 50 if the partial result string characterizes a single limit excess Freqi Start frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the limit line is exceeded lt Freq2 gt Start frequency of the
181. 3 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower MAPPing Q This command defines the mapping of the CDP signal Example SENS CDP MAPP I Selects I mapping Characteristics RST value Q SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS 1093 4820 12 6 213 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower SFACtor 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 This command defines the spreading factor Note Setting 512 is not possible for mobile station tests FS K73 Example CDP SFACtor 16 Selects spreading factor 16 Characteristics RST value 512 FS K72 RST value 256 FS K73 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower NORMalize ON OFF This command switches normalization of the unit circle with the IQ offset on or off Example CDP NORM OFF Switches normalization off Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower QINVert ON OFF This command inverts the Q component of the signal Example CDP QINV ON Switches on inversion of Q component Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower PREFerence TOTal CPICh This command switches between the use of total power or CPICH power as reference for the relative CDP measurement values Example CDP PREF CPIC Selects CPICH as reference for the relative CDP meas
182. 5 MHz not available for FSP and FSET FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV CCVS INTernal EXTernal new function for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV STATe ON OFF FSP FSE SOURce AM STATe ON OFF FSP FSE SOURce DM STATe ON OFF FSP SOURce EXTernal STATe ON OFF new command for FSP FSP SOURce EXTernal FREQuency OFFset numeric value new command for FSP FSP SOURce EXTernal FREQuency FACTor NUMerator numeric value new command for FSP FSP SOURce EXTernal FREQuency FACTor DENominator numeric value new command for FSP FSP SOURce EXTernal FREQuency SWEep STATe ON OFF new command for FSP FSP SOURce EXTernal POWer LEVel numeric value new command for FSP FSP FSE SOURce FM STATe ON OFF FSP FSE SOURce FREQuency OFFSet 150Hz to 150MHz different value ranges for FSP and FSE FSE SOURce POWer ALC SOURce INTernal EXTernal not available for FSP and FSET FSP FSE SOURce POWer LEVel IMMediate OFFSet 200dB to 200dB FSP FSE SOURce POWer LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude 30dBm to 0dBm different value ranges for FSP and FSE 1093 4820 12 6 325 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE STATus OPERation CONDition FSE STATus OPERation CONDition FSP FSE STATus OPERat
183. 5DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dB CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement in screen A CALC LIM ACP ACH STAT ON Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels in screen A INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A RST value SCPI device specific A This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 31 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative 0 to 100dB 0 to 100aB This command defines the limit for the first second alternate adjacent channel in the selected measurement window for adjacent channel power measurements The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured channel power The numeric suffix after ALTernate lt 1 2 gt denotes the first or the second alternate channel The numeric suffixes lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below th absolute limit defined with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ALTernate 1 2 ABSolute This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as define
184. 6 77 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN PHOLd RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value with active peak hold in the selected measurement window The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been switched on previously using CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd The query is possible only if the peak hold function is active The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single Sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PHOL ON Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN PHOL RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of th
185. 8 5 Control strings or control characters of the RS 232 interface O REM Switch over to remote LOC Switch over to local SRQ Service Request SRQ SRQ is sent by the instrument GET Group Execute Trigger GET DCL Reset instrument Device Clear DCL Ctrl Q gt 11 Hex Enables character output XON Ctrl S gt 13 Hex Inhibits character output XOFF OD Hex 0A Hex Terminator CR lt LF gt Handshake Software handshake In the software handshake mode of operation the data transfer is controlled using the two control characters XON XOFF The instrument uses the control character XON to indicate that it is ready to receive data If the receive buffer is full it sends the XOFF character via the interface to the controller The controller then interrupts the data output until it receives another XON from the instrument The controller indicates to the instrument that it is ready to receive data in the same way Cable required for software handshake The connection of the instrument with a controller for software handshake is made by crossing the data lines The following wiring diagram applies to a controller with a 9 pin or 25 pin configuration Instrument Controller Instrument Controller 9 pin 9 pin 9 pin 25 pin 1 1 1 8 2 RxD TxD 3 2 0 RxD TxD 2 3 TxD RxD 2 3 TxD RxD 3 4 6 4 6 5 o GND GN
186. 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELative of FSP not available for FSET FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute 200 to 200 DBM new function for FSP 200 to 200 DBM FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel STATe ON OFF compatible to CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELativ e STATe of FSP not available for FSET FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt AC Power ACHannel RELative 0 to 100 DB compatible to 0 to 100 DB CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel of FSE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe ON OFF compatible to CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel STATe of FSE FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 0 to 100 DB compatible to 0 to 100 DB CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative of FSP not available for FSET FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute 200 to 200 DBM new function for FSP 200 to 200 DBM FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute STAT ON OFF new function for FSP e FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower AL
187. AC IQ ON Switch on UO measured data acquisition TRAC IQ SYNC ON Switch on synchronization of UO measured data acquisition with trigger time TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 2048 2048 HO values are to be read starting from the trigger time Filter type NORMAL analog RBW 10 MHz Sampling rate 32 MHz Trigger external Trigger edge positive TRAC To DATA Start measurement and read averaged data Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Operating mode A Z This command is available only from firmware version 1 40 1093 4820 12 6 288 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem TRACec lt 1 2 gt 1Q ONLine STATe ON OFF This command enables disable the online output of I Q measurement data via the optional LVDS interface B17 on the rear panel of the instrument As a precondition the UO data acquisition must be switched on in advance via command TRAC IQ ON The settings required for the I Q data acquisition are configured using the command TRAC IQ SET Single shot measurements default setting or continuous measurement data output can be selected using INIT CONT OFF Oor INIT CONT ON respectively Single shot measurements are started with TRAC IQ DATA or INIT The format of the output data is described in detail in chapter Option FSP B17 IQ Online Interface in the manual operation part of this manual Please note the following restrictions for sampling rates 2 MHz The internal correc
188. ALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches on and off the delta marker when delta marker 1 is selected The corresponding marker becomes the delta marker when delta marker 2 to 4 is selected If the corresponding marker is not activated it will be activated and positioned on the maximum of the measurement curve If no numeric suffix is indicated delta marker 1 is selected automatically Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 CALC DELT3 ON Switches marker 3 in screen A to delta marker mode RST value OFF SCPI device specific A MS FM 6 9 E 3 CALCulate FEED Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt MODE ABSolute RELative This command switches between relative and absolute frequency input of the delta marker or time with span 0 It affects all delta markers independent of the measurement window Example CALC DELT MODE ABS Switches the frequency time indication for all delta markers to absolute values CALC DELT MODE REL Switches the frequency time indication for all delta markers to relative to marker 1 Characteristics RST value REL SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt AOFF This command switches off all active delta markers in the selected measurement window screen A or screen B Example CALC2 DELT AOFF Switches off all delta markers in sc
189. ALCulate MARKer FUNCtion STRack Subsystem The CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion ST Rack subsystem defines the settings of the signal track COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer FUNCtion STRack STATe lt Boolean gt BANDwidth lt numeric_value gt HZ BWIDth numeric value HZ THReshold numeric value DBM TRACe numeric value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack STATe ON OFF This command switches the signal track function on or off for the the selected measurement window The function is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant With signal track activated the maximum signal is determined after each frequency sweep and the center frequency is set to the frequency of this signal Thus with drifting signals the center frequency follows the signal Example CALC MARK FUNC STR ON Switches on the signal track function for screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A F MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack BANDwidth 10Hz to MAX SPAN CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack BWIDth 10Hz to MAX SPAN These commands have the same function For the selected measurement window they define the bandwidth around the center frequency within which the largest signal is searched The function is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric s
190. ALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt CONTrol SHIFt num value LIMIT LINE CALCulate 1 2 5 LIMit 1 8 5 UPPer SHIFt num value SCHEDE CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 5 LOWer SHIFt num value automatically executed during IEC IEEE bus operation LIMIT LINE p H z D s EDIT LIMIT LINE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt COPY 1 8 lt name gt LIMIT LINE e Q 8 A CO N eo St Mi 6 360 E 3 FSP Command Assignment Signal Analysis DELETE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt DELete LIMIT LINE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt CONTrol OFFset num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UPPer OFFset num value CALCulate 1 2 5 LIMit 1 8 LOWer OFFset num value DISPLAY LINES CALCulate 1 2 DLINel STATe ON OFF A 3 CALCulate 1 2 DLINel 30 dBm CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe2 STATe ON OFF DIN CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe2 30 dBm CALCulate 1 2 5 FLINel STATe ON OFF DINE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINel 0 HZ CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe2 STATe ON OFF IUE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe2 3 GHZ CALCulate 1 2 TLINel STATe ON OFF LUNES CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINel 0 S CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe2 STATe ON OFF LINGE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe2 2 5 MS 11093 4820 12 6 361 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis DISP Key DISP DISP FULL S
191. AND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure E r Option FS K5 SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate SS Ss no query SWITching IMMediate B no query CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate This command selects measurement of the spectrum due to modulation MOD The overview measurement in the frequency domain is directly started with command INITate IMMediate the list measurement in the time domain with command READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the overview measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate This command selects measurement of the spectrum due to switching transients TRA The overview measurement in the frequency domain is directly started with command INITate IMMediate the list measurement in the time domain with command READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM
192. ANDwidth VIDeo RATio Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example BAND VID AUTO OFF Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 208 E 3 FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio 0 01 to 1000 This command defines the ratio video bandwidth Hz resolution bandwidth Hz The ratio to be entered is reciprocal to the ratio RBW VBW used in manual control Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example BAND VID RAT 3 Sets the coupling of video bandwidth to video bandwidth 3 resolution bandwidth Characteristics RST value 3 SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo TYPE LINear LOGarithmic This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path provided that the resolution bandwidth is lt 100 kHz gt If LINear is selected the video filter is connected ahead of the logarithmic amplifier default gt fLOGarithmic is selected the video filter follows the logarithmic amplifier The essential difference between the two modes is the transient response at falling signal edges If LINear is selected the measurement with logarithmic level scaling yields a much flatter falling edge
193. AP25 Softkey state data entry CMAP26 Logo Parameter hue tint sat saturation lum brightness The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters Example HCOP CMAP2 HSL 0 3 0 8 1 0 changes the grid color Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Modes all The values set are not changed by RST This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 145 E 3 HCOPy Subsystem FSP HCOPy CMAP 1 to 26 gt PDEFined BLACK BLUE BROWn GREen CYAN RED MAGenta YELLow WHITe DGRAy LGRAy LBLUe LGREen LCYan LRED LMAGenta This command defines the color table in USER DEFINED COLORS using predefined color values To each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be modified by varying the corresponding color setting The same assignment as for HCPOy CMAP 1 to 26 gt HSL applies Example HCOP CMAP2 PDEF GRE Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Modes all The values set are not changed by RST HCOPy DESTination lt 1 2 gt lt string gt This command selects the printer output medium Disk Printer or Clipboard associated with configuration 1 or 2 Note The type of instrument is selected with SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter SELect which will automatically select a default output medium Therefore the command HCOPy DESTination Should always be sent after setting the device type Parameter lt string gt
194. ATe CHANnel CDPabsolute CDPRelative IQOFfset IGlMbalance CMAPping PSYMbol Example Characteristics Mode Total power Frequency error in Hz Trigger to frame Modulation accuracy Peak code domain error Error vector magnitude RMS Error vector magnitude Peak Chip rate error Symbol rate Channel number Channel Code Channel power absolute Channel power relative IQ offset IQ imbalance Channel mapping No of pilot symbols CALC MARK FUNC WCDP MS RES PTOT Queries the result of the total power measurement RST value SCPI device specific 3G FDD MS The numeric suffixes in CALCulate lt 1 2 gt and MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt are not significant 1093 4820 12 6 86 E 3 FSP CALCulate MATH Subsystem CALCulate MATH Subsystem The CALCulate MATH subsystem allows to process data from the SENSe subsystem in numeric expressions The measurement windows are selected by CALCulate1 screen A or CALCulate2 screen B COMMAND CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH EXPRession DEFine POSition STATe MODE PARAMETERS lt expr gt lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt LiNear LOGarithmic PCT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH EXPression DEFine lt expr gt This command defines the mathematical expression for relating traces to trace1 COMMENT The zero point of the result display can be defined with CALC MATH POS Command CALCulate MATH STATe switches the mathematical
195. AXimum LEFT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum PEAK CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEXT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum RIGHt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum LEFT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed STATe ON OFF 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint MAXimum ate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint Y ate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint Y OFFSet ate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint X 1093 4820 12 6 329 E 3 List of Commands FSP CALCUlate 1 2 DELTamarker to 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 FUNCtion PNOise RESult pe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FEED XTIM AM XTIM RFPower XTIM FM XTIM GC XTIM AMSummary XTIM FMSummary XPOW CDP XPOW CDP RAT XPOW CDP OVERview XTIM CDP ERR XTIM CDP ERR PHASe XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary XTIM CDP ERR CTABle XTIM CDP ERR PCDomain XTIM CDP MACOuracy XTIM CDP PVSLot XTIM CDP PVSymbol XTIM CDP BSTReam XTIM CDP SYMB CONStellation XTIM CDP SYMB EVM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT UNITLESS EE RRE EIER RRE CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ESPectr
196. B CALC2 DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128 MHZ Sets the reference frequency in screen B to 128 MHz CALC2 DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level in screen B to 30 dBm Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 14 E 3 FSP CALCulate FEED Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint MAXimum PEAK lt numeric_value gt This command sets the reference point level for all delta markers in the selected measurement window for a measurement with fixed reference point CALC DELT FUNC FIX STAT ON to the peak of the selected trace For phase noise measurements CALCulate DEL Tamarker FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON the command defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2 in the selected measurement window Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO MAX Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y numeric value This command defines a new reference point level for all delta markers in the selected measurement window for a measurement with fixed reference point CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON For phase noise measurements CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON the command defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2 in the selected
197. Bm Set reference level to 10 dBm The instrument now performs a sweep in the frequency range of 95 MHz to 105 MHz 3 To return to manual control press the LOCAL key at the front panel 1093 4820 12 5 2 E 2 FSP Starting Remote Control Operation Starting Remote Control Operation On power on the instrument is always in the manual operating state LOCAL state and can be operated via the front panel It is switched to remote control REMOTE state IEC IEEE bus as soon as it receives an addressed command from a controller if it is controlled in a network RSIB interface as soon as it receives a command from a controller RS 232 as soon as it receives the command QREM from a controller During remote control operation via the front panel is disabled The instrument remains in the remote state until it is reset to the manual state via the front panel or via remote control interfaces Switching from manual operation to remote control and vice versa does not affect the remaining instrument settings Display Contents during Remote Control During remote control only the LOCAL softkey appears with which it is possible to return to manual operation In addition the display of diagrams and results can be blanked out with the command SYSTem DISPlay UPDate OFF default in remote control to obtain optimum performance during remote control operation During program execution it is recommended to activate the display of
198. C measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQOF AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset MAXimum This command triggers the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ DC offset measurement in 96 for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects EDGE modulation 8PSk CONF BURS MACC Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQOF MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet
199. C LIM CONT OFFS the line is shifted by modifying the individual x values and not by means of an additive offset The shift is independent of the measurement window In the analyzer mode the unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the X axis i e it is HZ with CALC LIM CONT DOM FREQ und S bei CALC LIM CONT DOM TIME Example CALC LIM2 CONT SHIF 50KHZ Shifts all reference values of limit line 2 by 50 kHz Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 38 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate LIMit LOWer Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit LOWer subsystem defines the lower limit line COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer DATA numeric value numeric value DBM DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT STATe Boolean OFFSet lt numeric_value gt DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT MARGin numeric value DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT MODE RELative ABSolute 22 SHIFt numeric value DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT THReshold numeric value DBM DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer DATA numeric value numeric value This command defines the values for the selected lower limit line independently of the measurement window The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the correspondin
200. C STAT RES2 ALL Reads out the three measurement results of trace 2 Example of answer string 5 56 19 25 13 69 l e mean power 5 56 dBm peak power 19 25 dBm CREST factor 13 69 dB RST value SCPI device specific A 6 92 E 3 FSP CALCulate THReshold Subsystem CALCulate THReshold Subsystem The CALCulate THReshold subsystem controls the threshold value for the maximum minimum search of markers The measurement windows are selected by CALCulate 1 screen A or 2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT CALCulate lt t 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt lt numeric_value gt DBM DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT STATe Boolean THReshold numeric value DBM DB STATe Boolean FLINe lt 1 2 gt lt numeric_value gt HZ STATe Boolean TLINe lt 1 2 gt lt numeric_value gt S STATe Boolean CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt MiNimum MAXimum depending on current unit This command defines the position of Display Line 1 or 2 These lines enable the user to mark any levels in the diagram The unit depends on the setting made with CALC UNIT Example CALC DLIN 20dBm Characteristics RST value STATe to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches Display Line 1 or 2 level lines on or off Example CALC DLIN2 STAT OFF Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulat
201. CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion PCCPch This command sets the marker to channel 1 The numeric suffix in CALCulate that is required or permissible depends on the selected display mode for which the marker is to be valid and has to coincide with it CALCulate 1 for CDP absolute and relative CALCulate2 for modulation accuracy peak code domain error power versus slot bit stream symbol constellation and EVM Example CALC MARK FUNC PCCP 1093 4820 12 6 84 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem Characteristics RST value _ SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query Only the numeric suffix 1 is permissible in MARKer CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion DPCCh This command sets marker 1 to channel 1 The numeric suffix that is required or permissible depends on the selected display mode for which the marker is to be valid and must be appropriate for this mode CALCulate 1 for CDP absolute relative CALCulate2 for modulation accuracy peak code domain error power vs slot bit stream symbol constellation and EVM Example CALC MARK FUNC DPCC Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS This command is an lt event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion WCDPower BTS RESult PTOTal FERRor TFRame TOFFset
202. CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC1 LIM5 TRAC 1 Assign trace in screen A CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC2 LIM5 TRAC 2 Assign trace in screen B CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 CONT DOM FREQ Define x axis range CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 CONT MODE ABS Define x axis scaling CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 UNIT DB Define y axis unit CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 UPP MODE REL Define y axis scaling lt a SS Definition of data points and threshold xlimit CALC LIM5 CONT 120MHZ 126MHZ 127MHZ 128MHZ 129MHZ 130MHz 136MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer xlimit Set values for x axis CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 UPP 70 40 40 20 40 40 70 Set values for y axis CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 UPP THR 75DBM Set y threshold only possible for relative y axis JEEP EDEN D FD n D c PD n DE RD RH RO n DS c PD ERROR A margin or an x y offset can be defined her 5 Activate and evaluate the limit line in screen A CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC1 LIM5 UPP STAT ON Activate line 5 in screen A CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC1 LIM5 STAT ON Activate limit check in screen A CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync 1093 4820 12 7 23 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC1 LIM5 FAIL Query result of limit check CALL IBRD analyzer result
203. CE PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT HZ HZ HZ HZ HZ HZ HZ HZ no query ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt PCT PCT SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing ACHannel 100 Hz to 2000 MHz This command defines the channel spacing of the adjacent channel to the TX channel At the same time the spacing of alternate adjacent channels 1 and 2 is set to the double or triple of the entered value The command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Example Characteristics Mode RST value 14 kHz SCPI device specific A F 1093 4820 12 POW ACH SPAC ACH 33kHz 6 234 Sets the spacing between the carrier signal and the adjacent channel to 33 kHz the alternate adjacent channel 1 to 66 kHz the alternate adjacent channel 2 to 99 kHz E 3 FSP SENSe POWer Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 100 Hz to 2000 MHz This command defines the spacing between the first AL Ternate1 or the second alternate adjacent channel ALTernate2 and the TX channel If the spacing to the alternate adjacent channel ALTernate1 is modified the spacing to alternate adjacent channel 2 is set to 1 5 times the entered value This command is only available in the frequency domain span 0 Example POW ACH SPAC ALT1 100kHz Sets the spaci
204. COMMENT ISENSe 122 l CORRection Ttracking generator option METHod TRANsmission REFLexion COLLect ACQuire THRough OPEN no query STATe lt Boolean gt RECall no query TRANsducer SELect name UNIT string SCALing LINear LOGarithmic COMMent string DATA freq level HZ STATe lt Boolean gt D I ete no query VIEW lt Boolean gt SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection STATe ON OFF This command activates deactivates the normalization of the measurement results in the selected window provided that the tracking generator is active The command is available only after acquisition of a reference trace for the selected type of measurement transmission reflection see command SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection COLLect ACQire Example CORR ON Activates normalization in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode A This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator ext generator control option B9 B10 SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection METHod TRANsmission REFLection This command selects the type of measurement with active tracking generator transmission reflection Example CORR METH TRAN Sets the type of measurement in screen A to transmission Characteristics RST value TRANsmission SCPI device specific Mode A This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator ext generator
205. CREEN SPLIT DISP ei Q D el D z REF LEVEL INSTrument COUP COUPLED CENTER B INSTrument COUP MARKER A CENTER A INSTrument COUP MARKER B CONFIG m DISPLAY SCREEN DISP TITLE DISP TIME DATE DISP ON OFF LOGO DISP ANNOTATION DISP lay FORmat SINGle lay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect lay FORmat SPLit lay WINDow lt 1 2 gt lay WINDow lt 1 2 gt lay WINDow lt 1 2 gt e RLEVel NONI Fl le CF_B NONE le CF_A NONE EXT DATA string EXT STATe ON OFF lay LOGO ON OFF lay ANNotation FR IME ON OFF EQuency ON OFF DATAENTRY no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command DEFAULT DISPI COLORS 1 DEFAULT DISP COLORS 2 DISPLAY DISP PWR SAVE DISP BRIGHTNESS DISPI DISPI SATURATION DISP1 PREDEFINED DISP COLORS ou o o o H DP ke E Zz H CES D Z Ej EJ 9 Oo Ke d OO cl i i Hd D i i 11093 4820 12 ay CMAP lt 1 13 gt DEFaultl lay CMAP lt 1 13 gt DEFault2 lay PSAVe STATe ON OFF lay PSAVe HOLDoff lt num_value gt ay CMAP HSL lt hue gt lt sat gt lt lum gt ay CMAP lt 1 13 gt HSL lt hue gt lt sat gt lt lum ay CMAP lt 1 13 gt HSL lt hue gt lt sat gt lt lum lay CMAP lt 1 13 gt PDEFined BLACK BLU MAGenta YELLow WHIT LBLUe LGREen LCYa 6 362 gt gt gt BROWn DGRAy LRED GRI LG
206. Ch BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage This command reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC FREQ AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 135 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of burs
207. Commands and Device Responses Device messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC bus the ATN control line not being active ASCII code is used A distinction is made according to the direction in which they are sent on the IEC IEEE bus Commands are messages the controller sends to the instrument They operate the device functions and request informations The commands are subdivided according to two criteria 1 According to the effect they have on the instrument Setting commands cause instrument settings such as reset of the instrument or setting the center frequency Queries cause data to be provided for output on the IEC IEEE bus e g for identification of the device or polling the marker 2 According to their definition in standard IEEE 488 2 Common Commands are exactly defined as to their function and notation in standard IEEE 488 2 They refer to functions such as management of the standar dized status registers reset and selftest Device specific commands refer to functions depending on the features of the instrument such as frequency setting A majority of these commands has also been standardized by the SCPI committee cf Section SCPI Introduction Device responses are messages the instrument sends to the controller after a query They can contain measurement results instrument settings and information on the instrument status cf Section Responses to Queries Structure and syntax o
208. D 5 5 GND GND 7 6 4 6 20 7 8 7 5 8 7 8 4 9 9 9 22 Fig 8 1 Wiring of the data lines for software handshake 1093 4820 12 8 9 E 2 Instrument Interfaces FSP Hardware handshake For hardware handshake the instrument indicates that it is ready to receive data via the lines DTR and RTS A logic 0 on both lines means reach and a logic 1 means not reach The RTS line is always active logic 0 as long as the serial interface is switched on The DTR line thus controls the readiness of the instrument to receive data The readiness of the remote station to receive data is reported to the instrument via the CTS and DSR line A logic 0 on both lines activates the data output and a logic 1 on both lines stops the data output of the instrument The data output takes place via the TxD line Cable for hardware handshake The connection of the instrument to a controller is made with a so called zero modem cable Here the data control and acknowledge lines must be crossed The following wiring diagram applies to a controller with a 9 pin or 25 pin configuration Instrument Controller Instrument Controller 9 pin 9 pin 9 pin 25 pin Fig 8 2 Wiring of the data control and acknowledge lines for hardware handshake Fig 8 9 Pin assignments for the USER connector The configuration of the user ports takes place in the SETUP menu SETUP key in the GENERAL SETUP sub menu Monitor Connector
209. D Measurement of spectrum due to transients TRA COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT READ Option FS K5 SPECtrum MODulation ALL query only REFerence IMMediate query only SWITching ALL query only READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL This command starts the measurement of the modulation spectrum of the mobile and reads out the result The measurement is performed in the frequency range ARFCN 1 8 MHz The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the following format Index Freg1 Freq2 Level Limit lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt lt Index gt lt Freq1 gt lt Freq2 gt lt Level gt lt Limit gt lt Abs Rel gt lt Status gt where the part set in T characterizes a partial result string which can be repeated n times Index 0 if the partial result string characterizes a measurement range current number 50 if the partial result string characterizes a single limit excess lt Freq1 gt Start frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the limit is exceeded lt Freq2 gt Stop frequency of the measurement range or frequency where the measured range is exceeded The value of lt Freq2 gt is equal to the value of lt Freq1 gt if either the measurement is performed in the time domain or the partial result string contains a limit excess lt Level gt Measured maximum level of the partial range or meas
210. DPE 5 22 Event Status Register ESR and Event Status Enable Register ESE 5 22 STATus OPERation Register nennen nnne 5 23 STATus QUEStionable Register esssssssssseseeeeeeneen nennen 5 24 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register esssssseeeeneneene 5 25 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency Register 5 26 STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt Register ssesseeeseesenesrnssrnsnesissrnssrnnsrrnsrensnnne 5 27 STATus QUEStionable L MARgin 1 2 Register sesseseeseeseeeresresrnssrissrresrrnernnes 5 28 STATus QUEStionable POWer Register eene 5 29 1142 8142 12 I 5 1 E 2 Contents Remote Control Basics FSP STATus QUEStionable S YNC Register sse 5 30 Application of the Status Reporting Gvestems nenn 5 31 Service Request Making Use of the Hierarchy Structure sssssnnnnsnnnenennnnnenn nenen en 5 31 EEN 5 31 ParallelPolli 55 ee odes tih e Dd eee e DR UE oe lens ds em ed 5 32 Query by Means of Commandes 5 32 Error Q us QUE ee at itat a EC Ee a 5 32 Resetting Values of the Status Reporting Gvstem 5 33 1142 8142 12 5 2 E 2 FSP Introduction 5 Remote Control Basics In this chapter you ll find e instructions on how to put the FSP into operation via remote control e a general introduction to remote control of programmable instruments This includes the description of the command structure and syntax according to the SCPI standar
211. ECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 1 Hz to 10 MHz 6 200 SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage COUNt 0 to 32767 6 204 SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage STATe lt 1 to 3 gt ON OFF 6 204 SENSe 1 2 AVERage TYPE VIDeo LINear 6 205 SENSe 1 2 BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 10Hz to 10MHz analog filter 1Hz to 10MHz 6 206 FFT filter SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio 6 207 SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE 6 208 SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 6 208 SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO 6 208 1093 4820 11 6 338 E 3 FSP List of Commands in SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection COLLect ACQuire 6 217 SENSe 1 2 CORRection TRANsducer STATe 6 219 SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer DELete Pf 219 N SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion APEak NEGative POSitive SAMPle RMS 6 220 AVERage QPEak N SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector FUNCtion AUTO 6 220 OFF SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer VIEW ON OFF 6 219 FF SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP 6 221 SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer SEQuence lt analyzer freq gt lt ref level gt lt rf att gt 6 225 el att gt lt filter type gt lt rbw gt lt vbw gt lt meas time gt lt trigger level gt to SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer SET PEAK meas lt RMS meas lt AVG meas gt lt trigger mode lt trigger slope gt lt trigger offset gt lt gate length gt
212. ENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer RESult This command queries the result of a previous list measurement as configured and initiated with SENSe LIST POWer SEQuence The measured results are output in a list of floating point values separated by commas The unit of the results depends on the setting made with the CALC UNIT command This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way using the service request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement If no measurement results are available the command will return a query error Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example Configuration of the status reporting system for the generation of an SRQ on operation complete ESE 1 SRE 32 Configuring and starting the measurement SENSe LIST POWer 935 2MHz 20dBm 10dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 434us 0 935 4MHz 20dBm 10dB 10dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 935 6MHz 20dBm 10dB 20dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 OPC Further actions of the control computer during measurement Response to service request On SRO SENSe LIST POWer RESult Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F A T MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer STATe OFF This command deactivates the list measurement Note This command is
213. EOI DIOS DIO1 SHIELD SRQ NDAC DAV DIO4 oes N N E f 4 N ANON LOGIC GND GND 10 GND GND 6 bios DIOS GND 1 GND 9 GND 7 REN DIO7 DIO5 re Up p Se ra N Fig 8 8 Pin assignment of IEC 2 interface AUX CONTROL Interface Option FSP B10 FSP External Generator Control Option FSP B10 The voltage levels are of the TTL type low 0 4 V high 2 V Eme sw omm Blank ne n c Trigger n c 2 BLANK Return signalling from the signal generator indicating that frequency setting is completed TRIGGER Trigger signal for switching to the next frequency Fig 8 9 Pin assignment of AUX CONTROL connector LAN Interface Option FSP B16 The optional LAN interface allows the instrument to be connected to local networks The pin assignment of the RJ45 connector supports double paired category 5 UTP STP cables in star configuration UTP means unshielded twisted pair and STP stands for shielded twisted pair 1093 4820 12 8 12 E 2 FSP Contents Error Messages Contents Chapter 9 Error Messages 9 Emor Messa Hes T 9 1 SCPI Specific Error MeSSaQes ssecccscceceseeesseeeesneeneeeeeneneescaesesneeeneeeeseaesesaaesaseaeeeeeaesnaesaseeneneeeenes 9 2 Device Specific Messages esseeeeiseeeeeeeeees seen nennen nn tn nhan nn sata nnns snnm nnne nna s ennnen nnana 9 8 1093 4820 12 l 9 1 E 1 Contents Error Messages FSP 1093 4820 12 l 9 2 E 1 FSP E
214. ER INITiate IMMediate CONTINUE INITiate CONMeasure SGL SWEEP iral SWEEP TIME S MANUAL NSe SWEep TIME num value Ira SWEEP TIME S AUTO NSe SWEep TIME AUTO ON OFF iral SWEEP SENSe SWEep COUNt num value COUNT S SWEEP SENSe SWEep POINts num value POINTS SGL SWEEP INITiate DISPlay OFF EEN INITiate IMMediate 11093 4820 12 6 352 E 3 FSP Command Assignment Signal Analysis MEAS Key CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS STATe ON ONES CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN STATe ON CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation STATe ON POWER CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS STATe ON OFF ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS STATe ON
215. ESI FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt NAME 1 to 8 lt string gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPECtrum MODulation EXCeptions ARFCn TXBand not available for FSP FSET RXBand COMBined and ESI DCSRx1800 FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPECtrum MODulation FAILs ARFOn TXBand not available for FSP FSET RXBand COMBined and ESI DCSRx1800 FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPECtrum MODulation ARFCn TXBand not available for FSP FSET RXBand COMBined and ESI DCSRx1800 FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPECtrum SWITching FAILs not available for FSP FSET and ESI FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPECtrum SWITching not available for FSP FSET and ESI FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPURious FAILs TXBand OTXBand not available for FSP FSET RXBand IDLeband and ESI FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt SPURious TXBand OTXBand not available for FSP FSET RXBand IDLeband and ESI FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt TRACe 1to3 FSP 3 traces are available per screen FSE 4 traces are available in full screen mode and 2 traces per screen in split screen mode FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT Available units are compatible DBUV DBMV VOLT to the FSE DBUA AMPere DB DBUV_M DBUA_M DEG RAD S HZ
216. ETector lt 1 3 gt FUNCtion APEak NEGative FSP number of traces POSitive SAMPle RMS restricted to 3 detector AVERage QPEak settings correspond to selected screen FSE Qpeak not available ESI SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion APEak NEGative POSitive SAMPle RMS AVERage QPEak FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 3 gt FUNCtion AUTO ON OFF number of traces restricted to 8 FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt PSTRetch AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETecto lt 1 4 gt r PSTRetch STATe ON OFF not available for FSP ESI SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt RECeiver FUNCtion POSitive INEGative RMS not available for FSP AVERage QPEak FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt RECeiver FUNCtion POSitive NEGative RMS not available for FSP AVERage 1093 4820 12 6 322 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer CCITt STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer CMESsage STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer DEMPhasis LINK DISPlay AUDio not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer DEMPhasis
217. F PCX HP7470 to FSIQ HCOPy DEVice LANGuage lt 1 2 gt WMF GDI EWMF BMP ESI to FSE HCOPy DEVice PRESet lt 1 2 gt ON OFF not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 316 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE HCOPy DEVice RESolution lt 1 2 gt 150 300 not available for FSP FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM ALL FSE HCOPy ITEM FFEed lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM LABel TEXT lt string gt not available for FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM PFEed lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABle STATe ON OFF FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT lt string gt FSE HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe CAINcrement ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe STATe ON OFF FSE HCOPy PAGE DIMensions FULL not available for FSP FSE HCOPy PAGE DIMensions QUADrant lt 1 4 gt not available for FSP FSP FSE HCOPy PAGE ORlentation lt 1 2 gt LANDscape PORTrait FSP FSE HCOPy IMMediate FSET HOLD not available for FSP ESI FSP FSE INITiate lt 1 2 gt CONMeas ON OFF FSP FSE INITiate lt 1 2 gt CONTinuous ON OFF FSP FSE INITiate lt 1 2 gt DISPlay ON OFF FSP FSE INITiate
218. F VAL Esr AND 2 gt IF VAL Esr AND 4 gt IF VAL Esr AND 8 gt IF VAL Esr AND 16 PRINT Execution E STOP END IF IF VAL Esr AND 32 PRINT Command Err STOP END IF IF VAL Esr AND 64 IF VAL Esr AND 128 END SUB Preallocate blanks to text variable UE CJ We R Ur EN PRINT EN PRINT Oy Or Or OC PS H HEN PRINT H H EN PRINT gt 0 THEN rror Program gt 0 THEN or Program aborted I 0 THEN PRINT 0 THEN PRIN Read ESR Operation complete Request Control Query Error Devic dependent error aborted Output error message User Stop software Output error message Stop software request T Power on REM AAA X c ee ee ke hee ke hee ke hee ke eek de He ke hee e e He ke He e ke hee ke ee ke ce ke kk de ke ke ke ke ke k k k k k k k 1093 4820 12 7 11 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP More Complex Programming Examples Default Setting of the FSP The following settings are an example of how to modify the default setting of the FSP It should be noted that only some settings are necessary depending on the example of application In particular the settings for resolution bandwidth video bandwidth and sweep time are often not needed since these parameters are automatically calculated in the default setting on modifying the frequency range span The in
219. FETCh SPECtrum MODulation REFerence TXBand not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh SPECtrum SWITching REFerence TXBand not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh SPURious STEP not available for FSP and FSET FSE FETCh SPURious ALL TXBand OTXBand not available for FSP and RXBand IDLeband FSET FSE FORMat DEXPort APPend STATe ON OFF 32 not available for FSP FSP FSE FORMat DEXPort DSEParator POINt COMMa FSE FORMat DEXPort HEADer STATe ON OFF 32 not available for FSP FSP FORMat DATA ASCii REAL 32 FSE FORMat DATA ASCii REAL UINT 32 UINT is not available for FSP FSP FSE HCOPy ABORt FSP HCOPy CMAP DEFault new function for FSP FSP HCOPy CMAP HSL lt numeric value gt new function for FSP lt numeric value gt lt numeric value gt FSP HCOPy CMAP PDEFined lt char data gt new function for FSP FSP HCOPy DESTination lt 1 2 gt MMEM SYST COMM PRIN SYST COMM CLIP FSE HCOPy DESTination lt 1 2 gt SYST COMM GPIB SYST COMM GPIB SER1 SE lSYST COMM SER R2 is not available for FSP SYST COMM SER2 SYST COMM CENT MMEM SYST COMM PRIN SYST COMM CLIP FSIQ HCOPy DESTination lt 1 2 gt MMEM ESI SYST COMM PRIN SYST COMM CLIP FSP FSE HCOPy DEVice COLor ON OFF FSP HCOPy DEVice LANGuage lt 1 2 gt GDI WMF EWMF BMP FSE HCOPy DEVice LANGuage lt 1 2 gt HPGL PCL4 PCL5 POSTscript ESCP WM
220. FNADc RNADc BPSK18 GMSK18 QPSK18 GMSK36 1093 4820 12 6 321 E 3 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSIQ SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PRESet GSM EDGe NADC not available for FSP TETRa PHS PDCup PDCDown APCO25CQPSK APCO25C4FM CDPD DECT CT2 ERMes MODacom PWT TFTS F16 F322 F324 F64 FWCDma RWCDma FW3Gppcdma RW3Gppcdma BPSK18 GMSK18 QPSK18 GMSK36 FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PRESet GSM EDGe NADC not available for FSP TETRa DCS1800 PCS1900 PHS PDCup PDCDown APCO25CQPSK APCO25C4FM CDPD DECT CT2 ERMes MODacom PWT TFTS F16 F322 F324 F64 FQCDma RQCDma FNADc RNADc BPSK18 GMSK18 QPSK18 GMSK36 FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PSK FORMat NORMal DIFFerential not available for FSP N3Pi8 FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PSK NSTate 2 8 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod QAM NSTate 16 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod QPSK FORMat NORMal DiFFerential not available for FSP OFFSet DPI4 FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SBANd NORMal INVerse not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch PULSe STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC CATalog not available fo
221. GHz 7 dB 3 GHz 10 dB The factor is defined and can be activated as required REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub TransducerFactor Bose Define transducer factor CALL IBWRT analyzer CORR TRAN SEL TRANSTEST Define Transtest transducer factor CALL IBWRT analyzer CORR TRAN UNIT DB Unit dB CALL IBWRT analyzer CORR TRAN SCAL LIN Linear frequency axis CALL IBWRT analyzer CORR TRAN COMM Simulated cable correction cmd CORR TRAN DATA Enter frequency and level cmd cmd 10MHz O0 values Level values without cmd cmd 100MHz 3 unit cmd cmd 1GHz 7 cmd cmd 3GHz 10 CALL IBWRT analyzer cmd Enter frequency and level values a en ire Activate transducer CALL IBWRT analyzer CORR TRAN STAT ON Activate transducer factor END SUB REM ecc oe ee e e e e e e e e se ee e e se e e e e e se e he ee e se e e e e sk se e ee e sk e ke ee e ke e ee ke ke ke e ek e kv k kx 1093 4820 12 7 35 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Reading Trace Data In the following example the trace data recorded together at the default setting is read out and displayed on the screen in the form of a list Readin
222. Hz Due to the sampling concept 21 4 MHz IF 32 MHz Sampling rate the image frequency is suppressed only by the 10 MHz analog IF filter When applying an input signal at the edge of the 10 MHz band 5 MHz from center the image frequency appears 800 kHz above the input signal The image frequency in MHz is calculated as follows Ur f where fimage image frequency in MHz fcenter Center frequency in MHz fsignal frequency of the signal to be measured in MHz 2 f 5 AMHz f image center signal For correct operation the RF input signal shall be limited in bandwidth Signals more than 5 4 MHz above the center frequency will be mirrored into the 10 MHz pass band For additional bandwidth limitation of the measurement data the analog filters RBW 2 300 kHz are available The block diagram below shows the analyzer hardware from the IF section to the processor The IF filter is the resolution filter of the spectrum analyzer with bandwidths selectable from 300 kHz to 10 MHz The A D converter samples the IF signal 20 4 MHz at a rate of 32 MHz 1093 4820 12 6 281 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP The digital signal is down converted to the complex baseband lowpass filtered and the sampling rate is reduced i e the output sampling rate is set between 15 625 kHz and 32 MHz by dividing the original sampling rate by powers of 2 This avoids unnecessary oversampling at narrower bandwidths which saves proces
223. I device specific Mode A MS This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 64 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer Subsystem The CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWER subsystem contains the commands for control of power measurement Note The commands of this subsystem are not available during active GSM measurements COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer FUNCtion POWer SELect ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO RESult ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth query only OBWidth CN CNO PHZ Boolean PRESet Boolean NADC TETRA PDC PHS CDPD FWCDma RWCDma F8CDma R8CDma F19Cdma R19Cdma FW3Gppcdma RW3Gppcdma D2CDma S2CDma M2CDma FIS95A RIS95A FIS95CO0 RIS95CO0 FIS95C1 RIS95C1 FJ008 RJ008 TCDMa NONE no query STATe OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO This command selects the indicated power measurement and switches it on in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant The configuration of channel spacings and channel bandwidths is performed by means of subsystem SENSe POWer ACHannel It should be noted that selecting CPOWer causes the number of adjacent channels command
224. IFPower FSE TRiGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate LINE ESI EXTernal VIDeo RFPower TV AF FSIQ TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate LINE EXTernal VIDeo RFPower AF FSET TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SOURce IMMediate LINE EXTernal VIDeo FSP FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce VIDeo FORMat LPFrame 525 625 requires option B6 on FSP FSP FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce VIDeo FIELd SELect ALL ODD EVEN requires option B6 on FSP FSP FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce VIDeo LINE NUMBer lt numeric value gt requires option B6 on FSP FSP FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce VIDeo SSIGnal POLarity NEGative POSitive requires option B6 on FSP FSE TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust FRAMe 0 to 100s not available for FSP ESI FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust FRAMe AUTO ONCE not available for FSP and FSET FSE TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence S YNChronize ADJust SLOT 0 to 100s not available for FSP and FSET FSE TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust SLOT AUTO ONCE not available for FSP and FSET FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SYNChronize SOURce FRAMe TSC not available for FSP and FSET FSP UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW WATT available units are compatible DBUV DBMV VOLT to the FSE DBUA AMP V A W FSE UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW WATT for FSP the following units FSIQ DBUV DBMV VOLT apply DBM DBPW WATT DB
225. IND1 TRAC3 MODE MAXH Switches on the calculation of the for trace 3 in screen A INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps Characteristics RST value WRITe for TRACe1 STATe OFF for TRACe2 3 SCPI device specific Mode all DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACE lt 1 to 3 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the display of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window Example DISP WIND1 TRAC3 ON Characteristics RST value ON for TRACe1 OFF for TRACe2 to 4 SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 124 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh Subsystem The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks like those provided by the GSM MS mode FS K5 The FETCh subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure and READ subsystems where the measurement sequences are configured the measurements are started and their results are queried FETCh BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in GSM MS option FS K5 Analyzer mode which are performed on individual bursts without starting the measurement by themselves Phase Frequency Error PFE Modulation Accuracy MAC Power vs Time PVT COMMAND FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum FERRor AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimum IQIMba
226. INGle SCAN STATus block numeric value FSP TRACe IQ DATA new function for FSP FSP TRACe IQ DATA MEMory offset samples new function for FSP it of samples FSP TRACe IQ SET filter type lt rbw gt new function for FSP sample rate trigger source trigger slope pretrigger samples it of samples FSP TRACe IQ AVERage STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP TRACe IQ AVERage COUNt numeric value new function for FSP FSP TRACe IQ SRATe 16kHz to 32MHz new function for FSP FSP TRACe IQ STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence HOLDoff 0 to 100s FSE TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel AF 120 to 120PCT not available for FSP FSE TRiGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel VIDeo 0 to 100PCT not available for FSP replaced by TRIGger SEQuence SOURce VIDeo FSE TRiGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel EXTernal 5 0 to 5 0V not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 327 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP TRiGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel IF Power lt numeric value gt new command for FSP FSP TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence LEVel RFPower lt numeric value gt new command for FSP required option B6 FSP FSE TRiGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SLOPe POSitive NEGative FSP TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SOURce IMMediate LINE EXTernal VIDeo
227. Ker lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the mean value in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Note The measurement is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned In order to evaluate another trace marker 1 must be positioned on another trace with CALC MARK TRAC 1 213 Example CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN ON Switches on the function in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 76 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single Sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN ON Switches on the function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and wait
228. L IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign markerl to tracel CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK MAX Set markerl to 100 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT FUNC PNO ON Define phase nois reference point eI Ecc Measure phase noise CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT X 10kHz Set delta marker CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC DELT FUNC PNO RES Read out result of Call ibrd analyzer result phase noise meas Print Phase Noise dBc Hz result Measure noise CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK X 99 96MHz Set Marker 1 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC NOIS RES Read out result Call ibrd analyzer result Print Noise dBm Hz result END SUB REM kk KK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK hee ek He de e hehe ek kk e hehe eek e ke hehe ek ke e ke He ek ke e ke ke ek ke ee ke k ke ke KR k k 1093 4820 12 7 19 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Shape Factor Measurement using n dB down The n dB down function of the FSP is used twice to determine the shape factor of a filter ratio of bandwidths at 60 dB and 3 dB below the filter maximum The following example is again based on a signal with a level of 30 dBm at 100 MHz The shape factor is determined for the 30 kHz resolu
229. L MGSM the following GSM Trigger selection is made If the Analyzer trigger source is IF POWER trigger the GSM trigger IF POWER is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is Extern trigger the GSM trigger Extern is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is RF POWER trigger the GSM trigger RF POWER is selected Otherwise the default GSM Trigger IF POWER is selected When switching from GSM MS mode to Analyzer mode the GSM MS trigger setting is maintained i e IF power if lF Power was set before RF power if RF Power was set before and external trigger if Extern was set before Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode TRIG SYNC ADJ RFP 20us Selects HE Power GSM trigger and a GSM trigger offset of 20 us between the RF power trigger and the beginning of the slot Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode MS 1093 4820 12 6 296 E 3 FSP UNIT Subsystem UNIT Subsystem The UNIT subsystem is used to switch the basic unit of setting parameters A distinction is made between UNIT1 screen A and UNIT2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM VI AI W DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere V A W This command selects the default unit for the selected measurement window Note This command is not available in G
230. LEAR determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved or reset during power up PSC 0 PSC 0 causes the contents of the status registers to be preserved Thus a service request can be generated when switching on the instrument if the status registers ESE and SRE are suitably configured Resets the registers The query form PSC reads out the contents of the power on status clear flag The response can be Oor 1 1093 4820 12 6 6 E 3 FSP Common Commands RST RESET sets the instrument to a defined default status The command essentially corresponds to pressing the PRESET key The default setting is indicated in the description of the commands SRE 0 to 255 SERVICE REQUEST ENABLE sets the service request enable register to the indicated value Bit 6 MSS mask bit remains 0 This command determines under which conditions a service request is generated The query form SRE reads the contents of the service request enable register in decimal form Bit 6 is always 0 STB READ STATUS BYTE QUERY reads out the contents of the status byte in decimal form TRG TRIGGER initiates all actions in the currently active test screen expecting a trigger event This command corresponds to INITiate IMMediate cf Section TRIGger Subsystem TST SELF TEST QUERY initiates the selftest of the instrument and outputs an error code in decimal form 0 no error WAI WAIT to CONTINUE permits servicing
231. LH FUNCtion FUNCtion Y LOWer num value EAK EAK FSP CFACtor CFACtor MDEPth STATe MDEPth RESul ON t OFF FUNCtion FUNCtion no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command 6 356 OI STA OI SE ESul e E ON OFF E 3 FSP TRIG Key FREE RUN VIDEO EXTERN IF POWER TRIGGER OFFSET POLARITY POS NEG TRIGGER SETTINGS GATE MODE LEVEL EDGE POLARITY POS NEG GATE DELAY GATE LENGTH SWEEP TIME o e B P s 11093 4820 12 TRIGger TRIGger TRIGger TRIGger SENSe TRIGger r RIGger SENSe r RIGger r RIGger SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe Wei EQuence EQuence EQuenc Command Assignment Signal Analysis SOURce IMMediate SOURce VIDeo LE EQuence SW Eep EGA nw EQuence EQuence SW EGA Eep EQuence EQuence SW Eep EGA SW EGA Eep SW Eep EGA ti Rce SO e S HS L e SH CO o DO SLOPe POSitive URce IFPower Vel IFPower numeric value OURce IFPower LDoff num value U XTernal OURce EXTernal N e POLarity POSitive e ON OFF e SOURce IFPower SW Eep EGA SW EGA Eep SW Eep EGA e TYPE LEVel
232. LWR trace info 3 5 80 0 GE 5 14 Color 4 136 4 178 Color printoUt oie aa eror e tna een e 4 178 COM interface 4 147 8 7 Don uL 5 14 Command rr 5 14 addressed 8 5 COON PEE ERE E ECT COMMA eee thm ED n EE description header question mark 5 12 5 14 quotation mark recognition Sequence s Hn di HERR ShOFt TOITIasi ee o ere eeu structure SUITIX site syntax elements E univeral 8 5 white space 5 14 Common Commande 6 4 CONDition register Dart 5 19 Configuration 4 137 SAVE EEN 4 163 Continue single sweep 4 29 Continuous ween 4 28 Control output level sess seen 4 189 Conirol characlers ete Ree des 8 9 Copy file limit line 4 WACO Ar 4 48 Correction data 4 55 Correction of entry esee 3 17 Correction values normalization e cR a 4 187 4 203 Counter resolution eeeessesssee eene 4 60 Coupling bandwidths 5 cte eee 4 18 default settings sss 4 22 4 24 frequency of diagrams seen 4 133 reference level of diagramms 4 133 resolution bandWwiath sss 4 21 SWCD LING eege rh seen Pe rn Red 4 22 video bandwidth sasaaannonnaanoennnannnennnnannnnnannnennna 4 21 CP measurement Cumulative di
233. MAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT FORMat DATA ASCii REAL UINT lt numeric_value gt DEXPort DSEParator POINt COMMa FORMat DATA ASCii REAL UINT 8 32 This command specifies the data format for the data transmitted from the instrument to the control PC The format settings below are valid for the binary transmission of trace data see also TRACE DATA Mode SPECTRUM REAL 32 Mode 3G FDD UINT 8 with bit stream measurement REAL 32 otherwise Example FORM REAL 32 FORM ASC FORM UINT 8 Characteristics RST value ASCII SCPI conforming Mode all The data format is either ASCII or one of the formats REAL ASCII data are transmitted in plain text separated by commas REAL data are transmitted as 32 bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers in the definite length block format The FORMat command is valid for the transmission of trace data The data format of trace data received by the instrument is automatically recognized regardless of the format which is programmed Format setting for the binary transmission of trace data see also TRACE DATA Analyzer mode REAL 32 FORMat DEXPort DSEParator POINt COMMA This command defines which decimal separator decimal point or comma is to be used for outputting measurement data to the file in ASCII format Different languages of evaluation programs e g MS Excel can thus be supported Example FORM DEXP DSEP POIN Sets the deci
234. MHz 20dBm 10dB 20dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 1093 4820 12 6 226 E 3 FSP SENSe LIST Subsystem the result list is extended to 3 results per frequency point peak RMS and average 28 3 29 6 1 5 30 6 31 9 0 9 38 1 40 0 2 3 Examples SENSe LIST POWer 935 2MHz 20dBm 10dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 434us 0 935 4MHz 20dBm 10dB 10dB CFIL 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 935 6MHz 20dBm 10dB 20dB CFIL 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 performs a measurement sequence with the following settings Step Freq Ref RF Att el Att Filter type RBW VBW Meas TRG Level MHz Level Time reserved 1 935 2 20dBm 10dB OFF Normal 1 MHz 3 MHz 434 us 0 2 935 4 20dBm 10dB 10dB Channel 30 kHz 100 kHz 434 us 0 E 935 6 20 d m 10dB 2008 Channel 30 kHz 100 kHz 434 us o SENSe LIST POWer 935 2MHz 20dBm 10dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 434us 0 935 4MHz 20dBm 10dB 10dB CFIL 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 935 6MHz 20dBm 10dB 20dB CFIL 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 performs the same measurement and returns the result list immediately after the last frequency point Notes The measurement is performed in the time domain and therefore the span is set to 0 Hz If the time domain is abandoned the function is automatically switched off The measurement is not compatible with other measurements especially as far as marker adjacent channel power measurement or stati
235. MONITOR em Serer Pn sora Pn se hos fe ow 5 wo s s s ee s rere a ms s oo s vene Fig 8 6 Pin assignments of the MONITOR connector Noise Source Control NOISE SOURCE Using the NOISE SOURCE connector an external noise source can be switched on off in order e g to measure the noise figure of units under test UUTs Usual noise sources require a 28 V signal to be turned on At 0 V they are turned off These supply voltages are delivered by the connector Maximum current is 100 mA 1093 4820 12 8 10 E 2 FSP Instrument Interfaces External Trigger Input EXT TRIG GATE The EXT TRIG GATE connector is used for controlling the measurement via an external signal The trigger voltages are TTL level Low 0 7 V High 1 4 V typ input impedance is 10 kOhm Mouse Connector MOUSE A PS 2 connector is provided at the rear panel to connect a PS 2 mouse MOUSEDATA 2 KEYBOARDDATA Fig 8 7 Pin assignments for the MOUSE connector Reference Output Input REF IN and REF OUT For operation with an external reference the internal reference oscillator is then synchronized to the 10 MHz reference applied to the connector The necessary level is 0 dBm The internal 10 MHz reference signal is also available at the REF OUT connector and thus provides the capability of e g synchronization of external instruments to the FSP The output level is 0 dBm Selection between interna
236. MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR PEAK MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 175 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt FERRor AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the measurement of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS FERR AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an ev
237. NST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 103 E 3 CONFigure BURSt Subsystem FSP CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL TOP RISing FALLing This command defines the burst section to be measured FULL full burst RISing rising edge FALLing falling edge TOP top high resolution top of burst with smaller display range and therefore higher resolution on y axis power axis This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM CONF BURS PTEM CONF BURS PTEM SEL TOP SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Characteristics RST value FULL SCPI device specific Mode MS 1093 4820 12 6 104 Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects the PVT measurement Selects the top high resolution mode Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement E 3 CONFigure SPECtrum Subsystem FSP CONFigure SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in thein the GSM MS Analyzer mode FS K5 used to determine the power of the spectral contributions due to modulation and switching modulation spectrum transient spectrum COMM
238. Nnel num value POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel num value POWer ACHannel POWer ACHannel POWer AC POWer ACHannel Hannel MODE BANDwidth BWIDth ALTernate 1 2 num value ABSolute RELative SENSe POWer TRACe 1 2 3 Wei D Q CA CA CA ENSe Power CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth Cul Cul POWer AC ate lt 1 2 gt 1 Hannel PR ate lt 1 2 gt 1 6 354 ESet LCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer R LIMit 1 8 ACPower STATe LIMit 1 8 ACPower ACHannel R LCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 ACPower ALTernate 1 2 RESult ON L SPACing ACHannel num value SPACing ALTernate c1 2 num value ESult PHZ ON OFF OFF ESult E 3 FSP EDIT ACP LIMITS SELCE REFERENCE SWEEP TIME FAST ACP ON OFE NOISE CORR ON OPE FULL SIZE DIAGRAM ADJUST REF LVL OCCUPIED PWR BANDW OCCUP BW ON OPF POWER BANDWIDTH CHANNEL BANDWIDTH NOISE CORR ON OFF ADJUST REF LVL ADJUST SETTINGS 11093 4820 12 Command Assignment Signal Analysis CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RELative STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower
239. O code DIO1 is the least significant DIO8 the most significant bit 2 Control bus with 5 lines IFC Interface Clear active low resets the interfaces of the devices connected to the default setting ATN Attention active low signals the transmission of interface messages inactive high signals the transmission of device messages SRQ Service Request active low enables a device connected to send a service request to the controller 1093 4820 12 8 3 E 2 Instrument Interfaces FSP REN Remote Enable active low permits the switch over to remote control EOI End or Identify has two functions in connection with ATN active low marks the end of data transmission when ATN high active low triggers a parallel poll when ATN low 3 Handshake bus with three lines DAV Data Valid active low signals a valid data byte on the data bus NRFD Not Ready For Data active low signals that one of the devices connected is not ready for data transfer NDAC Not Data Accepted active low as long as the device connected is accepting the data present on the data bus Interface Functions Instruments which can be remote controlled via the IEC bus can be equipped with different interface functions Table 8 2 lists the interface functions appropriate for the instrument Table 8 2 Interface functions Control character Interface function Handshake source function source handshake full capability TT Handshake sink function
240. O su nines anes 6 48 CNT RESOLG eegen eei ee ate tine 4 60 CODE CHAN AUTOSEARCH 6 108 6 111 CODE CHAN PREDEFINED 6 108 6 111 COLOR ON OFF 6 147 COLOR ON OFF either nnne 4 178 COLORS oit miris 4 177 4 178 10 6 E 3 FSP COM INTERFACE 4 147 6 267 COMMENT SCREEN A B 4 177 6 148 CONFIG DISPLAY 4 133 6 118 CONFIGURE NETWORK 4 151 CONT AT REC FREQ es 6 150 CONT DEMOD ect 4 73 6 61 CONT MEAS 4 111 6 150 6 151 CONTINUE SGL SWEEP 4 29 6 150 6 151 CONTINUOUS SCAN s 6 150 CONTINUOUS SWEEP 4 27 4 28 6 150 6 151 COPY ste ah ee 4 171 6 159 COPY CHAN CONF TABLE 6 109 6 112 COPY LIMIT LINE 4 122 6 22 COPY TRACE 4 48 6 280 COUPLING DEFAULT 4 24 6 207 6 241 COUPLINGBATIO inicr tote 4 22 6 207 CP ACP ABS REL 4 97 6 236 CP ACP CONEIG eres 4 95 6 26 6 234 CP ACP ON OFF 4 90 6 65 6 66 6 69 CP ACP STANDARBD isdothce 4 91 6 69 DATA SET CLEAR DATA SET CLEAR ALL E e E EE DATAENTRY OPAQUE Seed 4 14 6 95 6 297 ABMV fees REED 4 14 6 95 6 297 GBT saa cite noh de eot st a nce 6 95 EE 6 95 6 297 4 14 6 95 6 297 6 95 pe 4 14 6 95 6 297 55 4 14 6 95 6 297 GE 4 48 6 143 DEFAULT COLORS 4 134 6 119 6 144 DEFAULT CONFIG essen 4 168 6
241. OD mode the coupling to the demodulation bandwidth is automatically switched off 1093 4820 12 6 206 E 3 FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT During these measurements the bandwidth is selected due to GSM standard Example BAND 1MHz Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz Characteristics RST value AUTO is set to ON SCPI conforming Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO ON OFF In SPECTRUM mode this command either automatically couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to the span or cancels the coupling In FM DEMOD mode this command either automatically couples the IF bandwidth of the instrument to the demodulation bandwidth or cancels the coupling BW Gu 10 BW Demoa In FM DEMOD mode the coupling refers to the demodulation bandwidth BWgaw 10 BW Demoa The automatic coupling adapts the resolution bandwidth to the currently set frequency span according to the relationship between frequency span and resolution bandwidth The 6 dB bandwidths 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz and the channel filters available from Version 1 10 are not set by the automatic coupling The ratio resolution bandwidth span can be modified with the command SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth RESolution RATio Note This command is not available for GSM MS measur
242. ODE 6 213 SCREEN COU OH 4 178 SCREEN TITLE s sienriiarnae 4 134 6 120 6 121 SEARCH LIMIT OPE 4 77 6 46 SEARCH LIMITS naanannennnennnnnnnennnannnennnananennne 4 77 6 46 SEARCH NEXT LEFT 4 76 6 13 6 14 6 52 SEARCH NEXT RIGHT 4 76 6 13 6 14 6 50 6 52 SELECT GENERATOR 4 214 6 264 6 265 6 266 SELECT ITEMS ie 4 168 6 166 6 167 SELECT LIMIT LINE 4 120 6 20 6 21 6 40 6 43 SELECT MARKER 4 65 4 74 4 117 6 45 SELECT OBUJECT sse 4 135 4 179 SELECT TRACE 4 9 4 42 4 98 6 71 6 239 SEEFETEST Ee m inni 4 161 6 7 SELFTEST RESULTS oananaaannannennnaeaeanea 4 161 6 116 SERVICE paea e 4 159 6 114 SET CP REFERENCE essen 4 92 6 237 SET REFERENCE sese 4 86 6 82 SET TO DEFAULT 4 180 SET TO STANDARD 6 211 SETTINGS COUPLED SGL SWEEP DISP OFF 4 90 6 151 SHIFT X LIMIT UNE 4 127 6 38 SHIFT Y LIMIT LINE 4 127 6 44 SIGNAL COUNT aaeain 4 60 6 48 SIGNAL SIATIeTI 4 108 SIGNAL TRACK 4 9 6 70 SINGLE MEAS 4 111 6 150 6 151 SINGLE SCAN tace e ee eb 6 150 E 3 FSP SINGLE SWEEP a nanannnnennnnaenaeaeaaa 4 28 6 150 6 151 SOFT ERONTPANEIT 4 154 SORT MODBDE 4 171 SORT MODE FREQ LEVEL essen 4 71 SOURCE CAL
243. OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS RESult CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 4 FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation DEVIATION STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation RESult LIMITS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt SLIMits ON OFF ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt SLIMits LEFT num value LIMIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt SLIMits RIGHt num value LIMIT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary REFerence A REFERENCE UTO ONCE POWER CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MODE ABS ABS REL REL MAX HOLD CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd ON OFF ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak PHOLd RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS PHOLd RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMar MEAN PHOLd RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation PHOLd RESult 11093 4820 12 6 353 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis AVERAGE ON OFF NUMBER OF SWEEPS CHAN PW
244. OFFSET ROFFSET numeric value Offset DB ROFFSET Auxiliary Control AF Demodulator DEMOD DEMOD ON OFFIAMIFM fe ay Normalized NRL lt numeric_value gt DB requires Option FSP B10 Reference Level NRL Source Normalization SRCNORM SRCNORM ON OFF requires Option FSP B10 SRCNORM 1 0 Source Power Offset SRCPOFS SRCPOFS lt numeric_value gt requires Option FSP B10 DB SRCPOFS DN SRCPOFS UP SRCPOFS Source Power SRCPWR SRCPWR numeric value DB requires Option FSP B10 SRCPWR DN SRCPWR UP SRCPWR ON SRCPWR OFF SRCPWR 1093 4820 12 6 298 E 3 FSP Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command Bandwidth RB numeric value Value range HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ RB DN Formula for dependent parameters video RB UP bandwidth sweeptime RB AUTO RB Video Bandwidth VB numeric value Value range HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ VB DN Formula for dependent parameters VB UP sweeptime VB AUTO VB Video Bandwidth VBR numeric value Default value Ratio VBR DN VBR UP VBR Start analyzer self CAL ALL The CAL commands do not automatically alignment CAL ON set the command complete bit Bit 4 in CAL OFF the status byte An additional DONE is required for that purpose Time Display TIMEDSP TIMEDSP ONJOFF TIMEDSP 1 0 TIMEDSP Annotation ANNOT ANNOT ON OFF Only frequency axis annotation is affected ANNOT 1 0 ANNOT Threshold TH TH numeric v
245. OMM PRIN Can be used for the output to a file HCOPy DEVice SYST COMM MMEM The printer driver configured under Windows is used in this case and a printer specific file format is thus generated WMF WINDOWS Metafile and Enhanced Metafile Format and EWMF Data formats for output files which can be integrated in corresponding programs for documentation purposes at a later time WMF can only be used for output to a file HCOPy DEVice SYST COMM MMEM and EWMF also for the output to the clipboard HCOPy DEVice SYST COMM CLIP BMP Bitmap Data format for output to files only HCOPy DEVice SYST COMM MMEM Example HCOP DEV LANG WME Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all HCOPy IMMediate lt 1 2 gt This command starts a hardcopy output The numeric suffix selects which printer configuration 1 or 2 is to be used for the hardcopy output If there is no suffix configuration 1 is automatically selected HCOPy IMM 1 HCOPy IMM2 Starts the hardcopy output to device 1 default Starts the output to device 2 Example HCOP Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 147 E 3 HCOPy Subsystem FSP HCOPy ITEM ALL This command selects the complete screen to be output Example HCOP ITEM ALL Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode all The hardcopy
246. OMain FREQuency TIME This command defines the frequency or time domain for the x axis values Example CALC LIM2 CONT DOM TIME Defines the time domain for the X axis of limit line 2 Characteristics RST value FREQuency SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 37 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol OFFSet numeric value This command defines an offset for the X axis value of the selected relative limit line in the frequency or time domain The unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the X axis i e it is Hz with CALC LIM CONT DOM FREQ und S bei CALC LIM CONT DOM TIME Example CALC LIM2 CONT OFFS 100us Sets the X offset for limit line 2 defined in the time domain to 100us Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol MODE RELative ABSolute This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the X axis of the selected limit line The definition is independent of the measurement window Example CALC LIM2 CONT MODE REL Defines the X axis of limit line 2 as relatively scaled Characteristics RST value ABSolute SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol SHIFt numeric value This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in x direction In contrast to CAL
247. ON Couples the attenuation set on the attenuator to the reference level Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 152 E 3 FSP INPut Subsystem INPut lt 1 2 gt EATT 0 to 30dB This command programs the attenuation of the electronic input attenuator The attenuation can be varied in 5 dB steps from 0 to 30 dB Other entries are rounded to the next lower integer value If the attenuation is programmed directly the coupling to the reference level is switched off If the defined reference level cannot be set with the given RF attenuation this level is adapted to the maximum possible value The electronic attenuator is switched off in the default state Example INP EATT STAT ON Switches the electronic attenuator into the signal path INP EA 15dB Sets the attenuation of the electronic attenuator to 15 dB and switches off the coupling to the reference level Characteristics RST value 0 dB state is set to OFF SCPI device specific Mode all The command is only available with the electronic attenuator option B25 INPut lt 1 2 gt EATT AUTO ON OFF This command automatically couples the electronic input attenuation to the reference level and the attenuation of the mechanical attenuator state ON or switches the input attenuation to manual entry state OFF Example INP EATT STAT ON Switches the electronic attenuator into the signal path INP
248. ON activates the measurement of the average power average detector OFF deactivates the measurement of the average power Selection of the trigger source used for the list measurement Possible values IMMediate VIDeo EXTernal IFPower Used trigger slope Possible values POSitive NEGative Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of the measurement at the next frequency point Range of values 0 s 125 ns to 100s Gate length with Gated Sweep Range of values 0 s 125 ns to 100s Note e The value 0 s deactivates the use of GATED TRIGGER other values activate the GATED TRIGGER function e Values lt gt 0 s are only possible if trigger mode is different from IMMediate Otherwise an execution error is triggered The query command returns a list of comma separated values CSV of the settings i e ON ON ON IMM POS 0 0 if the configuration has been set with the command SENSe LIST POWer SET ON ON ON IMM POS 0 0 Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Examples SENSe SENSe IST POWer SET ON OFF OFF EXT POS 10US 434US IST POWer SET ON ON ON VID NEG 10US 0 Characteristics RST values ON OFF OFF IMM POS OS OS SCPI device specific Mode A F A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 228 E 3 FSP SENSe LIST Subsystem S
249. ORRection TSET RANGe lt 1 10 gt lt freq gt lt freq gt lt name gt to not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET SELect lt name gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET UNIT lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod FILTer ALPHa 0 2 to 1 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod FILTer MEASurement OFF RCOSine not available for FSP RRCosine GAUSsian B22 B25 B44 QFM QFR QRM QRR A25Fm EMES EREF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod FILTer REFerence RCOSine RRCosine not available for FSP GAUSsian B22 B25 B44 QFM QFR QRM QRR A25Fm EMES EREF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod FORMat QPSK PSK MSK QAM not available for FSP FSK FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod FSK NSTate 2 4 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod MSK FORMat TYPE1 TYPE2 NORMal_ not available for FSP DiFFerential FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod NORMalize ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PRATe 1 2 4 8 16 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod PRESet GSM EDGe NADC not available for FSP ESI TETRa DCS1800 PCS1900 PHS PDCup PDCDown APCO25CQPSK APCO25C4FM CDPD DECT CT2 ERMes MODacom PWT TFTS F16 F322 F324 F64 FQCDma ROCDma
250. P Parameters Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Most commands require a parameter to be specified The parameters must be separated from the header by a white space Permissible parameters are numerical values Boolean parameters text character strings and block data The type of parameter required for the respective command and the permissible range of values are specified in the command description Numerical values Special numerical MIN MAX DEF UP DOWN INF NINF NAN Boolean Parameters 1093 4820 12 Numerical values can be entered in any form i e with sign decimal point and exponent Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down The mantissa may comprise up to 255 characters the exponent must lie inside the value range 32000 to 32000 The exponent is introduced by an E or e Entry of the exponent alone is not permissible In the case of physical quantities the unit can be entered Permissible unit prefixes are G giga MA mega MOHM and MHZ are also permissible K kilo M milli U micro and N nano It the unit is missing the basic unit is used Example SENSe FREQuency STOP 1 5GHz SENSe FREQuency STOP 1 5E9 The texts MINimum MAXimum DEFault UP and DOWN are interpreted as valuesspecial numerical values In the case of a query the numerical value is provided Example Setting command SENSe FREQuency STOP MAXimum Query SEN
251. POWer OO m OQ A OO OO o STATus QUEStionable LIMit 1 2 15 not used not used P STATus QUEStionable 13 12 11 ISTflag K 10 IF OVerload screen B 9 LO UNLocked screen B UNDerload screen B amp 7 Power on 8 OVERIoad screen B amp 6 User Request 7 amp 5 Command Error 6 amp 4 Execution Error 5 amp 3 Device Dependent Error S d A rai 2 IF_OVerload screen A amp 0 Operation Complete 1 LO UNLocked screen A UNDerload screen A Error event Output 0 OVEN COLD OVERIoad screen A queue buffer ESE ESR ST ATus QUEStionable FREQuency STATus QUEStionable POWer Fig 5 4 Overview of the status registers 1093 4820 12 5 20 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System Description of the Status Registers Status Byte STB and Service Request Enable Register SRE The STB is already defined in IEEE 488 2 It provides a rough overview of the instrument status by collecting the pieces of information of the lower registers It can thus be compared with the CONDition part of an SCPI register and assumes the highest level within the SCPI hierarchy A special feature is that bit 6 acts as the sum bit of the remaining bits of the status byte The STATUS BYTE is read out using the command STB or a serial poll The STB implies the SRE It corresponds to the ENABle part of the SCPI registers as to its function Each bit of the STB is assigned a bit in the SRE Bit 6 of the
252. PTIMIZED COLOR SET and DEFault3 USER DEFINED The numeric suffix in CMAP is not significant Example HCOP CMAP DEF2 selects OPTIMIZED COLOR SET for the color settings of a hardcopy Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Modes all This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 144 E 3 FSP HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy CMAP lt 1 to 26 gt HSL lt hue gt lt sat gt lt lum gt This command defines the color table in USER DEFINED COLORS mode To each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be modified by varying the corresponding color setting The following assignment applies CMAP1 Background CMAP2 Grid CMAPS Function field status field data entry text CMAP4 Function field LED on CMAP5 Function field LED warn CMAP6 Enhancement label text CMAP7 Status field background CMAP8 Trace 1 CMAP9 Trace2 CMAP10 Trace 3 CMAP11 Marker CMAP12 Lines CMAP13 Measurement status Limit check pass CMAP14 Limit check fail CMAP15 Table softkey background CMAP16 Table softkey text CMAP17 Table selected field text CMAP18 Table selected field background CMAP19 Table data entry field opaque titlebar CMAP20 Data entry field opaque text CMAP21 Data entry field opaque background CMAP22 3D shade bright part CMAP23 3D shade dark part CMAP24 Softkey state on CM
253. Pe tae e Ee a er Rina 6 139 1093 4820 12 l 6 1 E 3 Contents Description of Commands FSP FETGh SPECtrum Subsystems tases eatin doeet eet ee de iet eres 6 140 FORMat SubSySteiin ii 6 143 HCOPy Subsystem M S 6 144 INITiate S bsystemi hice edet stecdescduddsuddesaaceseteadnuadiey 6 150 INPUt SUDS EIC 6 152 INSTrument Subsystem eeeeeesieeeeeeeeeeeesee essen nnne tn nn nn nhan ina sa sinn sn nnns anna assa sss n nsn nn nis 6 155 MMEMory ET DAC EE 6 157 OUTPUT Subsysteim Zeene EEN Eege 6 170 READ Subsytem 21 eterne Ee et een es Sees eL ceric sate ached teme LIU E dae E EE 6 171 READ AUTO Subsystetmi cyte ci ie etae ein e 6 171 READ BURSt Gubevetem eet ceececeeeeeeneeeeeaaeeacesaecesnaeeeeaaesaeaessaeeesaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeaeee 6 173 READ SPECtrum Gubevsiem ener entente nnns nennen nene 6 187 GEN beweege Eed e EE EE 6 190 SENSe ADEMod Gubevetem eene en renis 6 190 SENSe AVERage Subsystem sess enne nennen nens 6 204 SENSe BANDwidth Gubevsitem sss eene nennen nnne een 6 206 SENSe CDPower Subsystem sss eene rennen nennen nennen renis 6 211 SENSe CORRection Subsystem esssssssssssesee eene terere nnne nens 6 216 SENSe DETector Subsystem eee enne enne nennen nens 6 220 SENSe FREQuency Subsystem utter t e
254. Pere DBUA MHZ DBUV_M DBUA M DBUV MMHZ DBUA MMHZ FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt X UNIT TIME S SYM not available for FSP FSP CALibration ABORt new function for FSP FSE CALibration BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution not available for FSP FSE CALibration IQ not available for FSP FSE CALibration LDETector not available for FSP FSE CALibration LOSuppression not available for FSP FSE CALibration PPEak not available for FSP ESI CALibration PRESelector not available for FSP FSP CALibration RESult new function for FSP FSE CALibration SHORt not available for FSP FSP FSE CALibration STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALibration ALL FSE CONFigure BURSt PFERror COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt PFERror IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt POWer CONDition NORMal EXTReme not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt POWer COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt POWer IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure BURSt PTEMplate SELect FULL TOP RISing not available for FSP and FALLing FSET FSE CONFigure BURst REFerence AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPEC
255. R ACP CP ACP ON OFF SP APACE STANDARD CP ACP CONFIG NO OF ADJ CHAN CHANNEL BANDWIDTH ADJ CHAN BANDWIDTH ADJ CHAN SPACING CP ACP ABS REL CHAN PWR HZ SELECT ADJUST SETTINGS ACP LIMIT Q H T Ed t 2 CO EH Ee D 11093 4820 12 CA CA ge CA RI CA RI CA CA ACPo CA CP CA CA CA Cul Cul RES Cul ESul Cul ESul Cul ERag ENSe Cul Cul OWer Cul Cul Ira NSe ate 1 2 ate lt 1 2 gt ult ate lt 1 2 gt E ate lt 1 2 gt t ate lt 1 2 gt e RES AR AR AR AR AR Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l NCtion U NCtion U NCtion NCtion U NCtion SWEep COUNt num value ate 1 2 MARKer 1 wer ate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1l ACPower ate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt l ate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt l POWer ACHannel POWer ACHannel 4 4 4 4 FUNCtion FUNCtion FUNCtion FUNCtion FSP SUMMary AVERage ON OFF SUMMary PPEak AVERa SUMMary RMS AVERage SUMMar MEAN AVERage SUMMary SDEViation POWer SELect CPOWer POWer RESul POWer STA T Er e OFF POWer PRESet standard l ACPairs num value BANDwidth BWIDth CHA
256. RIG LEV IFP or TRIG LEV RFP trigger slope Used trigger slope Values POSitive currently the only value supported pretrigger samples Number of measurement values to be recorded before the trigger point Range 16744447 224 1 512k to 65023 64 1024 512 1 Note Negative values correspond to a trigger delay For trigger mode IMMediate the value must be 0 it of samples Number of measurement values to record Value range 1 to 130560 128 1024 512 1093 4820 12 6 286 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem Examples TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 2048 Reads 2048 l Q values starting at the trigger point Filtertype NORMAL analog RBW 10 MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Trigger External Slope Positive TRAC TO SET NORM 1MHz 4MHz EXT POS 1024 512 Heads 512 l Q values from 1024 measurement points before the trigger point Filtertype NORMAL analog RBW 1MHz Sample Rate 4 MHz Trigger External Slope Positive Characteristics RST values NORM 3MHz 32MHz IMM POS 0 128 Note For using these default settings with command TRAC IQ DATA the following minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended ASCII format 10 kBytes Binary format 2 kBytes SCPI device specific Mode A T TRACe 1 2 IQ SRATe 15 625kHz to 32MHz This command sets the sampling rate for the UO data acquisition Thus the sample rate can be modified without affectin
257. ROHDE amp SCHWARZ Test and Measurement Division Operating Manual SPECTRUM ANALYZER R amp S FSP3 1093 4495 03 R amp S FSP7 1093 4495 07 R amp S FSP13 1093 4495 13 R amp S FSP30 1093 4495 30 39 R amp S FSP40 1093 4495 40 Volume 2 This Operating Manual consists of 2 volumes Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1093 4820 12 04 II Dear Customer throughout this operating manual the abbreviation FSP is used for your Spectrum Analyzer R amp S FSP FSP Tabbed Divider Overview Volume 1 Data Sheet Safety Instructions Certificate of Quality EU Certificate of Conformity List of R amp S Representatives Manuals for Spectrum Analyzer FSP Tabbed Divider 1 Chapter 1 2 Chapter 2 3 Chapter 3 4 Chapter 4 10 Chapter 10 Volume 2 Data Sheet Safety Instructions Manuals for Spectrum Analyzer FSP Tabbed Divider Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 o 0o N O Q Chapter 9 10 Chapter 10 1093 4820 12 Tabbed Divider Overview Putting into Operation Getting Started Operation Functional Description Index Remote Control Basics Remote Control Commands Remote Control Program Examples Maintenance and Hardware Interfaces Error Messages Index RE E 2 Safety Instructions This unit has been designed and tested in accordance with the EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer s plant in a condition fully complying with safety
258. RQ The SRQ is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own Each controller program should set the instrument in a way that a service request is initiated in the case of malfunction The program should react appropriately to the service request A detailed example for a service request routine is to be found in chapter 7 Program Examples Serial Poll In a serial poll just as with command STB the status byte of an instrument is queried However the query is realized via interface messages and is thus clearly faster The serial poll method has already been defined in IEEE 488 1 and used to be the only standard possibility for different instruments to poll the status byte The method also works with instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488 2 The VISUAL BASIC command for executing a serial poll is IBRSP Serial poll is mainly used to obtain a fast overview of the state of several instruments connected to the IEC bus 1093 4820 12 5 31 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP Parallel Poll In a parallel poll up to eight instruments are simultaneously requested by the controller by means of a single command to transmit 1 bit of information each on the data lines i e to set the data line allocated to each instrument to logically 0 or 1 By analogy to the SRE register which determines under which conditions an SRQ is generated there is a parallel poll enable register PPE which is ANDed with the STB b
259. RST value REM1 to REM8 for lines 1 to 8 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 22 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 DELete This command deletes the selected limit line The command is independent of the measurement window Example CALC LIMI1 DEL Deletes limit line 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A MS FM This command is an event and the 1093 4820 12 device specific refore has no RST value and no query 6 23 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate LIMit SPECtrum Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit SPECtrum subsystem defines the limit check for the spectral measurements of the options WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and MS options FS K72 and K73 j COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT j CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ESPectrum Option FS K72 FS K73 MODE AUTO MANual USER VALue numeric value DBM RESTore CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ESPectrum MODE AUTO MANual USER This command enables or disables the automatic selection of the limit line for the spectrum emission mask measurement This command is only available in conjunction with the options FS K72 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and FS K73 WCDMA 3G FDD MS The numeric suffixes lt 1 2 gt or 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command Parameter AUTO The limit line depends on the channel power measured MANUAL One of the four default limit line
260. S in table COM PORT gt Terminate input using the ENTER key Return to Manual Operation Return to manual operation is possible via the front panel or via RS 232 interface Manually gt Press the LOCAL softkey or the PRESET key Notes Before the transition command processing must be completed as otherwise transition to remote control is performed immediately The keys can be enabled again by sending the control string LOC via RS 232 see Chapter 8 S 232 C Interface Control Commands Via RS 232 ES v24puts port LOC Set instrument to manual operation Limitations The following limitations apply if the unit is remote controlled via the RS 232 C interface No interface messages only control strings see interface description in Chapter 8 RS 232 C Interface Control Commands Only the Common Commands OPC can be used for command synchronization WAI and OPC are not available Block data cannot be transmitted 1093 4820 12 5 5 E 2 Starting Remote Control Operation FSP Remote Control in a Network RSIB Interface Setting the Device Address For control of the instrument in a network it must be accessed using the preselected IP address The IP address of the instrument device address is defined in the network configuration Setting the IP address gt Call SETUP GENERAL SETUP CONFIGURE NETWORK menu Select Protocols tab Set IP address for TCP IP protocol
261. SCPI conforming Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP 0 to fmax This command defines the step width of the center frequency Example FREQ CENT STEP 120MHz Characteristics RST value AUTO 0 1 x SPAN is switched on SCPI conforming Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN RBW OFF This command couples the step width of the center frequency to span span 0 or to the resolution bandwidth span 0 or cancels the couplings Parameters SPAN Coupling to frequency display range for span gt 0 RBW Coupling to resolution bandwidth for span 0 OFF manual input no coupling Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN Characteristics RST value SPAN SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 221 E 3 SENSe FREQuency Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor 1 to 100 PCT This command couples the step width of the center frequency with a factor to the span Span gt 0 or to the resolution bandwidth span 0 Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 20PCT Characteristics RST value AUTO 0 1 x SPAN is swit
262. SCREEN B In FULL SCREEN mode the measurements are only performed in the active measurement window Measurements are therefore initiated in the active window and result queries marker trace data and other results answered also in the active window Initiating measurements and querying results in the inactive window yields an error message execution error In split screen mode the selection of the active window for result queries is irrelevant Note In FULL SCREEN mode settings can also be performed in the inactive measurement window They become effective as soon as the corresponding window becomes active This command is not available in GSM MS mode In GSM MS mode the display is always set to FULL SCREEN which corresponds to SCREENA and thus to WINDow1 WINDow1 is automatically selected when the GSM MS mode is activated with command INSTrument SELect MGSM Example DISP WIND2 SEL Selects SCREEN B as active measurement window Characteristics RST value SCREEN A active SCPI device specific Mode A This command is an event and therefore has no query DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT DATA lt string gt This command defines a comment max 20 characters which can be displayed on the screen in the selected measurement window Example DISP WIND2 TEXT Noise Measurement Defines the title for screen B Characteristics RST value empty SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 120
263. SELECT iioii 4 51 6 220 AUTOPREAMP ONAOEFEGPI 6 154 AVERAGE sss 4 48 6 124 6 204 6 220 AVERAGE ON OFF 4 86 6 74 6 75 6 77 6 79 6 81 AVERAGEESPH At eee 6 220 AVG MODE LOGAIN 4 45 6 88 6 205 BLANK iie hui ee ies Sa 4 44 6 124 BRIGHTNESS 4 136 4 179 6 119 6 145 COUN ge a a iie ee keles 4 113 CIN COON 4 112 QNO 3 oir eerie debe E sates rr v Peter 4 113 CAL ABORT enis 4 55 6 96 CAL CORR ONOEE 4 56 6 97 CAL GEN 128 MH 4 160 6 114 CAL GEN COMB sssssnnsnnnennnneannennnrennneneena 4 160 6 115 CAL REFL OPEN 4 196 4 211 6 216 6 217 CAL REFL SHORT 4 196 4 211 6 216 6 217 CAL RESULTS sss 4 56 6 97 CAL TOTAL eie tiri err 4 55 6 96 CAL TRANS hs 4 191 4 206 6 216 CCDF ON OFF essere 4 108 6 89 6 92 CCVS INT EXT sssssssssssseeeeneene 4 40 6 245 ENEE Reese esos aaa eame 4 6 6 221 CENTER MKR FREQ sss 4 75 6 64 CENTER A MARKER B 4 133 6 156 CENTER B MARKER A 4 133 6 156 CENTER FREQUENCYESPI CF STEPSIZE itai 6 CHAN PWR HZ fone ae iin eens 4 98 CHAN PWR AACH 4 90 6 65 CHAN PWRUFZ iic e ers 6 68 CHAN TABLE HEADCH 6 109 6 112 CHAN TABLE VALUES aaaiaaaaneenaeeaanaeaaa 6 108 6 111 CHANNEL BANDWIDTH 4 96 4 103 4 113 6 235 CLEAR ALL MESSAGES 4 158 6 270 6 271 CLEAR WRITE e ede 4 42 6 124 CNT RESOL t
264. SENSe 1 2 POWer ACHannel ACPairs to be set to 0 Selecting ACPower causes the number of adjacent channels to be set to 1 if the adjacent channel power measurement is not yet switched on In both cases the behaviour of FSP differs from that of the FSE family Notes The measurement of the channel adjacent channel power is performed on the trace which has been selected with SENSe POWer TRACe 1 23 This command is not available during active GSM measurements The measurement of the occupied bandwidth is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned In order to evaluate another trace marker 1 should be positioned on another trace with CALC MARK TRAC 1423 Parameter ACPower adjacent channel power measurement CPOWer channel power measurement same as adjacent channel power measurement with No of Adj Channels 0 OBANdwidth OBWidth occupied bandwidth power measurement Example CALC MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP Switches on the adjacent channel power measurement in screen A 1093 4820 12 6 65 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A F device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO This command queries the results of the power measurement in the selected measurement window The measurement is switched on first if necessary The configuration of channel spacings and channel bandwidths
265. SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer RESult SENSe lt 1 2 gt LIST POWer STATe OFF SENSe lt 1 2 gt MPOWer SEQuence lt analyzer freq gt lt rbw gt lt meas time gt lt trigger source gt lt trigger level gt lt trigger offset gt lt type of meas gt lt of meas gt 1093 4820 12 6 339 E 3 List of Commands FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 100 to 1000MHz 6 236 SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel MODE ABSolute RELative 6 236 SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE 6 237 SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel PRESet ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth 6 237 OBWigath CN CNO SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep TIME 100us to 100s 15 sec 2 5ms to 16000s 6 241 1us to 16000s Oger Oger SS S S SOURce lt 1 2 gt FM DEViation 6 247 SOURce 1 2 FREQuency OFFSet 6 247 SOURCce lt 1 2 gt POWer LEVell IMMediate AMPLitude 6 248 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt STATe 6 249 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency FACTor DENominator 6 250 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency FACTor NUMerator 6 250 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency OFFSet 6 251 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SWEep STATe 6 251 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt POWer LEVel 6 251 SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator SOURce 6 252 STATus OPERation EVENt Po 6254 STATus OPERation CONDition Pd 254 STATus OPERation ENABle
266. SK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement FETC BURS MACC RMS MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 131 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK AVERage This command reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected see CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK Selects the MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Starts the measurement EAK AVER Queries the result Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP EDGE CONF BURS MACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI FETC BURS MACC P Characteristics RST value SCPI device Mode MS specific If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 132 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK MAXimum This command reads
267. SM MS mode In GSM MS mode the unit is fixed i e dBm for power measurements or deg for phase error measurements Example UNIT POW DBUV Sets the power unit for screen A to dBm Characteristics RST value DBM SCPI conforming Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 297 E 3 Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series FSP Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series The FSP analyzer family has the capability to support a subset of the HP 8590 GPIB command set Due to the differences in system architecture and features this can only be a limited support that comes to its limits where the corresponding parameters differ in their value ranges or default values or where hardware dependencies have to be taken into account Nevertheless in many cases the subset supported by the FSP will make the adaption of existing GPIB programs for use with the FSP easier Supported Command Subset Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command Amplitude __ lt numeric_value gt DB e DN UP AT DN Stepsizes if option FSP B25 is present AT UP AT AUTO AT AUTO Dependency calculation Amplitude Units AUNITS AUNITS DBM DBMV DBUV AUNITS Input Impedance Amplitude Scale Log Amplitude Scale Lin EN Reference Level Reference Level RLPOS numeric value On the FSP this function affects the Position RLPOS DN Reference Level Position also if tracking RLPOS UP generator normalization is inactive Reference Level R
268. SPlay PSAVe STATe DISPlay PSAVe HOLDoff DISPlay CMAP 1 to 26 gt DEFault lt 1 2 gt DISPlay CMAP 1 to 26 gt HSL DISPlay CMAP lt 1 to 26 gt PDEFined DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT DATA DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT STATe DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TIME DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe MODE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RVALue DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RPOSition DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SPACing DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt MODE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt STATe FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage FETCh BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage FETCh BURSt FERRor MAXimum FETCh BURSt IQOFfset AVERage FETCh BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage FETCh BURSt IQIMbalance MAXimum FETCh BURSt PTEMplate REFerence FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS AVERage FETCh BURSt MACCuracy RMS MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK AVERage FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PEAK MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress AVERage FE
269. SRE is ignored If a bit is set in the SRE and the associated bit in the STB changes from 0 to 1 a Service Request SRQ is generated on the IEC bus which triggers an interrupt in the controller if this is appropriately configured and can be further processed there The SRE can be set using command SRE and read using SRE Table 5 2 Meaning of the bits in the status byte Error Queue not empty The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue If this bit is enabled by the SRE each entry of the error queue generates a Service Request Thus an error can be recognized and specified in greater detail by polling the error queue The poll provides an informative error message This procedure is to be recommended since it considerably reduces the problems involved with IEC bus control QUEStionable status sum bit The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable status register and the associated ENABle bit is set to 1 A set bit indicates a questionable instrument status which can be specified in greater detail by polling the QUEStionable status register MAV bit message available The bit is set if a message is available in the output buffer which can be read This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller cf Chapter 7 program examples ESB bit Sum bit of the event status register It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is set and enabl
270. ST SPAN uoo uia 4 10 LEFTLMIEI ee 4 71 4 77 6 46 6 47 LEVEL AUTO ADJUST eee 6 212 LIMIT LINE AUTO 6 24 LIMIT LINE MANUALE 6 24 LIMIT EINE USEHL nete otio euet Del 6 24 LIMIT ON OEF iii bedienen keen 4 85 6 46 LINES 625 525 nennen 4 40 6 294 LOCAL xin huteiin ih eet co ee ote 4 4 5 6 LOGO ON OFF 4 134 6 118 MAIN PLL BANDWIDTH eese 4 26 MAKE DIRECTOR 4 171 6 163 TIET 4 7 EE 6 88 MARKER 1 to 4 4 58 6 11 6 12 6 45 6 46 6 49 MARKER DEMOD uuiia cscssecccccccscssssececsesensneees 4 72 6 60 MARKER NORM DELTA eee 4 58 6 9 MARKER TRACK ccccccccssosscesccccccesecesecccccessssecesees 6 49 MARKER ZOO 4 63 6 59 MARKER CPICH eese eene nnne sen 6 84 MARKER DPOCOCH eeeessseeeenn teeth nn sana 6 85 MARKER gt PCCPCH esee eene nnne nnn 6 84 MAX RENE eet EE 4 42 6 124 MAX HOLD ON OFF 4 86 6 74 6 76 6 78 6 80 MAX PEAK ose en rcr cv Od aR 6 220 MAX BEAKESPI iere tet eee eive tha e 6 220 MEAN eL evo ede 4 85 6 76 6 77 MEASPERIOD CHIPS 6 211 6 212 MIN ere ang e AP S d raa 4 81 6 13 6 51 E 3 Index MIN POH iie nets 4 45 6 124 MIN PEAK tree eater tnde 6 220 MIN PEAKESPI sss 6 220 MKR CF STEPSIZE 4 80 6 64 MKR STEPSIZE sse 6 64 MKR gt TRACE
271. Se FREQuency STOP Response 3 559 MINimum and MAXimum denote the minimum and maximum value DEFault denotes a preset value which has been stored in the EPROM This value conforms to the default setting as it is called by the RST command UP DOWN increases or reduces the numerical value by one step The step width can be specified via an allocated step command see annex C List of Commands for each parameter which can be set via UP DOWN INFinity Negative INFinity NINF Negative INFinity NINF represent the numerical values 9 9E37 or 9 9E37 respectively INF and NINF are only sent as device reponses Not A Number NAN represents the value 9 91E37 NAN is only sent as device response This value is not defined Possible causes are the division of zero by zero the subtraction of infinite from infinite and the representation of missing values Boolean parameters represent two states The ON state logically true is represented by ON or a numerical value unequal to 0 The OFF state logically untrue is represented by OFF or the numerical value 0 0 or 1 is provided in a query Example Setting command DISPlay WINDow STATe ON Query DISPlay WINDow STATe Response 1 5 13 E 2 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSP Text Strings Block data Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for key words i e they can be entered using a short or long form Like any parameter they have to b
272. TCONstant lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FlLTer DEMPhasis STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer HPASs FREQuency 30 Hz 300 HZ not available for FSP and FSET FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer HPASs FREQuency 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer HPASs STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer LPASs FREQuency 3 kHz 15 kHz not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer LPASs STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FILTer NOTCh STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FM DEViation RANGe UPPer ON OFF not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FM DEViation RANGe UPPer lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer 0 to fmax frequency ranges are different for FSP and FSE FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer LINK STARt STOP SPAN not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP 0 to fmax frequency ranges are different for FSP and FSE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN RBW OFF FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor 1 to 100 PCT FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency MODE CW FIXed SWEep FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency OFFSet lt numeric_value gt FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency
273. TCh BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile AVERage FETCh BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage FETCh BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACOCuracy IQOFfset AVERage FETCh BURSt MACOCuracy IQOFfset MAXimum FETCh BURSt MACOuracy IQIMbalance AV ERage FETCh BURSt MACOuracy IQIMbalance MAXimum 1093 4820 12 6 335 List of Commands E 3 List of Commands FSP Command Parameter Fo RSORRERLTUNTLS S8 MMEM SYST COMM PRIN SYST COMM CLIP Oni OFF aD WMF EWHF BNP 5 o o o Oni OFF erg ow OFF INSTrument lt 1 2 gt SELect SANalyzer ADEMod MGSM WCDPower BWCDpower MWCDpower NONE ALEVel OF B GF A fle name gt block data Page 6 140 6 141 6 142 6 143 6 143 6 144 6 144 6 145 6 146 6 146 6 147 6 147 6 147 6 148 6 148 6 148 6 148 6 149 6 150 6 150 6 151 6 151 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 153 6 153 6 153 6 154 6 154 6 155 Oo a o TH TH CH CH Ojo mim m m o Zz m V Si 6 156 6 156 6 159 6 159 6 159 6 160 6 161 6 162 6 163 6 163 6 164 6 164 6 164 1093 4820 11 6 336 E 3 FSP List of Commands Command Parameter outeurs OO oo 1093 4820 12 6 337 E 3 List of Commands FSP iid SENSe ADEMod SET lt sample rate gt lt record length gt lt trigger 6 194 source gt lt trigger slope gt lt offset samples gt lt of meas gt SENSe ADEMod SP
274. Ternate lt 1 2 gt RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF compatible to CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative STATe of FSP not available for FSET FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative 0 to 100 DB compatible to 0 to 100 DB CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt of FSE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ON OFF compatible to CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt STATe of FSE FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt BURSt POWer not available for FSP FSET and ESI FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt BURSt PTEMplate not available for FSP FSET and ESI FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CLEar IMMediate FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt COMMent lt string gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol DOMain FREQuency TIME FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol MODE RELative ABSolute FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol OFFset lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol SHIFt lt numeric_value gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol SPACing LiNear LOGarith
275. The double dagger introduces block data A white space ASCII Code 0 to 9 11 to 32 decimal e g blank separates header and parameter 5 14 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System Instrument Model and Command Processing The instrument model shown in Fig 5 2 has been made viewed from the standpoint of the servicing of IEC bus commands The individual components work independently of each other and simultaneously They communicate by means of so called messages Input unit with IEC Bus gt input puffer Y Command recognition Y Data set Status reporting system vv Instrument hardware Y Output unit with IEC Bus 4 output buffer Fig 5 2 Instrument model in the case of remote control by means of the IEC bus Input Unit The input unit receives commands character by character from the IEC bus and collects them in the input buffer The input unit sends a message to the command recognition as soon as the input buffer is full or as soon as it receives a delimiter lt PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR as defined in IEEE 488 2 or the interface message DCL If the input buffer is full the IEC bus traffic is stopped and the data received up to then are processed Subsequently the IEC bus traffic is continued If however the buffer is not yet full when receiving the delimiter the input unit can already receive the next command during c
276. The selftest could not be executed 350 Queue overflow Query Error Error in data request sets bit 2 in the ESR register Error code 1093 4820 12 Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Query error General error occurring when data are requested by a query Query INTERRUPTED The query has been interrupted Example After a query the instrument receives new data before the response has been sent completely Query UNTERMINATED The query is incomplete Example The instrument is addressed as a talker and receives incomplete data Query DEADLOCKED The query cannot be processed Example The input and output buffers are full the instrument cannot continue operation Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response A query is in the same command line after a query which requests an indefinite response 9 7 E 1 Error Messages FSP Device Specific Messages Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation MS The correction table based amplifier gain exceeds the amplifier range for CALAMP1 and CALAMP2 on IF board This message is output when the setting range of the calibration amplifier is not sufficient for the required correction The error occurs only with modules which are not correcty adjusted or defective 1052 Error code 2034 1093 4820 12 Frontend LO is Unlocked This message is output when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails in the RF frontend
277. Trace 3 Marker Lines Measurement status limit check pass Limit check fail Table softkey background Table softkey text Table selected field text Table selected field background Table data entry field opaq titlebar Data entry field opaq text Data entry field opaq background 3D shade bright part 3D shade dark part Softkey state on Softkey state data entry Logo Parameter hue TINT sat SATURATION lum BRIGHTNESS The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters Example DISP CMAP2 HSL 0 3 0 8 1 0 Changes the grid color conforming Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode all The values set are not changed by RST 1093 4820 12 6 119 E 3 DISPlay Subsystem FSP DISPlay CMAP lt 1 to 26 gt PDEFined BLACK BLUE BROWn GREen CYAN RED MAGenta YELLow WHITe DGRAy LGRAy LBLUe LGREen LCYan LRED LMAGenta This command defines the color table of the instrument using predefined color values Each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several graphical elements which can be modified by varying the corresponding color setting The same assignment as for DISPlay CMAP 1 to 26 gt HSL applies Example DISP CMAP2 PDEF GRE Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all The values set are not changed by RST DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect This command selects the active measurement window WINDow1 corresponds to SCREEN A WINDow2 to
278. UA AMP DB PCT DBUV DBMV VOLT UNITLESS DBUV_MHZ DBUA AMP V A W DBMV_MHZ DBUA MHZ DBUV_M DBIA_M DBUV_MMHZ DBUA_MMHZ FSET UNIT lt 1 2 gt POWer DBM DBPW DBPT for FSP the following units ESI WATT DBUV DBMV apply DBM DBPW WATT VOLT DBUA AMPere V DBUV DBMV VOLT W DB PCT UNITLESS DBUA AMP VJA W DBUV MHZ DBMV MHZ DBUA MHZ DBUV_M DBIA MI DBUV_MMHZ DBUA_MMHZ FSE UNIT lt 1 2 gt PROBe ON OFF not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 328 E 3 FSP List of Commands Alphabetical List of Commands In the following all remote control commands are listed with their parameters and page numbers Generally they are arranged alphabetically according to the keywords of the command The list of common commands starts the table CAL CLS ESE ESR IDN IST OPC OPC OPT PCB PRE PSC RST SRE STB TRG TST WA ABORt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt AOFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt TRACe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt X CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt X RELative CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt Y CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum NEXT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt M
279. UTPut UPORt lt 1 2 gt VALue B00000000 to not available for FSP B11111111 FSP FSE OUTPut lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF FSE READ BURSt FERRor AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt FERRor MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt FERRor STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor PEAK STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt PERRor RMS STATus not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt POWer DYNamic not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt POWer LEVel not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt POWer STATic not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt POWer not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ BURSt REFerence IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ SPECtrum SWITching ALL not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ SPURious STEP not available for FSP and FSET FSE READ SPURious ALL not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod AF COUPling AC DC not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod RTIMe ON OFF not available for FSP and
280. a 1 Hz bandwidth The return value is output in dB Hz 6 66 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem Example of channel adjacent power measurement SENS2 POW ACH ACP 3 Sets the number of adjacent channels in screen B to 3 SENS2 POW ACH BAND 30KHZ Sets the bandwidth of the main channel to 30 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ACH 40KHZ Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 40 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ALT1 50KHZ Sets the bandwidth of all alternate adjacent channels to 50 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ALT2 60KHZ Setsthe bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 2 to 60 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC 30KHZ Sets the spacing between channel to adjacent channel to 30 kHz as well as between channel and alternate adjacent channel to 60 kHz and 2nd alternate adjacent channel to 90 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC ALT1 100KHZ Sets the spacing between channel and alternate adjacent channel to 100 kHz as well as 2nd alternate adjacent channel to 150 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC ALT2 140KHZ Sets the spacing between channel and alternate adjacent channel 2 to 140 kHz SENS2 POW ACH MODE ABS Switches on the measurement of absolute power values CALC2 MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP Switches the adjacent channel power measurement in screen B INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC2 MARK FUNC POW RES ACP Queries the r
281. a acquisition mode this must be done before TRAC IQ SET Select max number of test points 128 1024 512 at 10 MHz RBW 32 MHz sampling rate free run trigger pos trigger edge and 0 s trigger delay CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz IMM POS 0 130560 e Read data in binary format Call ibwrt analyzer FORMAT REAL 32 Select binary format Call ibwrt analyzer TRAC IQ DATA Measure and read I Q data Call ilrd analyzer result 2 Read and store number of digits Val Mid result 2 1 digits of length information result Space 100 Re initialize buffer Call ilrd analyzer result digits Read and store IQBytes Val Left result digits length information IQBytes IQBytes 2 Halve number of bytes per buffer Call ibrd32 analyzer IData 0 IQBytes Read I data into buffer Call ibrd32 analyzer QData 0 IQBytes Read Q data into buffer Call ilrd analyzer result 1 Read delimiter NL e Output binary data as frequency level pairs IQValues IQBytes 4 Single precision 4 bytes For i 0 To IQValues 1 Print I Value i IData i Print Q Value i QData i Next i enc Read data in ASCII format
282. able PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable register from O to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus OPERation register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable POWer EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT QUES Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES COND Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value
283. able pulse frequencies are 10 kHz and 62 5 kHz Example DIAG SERV INP PRAT 62 5 kHz Characteristics RST value 62 5 kHz SCPI device specific Mode all This command is only available in conjunction with the optional Broadband Calibration Source FSP B15 DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice SFUNction lt string gt This command activates a service function which can be selected by indicating the five parameters function group number board number function number parameter 1 and parameter 2 see service manual The contents of the parameter string is identical to the code to be entered in the data entry field of manual operation The entry of a service function is accepted only if the system password Level 1 or Level 2 has been entered previously command SySTem SECurity The numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt is ignored with this command Note The service functions of the instrument are not identical to those of the FSE family That is why the IEC IEEE bus command differs in syntax and data format Example DIAG SERV SFUN 2 0 2 12 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all DIAGnostic 1 2 SERVice NSOurce ON OFF This command switches the 28 V supply of the noise source at the rear panel on or off The numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt is ignored with this command Example DIAG SERV NSO ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all DIAGnostic 1 2 SERVice CSOo
284. acteristics RST value ABS SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 121 E 3 DISPlay Subsystem FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 33 Y SCALe RLEVel 130dBm to 30dBm This command defines the reference level in the selected measurement window Depending on the coupling of the measurement windows it is valid for both screens INSTrument COUPle ALL or only for the selected measurement window INSTrument COUPle NONE With the reference level offset lt gt 0 the indicated value range of the reference level is modified by the offset The unit depends on the setting defined with CALCulate UNIT The numeric suffix in TRACe lt 1 to 3 is irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV 60dBm Characteristics RST value 20dBm SCPI conforming Mode A MS DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet 200dB to 200dB This command defines the offset of the reference level in the selected measurement window Depending on the coupling of the measurement windows it is valid for both screens INSTrument COUPle ALL or only for the selected measurement window INSTrument COUPle NONE The numeric suffix at TRACe lt 1 to 3 is irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV OFFS 10dB Characteristics RST value 0dB SCPI conforming Mode A MS DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACE lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe RVALue lt numeric_value gt If the tracking generator option or the exter
285. acteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default LFEOI SCPI device specific Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt ADDRess 0 to 30 This command changes the IEC IEEE bus address of the device selected as external generator 1 or 2 Note If two generators are connected at the same time to IECBUS 2 their addresses must be different The command is only available with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SYST COMM GPIB RDEV GEN1 ADDR 19 Changes the IECBUS address of generator 1 to 19 Characteristics RST value 28 SCPI device specific Operating mode all 1093 4820 12 6 264 E 3 FSP SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt LINK GPIB TTL This command selects the interface type of the external generator 1 or 2 The following types are available e ECBUS alone GPIB for all the generators of other manufacturers and some Rohde amp Schwarz units or e ECBUS and TTL interface for synchronization TTL for most of the Rohde amp Schwarz generators see table in command SYSTem COMMunicate RDEVice GENerator TYPE The difference between the two operating modes is the execution speed While during IECBUS operation each settable frequency is transmitted separately to the generator a whole frequency list can be programmed in one go if the TTL interface is also used Frequency switching can then be performed per TTL
286. ain with predefined settings TDOMain Measurement of crest factor in the time domain with predefined settings CCDF Measurement of complementary cumulative distribution function 1093 4820 12 6 107 E 3 CONFigure CDPower Subsystem FSP Example CONF WCDP MEAS ACLR Selects adjacent channel power measurement Characteristics RST value WCDPower SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe ON OFF This command switches the channel table on or off On switching on the measured channel table is stored under the name RECENT and switched on After the RECENT channel table is switched on another channel table can be selected with the command CONF WCDP CTAB SEL Note The RECENT channel table must always be switched on first with the command CONF WCDP CTAB STAT and then the required channel table can be selected with the command CONF WCDP CTAB SEL Example CONF WCDP CTAB ON Switches the channel table on Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle SELect file name This command selects a predefined channel table file Before using this command the RECENT channel table must be switched on first with the command CONF WCDP CTAB Example CONF WCDP CTAB SEL CTAB 1 Selects the predefined channel table file CTAB 1 Characteristics RST value RECENT SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS
287. alue 1093 4820 12 6 36 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate LIMit CONTrol Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit CONTrol subsystem defines the x axis CONTrol axis COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol DATA numeric value numeric value HZ S DOMain FREQuency TIME OFFSet numeric value HZ S MODE RELative ABSolute SHIFt numeric value HZ S CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol DATA numeric value numeric value This command defines the X axis values frequencies or times of the upper or lower limit lines The values are defined independently of the measurement window The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and or LOWer limit lines have to be identical Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not required values are deleted In analyzer mode the unit of values depends on the frequency or time domain of the X axis i e it is HZ with CALC LIM CONT DOM FREQ und S bei CALC LIM CONT DOM TIME P Example CALC LIM2 CONT 1MHz 30MHz 100MHz 300MHz 1GHz Defines 5 reference values for the X axis of limit line 2 CALC LIM2 CONT Outputs the reference values for the X axis of limit line 2 separated by a comma Characteristics RST value LIMit STATe is set to OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol D
288. alue DB DM Default value is different TH DN Threshold line has no effect on trace data TH UP TH AUTO is always active TH ON TH OFF TH AUTO TH ae Center Frequency CF CF numeric value Default value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ CF UP Range CF DN Stepsize CF R Start Frequency FA FA lt numeric_value gt Range HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ FA UP Stepsize FA DN FA Stop Frequency FB FB numeric value Default value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ FB UP Range FB DN Stepsize FB Frequency Offset FOFFSET FOFFSET numeric value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ FOFFSET 1093 4820 12 6 299 E 3 Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series FSP Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command CF Step Size SS numeric value Stepsize HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ SS DN SS UP SS AUTO SS n n all status bits Service Request Bit a supported mask 1 Units key pressed 2 End of Sweep 3 Device error 4 Command complete 5 Illegal command D O n Status byte query Status bits will be mapped as stated under RQS Note Bit 2 and 4 will always be set together if Command complete or End of Sweep is detected The FSP cannot distinguish between these two conditions Additionally these bits cannot be used for synchronisation on the sweep end in continuous sweep mode The status byte obtained by a serial poll will always be conforming to IEEE 488 2 a Frequency Query Set Marker Frequency MKF MKF nu
289. alue gt This command defines an offset for the Y axis of the selected relative lower limit line In contrast to CALC LIM LOW SHIFt the line is not shifted by modifying the individual Y values but by means of an additive offset The offset is independent of the measurement window Example CALC LIM2 LOW OFFS 3dB Shifts limit line 2 in the corresponding measurement windows by 3 dB upwards Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer MARGin numeric value This command defines a margin to a lower limit line at which out of limit values are signalled if the limit check is active but not handled as a violation of the limit value The margin is independent of the measurement window Only the unit dB is available in spectrum analysis mode Example CALC LIM LOW MARG 10dB Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer MODE RELative ABSolute This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the Y axis of the selected lower limit line The setting is independent of the measurement window Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB Example CALC LIM LOW MODE REL Defines the Y axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled Characteristics RST value ABSolute SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 40 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit
290. alues or be set using specific keywords character data The following keywords given below are permitted MINimum This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value MAXimum This keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value DEFault This keyword is used to reset the parameter to its default value UP This keyword increments the parameter value DOWN This keyword decrements the parameter value The numeric values associated to MAXimum MINimum DEFault can be queried by adding the corresponding keywords to the command They must be entered following the quotation mark Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer MAXimum returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result arbitrary block program data This keyword is provided for commands the parameters of which consist of a binary data block 1093 4820 12 6 3 E 3 Common Commands FSP Common Commands The common commands are taken from the IEEE 488 2 IEC 625 2 standard A particular command has the same effect on different devices The headers of these commands consist of an asterisk followed by three letters Many common commands refer to the status reporting system which is described in detail in Chapter 5 Function Comment Command Parameter CAL Calibration Query query only Em oem EC Em me EC 1093 4820 12 6 4 E 3 FSP Common Commands CAL CALIBRATION QUERY initiates a calibra
291. amarker lt 1 4 gt X RELative FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt Y FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt MIN to MAX FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FEED XTIM DDEM MEAS not available for FSP XTIM DDEM REF XTIM DDEM ERR MPH XTIM DDEM ERR VECT XTIM DDEM SYMB XTIM AM XTIM FM XTIM PM XTIM AMSummary XTIM FMSummary l XTIM PMSummary TCAP FSET CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FEED XTIM DDEM MEAS not available for FSP XTIM DDEM REF XTIM DDEM ERR MPH XTIM DDEM ERR VECT XTIM DDEM SYMB TCAP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe lt 1 2 gt 0 to fmax FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FORMat MAGNitude PHASe not available for FSP UPHase RIMag FREQuency IEYE QEYE TEYE FEYE COMP CONS FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FSK DEViation REFerence lt numeric value gt not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 306 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ACPower ACHannel 0 to 100 DB compatible to 0 to 100 DB CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1
292. an external keyboard The PSP Z1 keyboard Order No 1091 4000 02 German or the PSP Z2 Order No 1091 4100 02 English is recommended Order No 1009 5001 31 Also they include a trackball for mouse control However any other multifunction keyboard may also be used KEYBOARDDATA MOUSEDATA GND ae eee E s wousectk Fig 8 2 Pin assignments of the KEYBOARD connector 1093 4820 12 8 2 E 2 FSP Instrument Interfaces IEC Bus Interface The standard instrument is equipped with an IEC IEEE Bus connector An IEEE 488 interface connector is located on the rear panel of the FSP An external controller for remote control of the instrument can be connected via the IEEE 488 interface connector using a shielded cable Interface Characteristics e 8 bit parallel data transfer e bi directional data transfer e three line handshake high data transfer rate of max 350 kbyte s e upto 15 instruments can be connected e maximal length of the interconnecting cables 15 m single connection 2m e wired OR connection if several instruments are connected in parallel ATN EE NRFD EO DO3_ DIO1 SHIELD SRQ NDAC DAV DIO4 DIO2 NS Low EG N A 4 NX KS 4 EN 4 S LOGIC GND GND 10 ep GND 6 DIOS DIO6 GND 11 GND 9 GND 7 REN DIO7 DIO5 Fig 8 8 Pin assignment of IEC Bus interface Bus Lines 1 Data bus with 8 lines DIO 1 to DIO 8 The transmission is bit parallel and byte serial in the ASCII IS
293. analog demodulation Parameters result type 1 2 3 gt WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF Notes The current measurement results will be obtained The measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The measurement results are frozen and displayed i e they are not calculated for subsequent measurements The result type will not be used Each value besides OFF can only be assigned to one result type at a time Examples ADEM SPEC AVER MAXH MINH Creates average max hold and min hold values at a time ADEM SPEC WRIT OFF OFE Only creates the current measurement values ADEM SPEC OFF OFF OFE Characteristics RST values OFF OFF OFF SCPI device specific Mode FM Switches FM demodulation off This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod SPECtrum RESult result type gt This command reads the result data obtained by RF SPECtrum measurement depending on the type indicated as a parameter The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command Note It is not possible to read out trace data when result type VIEW is selected Parameters lt result type gt WRITe The current measurement results will be obtained AVERage The measurement re
294. analyzer CALC MARK X SLIM STAT ON CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK X SLIM LEF 99 6MHz RIGHt 100 4MHz Activate search limit and set to 400 kHz about center frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC THR STAT ON CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC THR 60DBM Activate threshold and set to 60 dBm Activate search for spurious CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC FPE SORT X Sort according to frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC FPE 10 Search for 10 highest peaks CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC FPE COUN Call number of peaks check it CALL IBRD analyzer count and read it in CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC FPE X Query and read CALL IBRD analyzer freqlist frequency list CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC FPE Y Query and read CALL IBRD analyzer powerlist level list Print 4 of spurious count Output number of results Print Frequencies freglist Output frequency list Print Power powerlist Output level list END SUB REM e oce e ee ee e ee e e se ee e ec e e e e e se e e ee e se e he e e s e ke e e e sk e e ec e ke ke ee e ke ke e ek ke kv k kx 1093 4820 12 7 16 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Frequ
295. and defines the channel bandwidth of the adjacent channel of the radio transmission system If the bandwidth of the adjacent channel is changed the bandwidths of all alternate adjacent channels are automatically set to the same value With SENS POW HSP ON the steep edged channel filters from the table List of available channel filters in Section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW are available Example POW ACH BWID ACH 30kHz Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 80 kHz Characteristics RST value 14 kHz SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 100 Hz to 1000 MHz This command defines the channel bandwidth of the first second alternate adjacent channel of the radio transmission system If the channel bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 1 is changed the bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 2 is automatically set to the same value With SENS POW HSP ON the steep edged channel filters from the table List of available channel filters in Section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW are available Example POW ACH BWID ALT2 30kHz Characteristics RST value 14 kHz SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe 1 2 POWer ACHannel MODE ABSolute RELative This command toggles between absolute and relative adjacent channel measurement For the relative measurement the reference value is set to the currently measured chan
296. and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 141 E 3 FETCh SPECtrum Subsystem FSP FETCh SPECtrum SWITching ALL This command reads out the result of the measurement of the transient spectrum of the mobile The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by as for the command FETCh SPECtrum MODulation ALL This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected see CONFigure SP Example INST MGSM CONF S PEC SWI READ S PEC SWI FETC PEC SWI Result 0 833 1 834 2 834 0 835 E6 833 E6 834 E6 834 Lp GI E6 835 Characteristics RST value device specific SCPI Mode MS ECtrum MODulation Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects the TRA measurement SH Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result 2 Queries the result without starting a new measurement E6 37 4 36 0 ABS MARGIN E6 35 2 36 0 ABS FAILED E6 74 3 75 0 REL FAILED E6 65 0 60 0 REL PASSED If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 142 E 3 FSP FORMat Subsystem FORMat Subsystem The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument COM
297. and output of the result data but iit requires the control computer to wait actively for the response data 2 Setting up the instrument start of the measurement via INIT and query of the result list at the end of the measurement With this method the control computer can be used for other activities during the measurement In this case the additional time needed for synchronization via service request must be taken into account 1093 4820 12 6 282 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem TRACe lt 1 2 gt IQ AVERage STATe ON OFF The command enables averaging of the recorded UO data provided that UO data acquisition was previously enabled with TRAC IQ ON and the sampling rate was set to 32 MHz Note Averaging is not supported at sampling rates 32 MHz or for a trigger offset 0 Example TRAC IQ ON Switches on acquisition of UO data TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 2048 Reads 2048 UO values starting at the time of trigger Filter type NORMAL analogue RBW 10 MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Trigger external Slope positive TRAC IQ AVER ON _ Enables averaging of the WO measurement data TRAC IQ AVER COUN 10 Selects averaging over 10 data sets TRAC IQ DATA Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A Z This command is only available from firmware version1 32 or higher TRACe 1 2 IQ AVERage COUN
298. ands Table of Commands Command Parameter Unit Comment Indentations Individual description 1093 4820 12 In the command column the table provides an overview of the commands and their hierarchical arrangement see indentations The parameter column indicates the requested parameters together with their specified range The unit column indicates the basic unit of the physical parameters In the comment column an indication is made on whether the command does not have a query form whether the command has only one query form whether the command is implemented only with a certain option of the instrument The different levels of the SCPI command hierarchy are represented in the table by means of indentations to the right The lower the level the further the indentation to the right Please note that the complete notation of the command always includes the higher levels as well Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer is represented in the table as follows SENSe first level FREQuency second level CENTer third level The individual description contains the complete notation of the command An example for each command the RST value and the SCPI information are included as well The operating modes for which a command can be used are indicated by the following abbreviations A Spectrum analysis A F Spectrum analysis frequency domain only A T Spectrum analysis time doma
299. as no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum PEAK This command positions the delta marker to the current minimum value on the measured crve The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC2 DELT3 MIN Sets delta marker 3 in screen B to the minimum value of the associated trace Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 gt MINimum NEXT This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value of the measured curve The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC1 DELT2 MIN NEXT Sets delta marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 13 E 3 CALCulate FEED Subsystem FSP CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 gt MINimum RIGHt This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value i e ascending X values The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC2 DELT MIN RIGH Sets delta marker 1 in screen B to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value
300. as no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation SELect AM FM This command selects the demodulation type for the audio demodulator The command is independent of the measurement window and of the selected marker i e suffixes 1 2 and 1 to 4 are irrelevant This command is only available with the audio demodulator option FSP B3 Example CALC MARK FUNC DEM SEL FM Characteristics RST value AM SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 60 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the audio demodulator when the indicated marker is reached in the selected measurement window In the frequency domain span gt 0 the hold time can be defined at the corresponding marker position with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion DEModulation HOLD In the time domain span 0 the demodulation is permanently active The command is only available with option audio demodulator FSP B3 Example CALC2 MARK3 FUNC DEM ON Switches on the demodulation for marker 3 in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation HOLDoff 10ms to 1000s This command defines the hold time at the marker position for the demodulation in the frequency domain span gt 0 The setting is independe
301. asurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC OSUP MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 182 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt sUbsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PERC AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST valu
302. at in the ERROR menu via manual control or queried via the IEC bus using command SYSTem ERRor Each call of SYSTem ERRor provides an entry from the error queue If no error messages are stored there any more the instrument responds with 0 No error The error queue should be queried after every SRQ in the controller program as the entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status registers Especially in the test phase of a controller program the error queue should be queried regularly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded there as well 1093 4820 12 5 32 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System Resetting Values of the Status Reporting System Table 5 12 comprises the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be reset None of the commands except for RST and SYSTem PRESet influences the functional instrument settings In particular DCL does not change the instrument settings Table 5 12 Resettting instrument functions Event Switching on supply voltage DCL SDC Power On Status Device Clear STATus PRESet CLS Clear Selected Device SYSTem PRESet Clear geng PPE Clear EVENTI parts of the registers Clear Enable parts of all OPERation and QUEStionable registers Fill Enable parts of all other registers with 1 Fill PTRansition parts with n Clear NTRansition parts Clear command yes processing and input buffer 1 Every command
303. ate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect ACPower CPOWer CN and CNO are not available OBANdwidth OBWidth on the FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect ACPower CPOWer CN and CNO are not available OBANdwidth OBWidth on the FSP and FSET CN CNO FSET CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect OBANdwidth OBWidth FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion POWer STATe OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion REFerence FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SFACtor 60dB 3dB 60dB 6dB not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SFACtor FREQuency not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SFACtor RESult not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SFACtor STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STARt not available for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 309 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STOP not available for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion STRack 10 Hz to MAX span new function for FSP
304. ate lt 1 2 gt MATH CA Cul ATe ON pj Di TRACe lt 1 3 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt AVERage D MOD t MOD t FSP WRITe MAXHold MODE AVERage MODE gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt STATe ON POSitive NCtion NEGative EFine XPRession DEFine ate lt 1 2 gt MATH POSition num value 6 358 OFF OFF TRACE1 TRACE1 TRACE3 E 3 FSP TRACE MATH OFF MIN HOLD AVG MODE LOG LIN ASCII FILE EXPORT DECIM SEP CORY TRACE 11093 4820 12 Command Assignment Signal Analysis I CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH STATe OFF DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt MODE MINHold I CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH MODE LINear LOGarithmic oder SENSe AVERage TYPE VIDeo LINear FORMat DATA ASCii MMEMory STORe lt 1 2 gt TRACe 1 TRACE DAT FORMat DEXPort DSEParator POINt COMMa TRACe COPY TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 6 359 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis FSP LINES Key selection DEDEDWSHME CALCulate 1 2 LIMit 1 8 NAME lt string gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1l 8 gt UPPer STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer STATe ON OFF limit check CALCulate lt 1 2 gt
305. ated This bit is always 0 1093 4820 12 5 28 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable POWer Register This register comprises all information about possible overloads of the unit It can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition and STATus QUEStionable POWer EVENt Table 5 10 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable POWer register OVERIoad Screen A This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded OVLD will then be displayed UNDerload Screen A This bit is set if the RF input is underloaded UNLD will then be displayed IF OVerload Screen A This bit is set if the IF path is overloaded IFOVL will then be displayed OVERload Screen B This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded OVLD will then be displayed UNDerload Screen B This bit is set if the RF input is underloaded UNLD will then be displayed 0 IF OVerload Screen B This bit is set if the IF path is overloaded IFOVL will then be displayed 15 This bit is always O 1093 4820 12 5 29 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register This register is used only with GSM MS mode It contains information about sync and bursts not found and about premeasurement results exceeding or falling short of expected values The bits can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition and STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt Table 5 11 Mea
306. ation mechanisms with OPC OPC and WAI remain completely unaffected The sweep end is detected when the required number of measurement points 501 in analyzer mode has been recorded Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT ON Switches on the external gate mode SWE EGAT TYPE EDGE Switches on the edge triggered mode SWE EGAT HOLD 100US Sets the gate delay to 100 us SWE EGAT LEN 500US Sets the gate opening time to 500 us INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 242 E 3 FSP SENSe SWEep Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe TYPE LEVel EDGE This command sets the type of triggering level or edge by the external gate signal The gate opening time cannot be defined with the parameter EGATe LENGth in case of level triggering The gate is closed when the gate signal disappears Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT TYPE EDGE
307. available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example ESE 1 Configuration of status reporting systems for the SRE 32 generation of an SRQ on operation complete SENSe MPOWer 935 2MHz 1MHz 434us VIDEO 50PCT 5us MEAN 20 OPC Configuring and starting the measurement Further actions of the control computer during measurement On SRQ Response to service request SENSe MPOWer RESult MIN Characteristics RST value SCPI instrument specific Mode A F A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 233 E 3 SENSe POWer Subsystem FSP SENSe POWer Subsystem This subsystem controls the setting of the instruments channel and adjacent channel power measurements The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B Nolte The commands of this subsystem are not available during GSM measurements COMMAND SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing ACHannel ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ACPairs BANDwidth CHANnel ACHannel ALTernate lt 1 2 gt BWIDth CHANnel ACHannel ALTernate lt 1 2 gt MODE REFerence AUTO PRESet RLEVel BANDwidth BWIDth HSPeed NCORrection TRACe numeric value numeric value 0J 11 21 3 numeric value numeric value numeric value numeric value numeric value numeric value ABSolute RELative ON
308. b ration FSP FSE CLS FSP FSE ESE FSP FSE ESR FSP FSE IDN model indicator and version index is different for FSP and FSE FSP FSE IST FSP FSE OPC FSP FSE OPT list of available options is slightly different for FSP and FSE but equally available options have equal names FSP FSE PCB FSP FSE PRE FSP FSE PSC FSP FSE RST instrument settings are slightly different for FSP and FSE due to different instrument specs FSP FSE SRE FSP FSE STB FSP FSE TRG FSP starts measurement in active screen FSE starts measurement in both screens split screen mode FSP FSE TST FSP FSE WAI FSP FSE ABORt FSE CALOulate LIMit CATalog not available in FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics APD STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics CCDF STATe ON OFF new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics NSAMples 100 to 1E9 new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics PRESet new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics Result lt 1 3 gt MEAN PEAK CFACtor ALL new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics SCALe AUTO ONCE new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics X RANGe 10dB to 200dB new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics X RLEVel 130dBm to 30dBm new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics Y LOWer 1E 9 to 0 1 new function for FSP FSP CALCulate STATistics Y UPPer 1E 8 to 1 0 new function for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt CTHReshold MIN to MAX not availabl
309. being the first in a command line i e immediately following a PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR clears the output buffer 1093 4820 12 5 33 E 2 FSP Contents Description of Commands Contents Chapter 6 Remote Control Description of Commands 6 Remote Control Description of Commands eese 6 1 N tal ML 6 1 Ile EE 6 4 ABORTE SUOS y Sle neni ni enact ent tein ae lad 6 8 CAL Culate SUDSYSte Miia cutis coc sitet oie teer eiae T erre Die dan aeaaea na daaa aaea aeo aeaea aaia 6 8 CALCulate DELTamarker Subsystem cc ccceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeedeneeseaeeesaaeeesaaeeeeneeeaas 6 9 CALGulate EBED SUbSyStery eoi tette ee DREES AE tiere ive AE aa anain 6 17 CAL Culate LIMit Subsyst m cr nitro rn pe t Eu ene PEE arena d 6 19 CALOulate LIMit SPECtrum Subsystem sssssssssseeeeeenene 6 24 CALOulate LIMit ACPower Subsystem sssssssssseseee eene 6 26 CALOulate LIMit CONTrol Subsystem sssssssssseeeeee enne 6 37 CALCulate LIMit LOW er Subsystem eene nennen 6 39 CALOulate LIMit UPPer Subsystem enne nnne 6 42 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem sessi en nennen nnne en 6 45 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion ADEMod Subsystem sss 6 53 CALOCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem sss 6 55 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer Subsystem
310. ble only in the active measurement window Split Screen The settings are valid for the measurement window selected by means of the numeric suffix and become effective immediately Notes In receiver mode the markers can only be activated for the scan display Therefore the numerical suffix is irrelevant in this operating mode All GSM measurements are performed in screen A Therefore commands carrying a numerical suffix selecting the screen should start either with the numerical suffix 1 i e CALCulatel or without a numerical suffix i e CALCulate 1093 4820 12 6 8 E 3 FSP CALCulate FEED Subsystem CALCulate DELTamarker Subsystem The CALCulate DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions in the instrument The measurement windows are selected via CALCulate1 screen A or 2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt STATe lt Boolean gt MODE ABSolute RELative AOFF no query TRACe lt numeric_value gt X lt numeric_value gt HZ S DBM DB RELative query only NN query only MAXimum PEAK no query NEXT no query RIGHE no query LEFT no query MINimum PEAK no query NEXT no query RIGHE no query LEFT no query FUNCtion FIXed STATe lt Boolean gt RPOint SE numeric value DBM OFFSet numeric value DB X numeric value HZ S PNOise STATe lt Boolean gt RESult query only le C
311. bsystem FSP TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust IFPower 460us to 100s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the IF Power GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements for which an IF power trigger is possible the IFPower trigger setting is used If an IF power trigger is not possible the IMMediate trigger setting is used see manual of option For another the correction value for the time offset of the IF power trigger from the beginning of the first active slot is defined see manual of option This correction value is needed in order to establish an exact time reference between the trigger event and the beginning of the slot if there is no midamble triggering The correction value for the DUT in question can be determined in the GENERAL SETTINGS menu with the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey This command is available only if GSM MS Analyzer application firmware FS K5 is installed Note When entering the option GSM MS Analyzer with INST SEL MGSM the following GSM Trigger selection is made If the Analyzer trigger source is IF POWER trigger the GSM trigger IF POWER is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is Extern trigger the GSM trigger Extern is selected If the Analyzer trigger source is RF POWER trigger the GSM trigger RF POWER is selected Otherwise the default GSM Trigger IF POWER is selected When switching from GSM MS mode to Analyzer mode the GSM MS trigger setting
312. ched on SCPI device specific Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SPAN 0 to fmax This command defines the frequency span in the analyzer mode Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example FREQ SPAN 10MHz Characteristics RST value fmax With fmax maximum frequency SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SPAN FULL This command sets the frequency span in the analyzer mode to its maximum Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example FREQ SPAN FULL Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STARt 0 to fmax This command defines the start frequency of the analyzer This command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example FREQ STAR 20MHz Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming Mode A F MS 1093 4820 12 6 222 E 3 FSP SENSe FREQuency Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency STOP 0 to fmax This command defines the stop frequency of the analyzer This command is only available in the frequency domain
313. cific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle SELect lt file_name gt This command selects a predefined channel table file Before using this command the RECENT channel table must be switched on first with the command CONF WCDP MS CTAB STAT Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB SEL CTAB 1 Selects channel table CTAB 1 Characteristics RST value RECENT SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABIe NAME file name This command selects an existing channel table or creates the name of a new channel table Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB NAME NEW TAB Creates the new channel table file NEW TAB Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle DATA lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt This command defines the values of the selected channel table lt pilot length gt lt code class gt lt number of active channels gt lt CDP relative 1 gt lt CDP relative 2 gt lt CDP relative 3 gt lt CDP relative 4 gt lt CDP relative 5 gt lt CDP relative 6 gt Pilot length pilot length of channel DPCCH Code class code class of channel 1 I mapped Number of active channels 0 to 6 1093 4820 12 6 111 E 3 CONFigure CDPower Subsystem FSP CDP relative 1 measured value of channel 1 I mapped only when queried CDP relative 2 measured value of channel 2 l mapped only when queried CDP relative 3 measured value of chann
314. command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS FERR AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt FERRor MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS FERR MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value
315. computer RST value SCPI conforming all 6 160 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory DELete file name gt This command deletes the indicated files The indication of the file name contains the path and optionally the drive name Indication of the path complies with DOS conventions Parameter file name DOS file name Example MMEM DEL TESTOI HCP The file TESTO1 HCP is deleted Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory INITialize A This command formats the disk in drive A Formatting deletes all data stored on the floppy disk Parameter msus A Only drive name A is accepted Example MMEM INIT A Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 161 E 3 MMEMor Subsystem FSP MMEMory LOAD STATe Ale name This command loads device settings from files The contents of the file are loaded and set as the new device state The device automatically recognizes the files that are required for the whole setup from the list of file extensions Contents Current setting of measurement hardware and associated title if indicated Activated limit lines Current configuration of general device parameters Configuration for the hardcopy output User
316. control option B9 B10 1093 4820 12 6 216 E 3 FSP SENSe DEMod Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection COLLect ACQuire THRough OPEN When the tracking generator is active this command determines the type of result acquisition for the normalization reference measurement and starts the measurement selected THRough TRANsmission mode calibration with direct connection between tracking generator and device input REFLection mode calibration with short circuit at the input OPEN only valid in REFLection mode calibration with open input To obtain a valid reference measurement a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must have been carried out This is only possible in the single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Selects single sweep operation CORR COLL THR WAI Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connection between generator and device input and waits for the sweep end Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query It is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator external generator option B9 B10 SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection RECall This command restores the instrument setting that was valid for the measurement of the reference data provided that the tracking generator is active Example CORR REC Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A T
317. cted measurement window The corresponding trace must be active i e its status must be different from BLANK If necessary the corresponding marker is switched on prior to the assignment Example CALC MARK3 TRAC 2 Assigns marker 3 in screen A to trace 2 CALC2 MARK TRAC 3 Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 3 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X 0 to MAX frequency sweep time This command positions the selected marker to the indicated frequency span gt 0 time span 0 or level APD measurement or CCDF measurement ON in the selected measurement window If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker it is switched to marker mode Example CALC1 MARK2 X 10 7MHz Positions marker 2 in screen A to frequency 10 7 MHz Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits STATe ON OFF This command switches between a limited ON and unlimited OFF search range in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the selection of a marker i e the numeric suffix MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant If the time domain power measurement is active this command limits the evaluation range on the trace Example CALC MARK X SLIM ON Switches on search limitation in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mod
318. curs cf also section STATus QUEStionable POWer Register 4 TEMPerature This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs 5 FREQuency The bit is set if a frequency is questionable cf section STATus QUEStionable F REQuency Register 6107 These bits are not used CALibration The bit is set if a measurement is performed uncalibrated 5 label UNCAL LIMit device specific This bit is set if a limit value is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register 8 LMARgin device specific This bit is set if a margin is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable L MARgin Register 11 SYNC device dependent This bit is set if in measurements or premeasurements in GSM MS mode synchronization to midamble fails or no burst is found This bit is also set if in premeasurements in GSM MS mode the result differs too strongly from the expected value see also STATus QUEStionable S YNC Register 12 ACPLimit device specific This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register 13 to 14 These bits are not used 15 This bit is always 0 1093 4820 12 5 24 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register This register comprises information about the observance of limits during adjacent power measurements It can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition an
319. cy 935 2 MHz Resolution bandwidth 1 MHz Measurement time 434 us Trigger source VIDEO Trigger threshold 50 Trigger offset 5us Type of measurement MEAN power No of measurements 20 SENSe MPOWer 935 2MHz 1MHz 434us VIDEO 50PCT Bus MEAN 20 performs the same measurement and in addition returns the results list immediately after completion of the last measurement The measurement function always uses trace 1 in the selected screen and activates the selected screen Repeated use of the command without changes to its parameters i e using the same settings again will soeed up the measurement since the previous hardware settings will be cached and therefore additional hardware settling times will be avoided This also holds true if only part of the parameters e g only the trigger delay are changed as in this case the rest of the parameters will be cached This measurement is not compatible with other measurements especially as far as marker functions adjacent channel measurement or statistics are concerned The corresponding functions are therefore automatically switched off In return incompatible commands will automatically deactivate the multi burst power function The function is only available in the REMOTE operation It is deactivated on switching back to LOCAL RST value SCPI instrument specific A F A T MS 6 232 E 3 FSP SENSe MPOWer Subsystem SENSe MPOWer RESult LIST
320. d STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt Table 5 6 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen A This bit is set if in screen A the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel eo ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if in screen B the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel 99 ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set
321. d the description of command execution and of the status registers e diagrams and tables describing the status registers used in the FSP In chapter 6 all remote control functions are described in detail The subsystems are listed by alphabetical order according to SCPI All commands and their parameters are listed by alphabetical order in the command list at the end of chapter 6 Program examples for the FSP can be found in chapter 7 The remote control interfaces and their interface functions are described in Chapter 8 Introduction The instrument is equipped with an IEC bus interface according to standard IEC 625 1 IEEE 488 2 and a RS 232 interface The connectors are located at the rear of the instrument and permit to connect a controller for remote control In addition the instrument can be remotely controlled in a local area network LAN interface if option B16 is installed The instrument supports the SCPEversion 1997 0 Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments The SCPI standard is based on standard IEEE 488 2 and aims at the standardization of device specific commands error handling and the status registers see Section SCPI Introduction The tutorial Automatic Measurement Control A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE 488 2 from John M Pieper R amp S order number 0002 3536 00 offers detailed information on concepts and definitions of SCPI For remote control in a network information will be found in the relevant section
322. d ENABle parts of all registers to a defined value All PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh i e all transitions from 0 to 1 are detected All NTRansition parts are set to 0 i e a transition from 1 to 0 in a CONDition bit is not detected The ENABle part of the STATus OPERation and STATus QUEStionable registers are set to 0 i e all events in these registers are not passed on Example STAT PRES Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable register The contents of the EVENt section are deleted after the readout Example STAT QUES Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable CONDition This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES COND Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus QUEStionable ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit in the status byte Example STAT QUES ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 255 E 3 STATus Subsystem FSP STATus QUEStion
323. d bandwicdth esses 4 103 Offset et EE 4 9 10 4 E 3 FSP frequency ext generator sssssssssss 4 213 gate signal 4 36 level tracking generator 4 189 IMENE cat c HR WERT 4 122 phase noise oos ter eia vn 4 68 reference levalo pnn S NH ec tg 4 16 EIERE EE EE 4 32 Operating mode analyzer ed ae e 4 5 Operating Mme esses 4 157 Option FSP B10 External Generator 4 203 FSP B16 LAN Interface 4 219 FSP B6 TV and HF Trigger oeeie 4 38 FSP B9 Tracking Generator 4 187 Order n mber ite aeo ie eee cates 4 156 Orientation iie edet eee e ree coetu 4 177 Output AF OUTPUT iier rere meten IF 20 4 MHz Out noise source control Output level CORIFOL eed ee FEES ies FETTE FEX IAE VET ETE Overwrite mode OV ED EE 3 5 4 197 4 212 P Packing tee bone EECH 8 1 Parallel poll s 1 55 02 Parallel poll enable register PPE 5 22 Parameter block dala did es 5 14 DOOM ANR C 5 13 COMING betes nr repr ete Le tee ertet dei 3 16 numerical values nennen 5 13 Selection iia proie ti PRESSE EE 3 13 ino 5 14 PK trace Info negotiis 3 5 Polarity external trigger gate sess 4 35 trigger edge iiri e ee irt eroi genre 4 32 e E EE Power bandwidth pe
324. d be noted that the absolute limit value for the limit check has no effect as soon as it is below the relative limit value defined with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ALTernate 1 2 RELative This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values defined in mobile radio standards for the power in adjacent channels Parameter The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel The second limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm Characteristics RST value 200DBM SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 34 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute STATe ON OFF This command activates the limit check for the first second alternate adjacent channel in the selected measurement window for adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power Before the command the limit check must be globally switched on for the channel adjacent channel power with the command CALCulate LIMit ACPower STATe ON The numeric suffix after ALTernate lt 1 2 gt denotes the first or the second alternate channel The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command The result can be querie
325. d in mobile radio standards Parameter The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel The second limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power Characteristics RST value 0ODB SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 32 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative STATe ON OFF This command activates the limit check for the first second alternate adjacent channel in the selected measurement window for adjacent channel power measurements Before the command the limit check must be activated using CALCulate LIMit ACPower STATe ON The numeric suffix after ALTernate 1 2 denotes the first or the second alternate channel The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command The result can be queried with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RESult lt should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no valid results are obtained Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CAL IN C LIM ACP IT WAI
326. d with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ALTernate 1 2 RESult lt should be noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result query since otherwise no valid results are available Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement in Screen A CALC LIM ACP ACH REL STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the alternative adjacent channels in Screen A CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the alternative adjacent channels in screen A INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 35 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RESult This command queries the result of the limit check for the first second alternate adjacen
327. data for system error correction in the instrument COMMAND CALibration ALL ABORt RESult STATe CALibration ALL PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT query only no query query only lt Boolean gt This command initiates the acquisition of system error correction data A 0 is returned if the acquisition was successful Nolte During the acquisition of correction data the instrument does not accept any remote control commands except RST CALibration ABORt In order to recognize when the acquisition of correction data is completed the MAV bit in the status byte can be used If the associated bit is set in the Service Request Enable Register the instrument generates a service request after the acquisition of correction data has been completed Example Characteristics Mode CALibration ABORt CLS Resets the status management SRE 16 Enables MAV bit in the Service Request Enable Register CAL Starts the correction data recording and then a service request is generated RST value SCPI conforming all This command aborts the acquisition of correction data and restores the last complete correction data set Example Characteristics Mode CAL ABOR RST value SCPI device specific all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 96 E 3 FSP CALibration Subsystem CALibration RESult This command o
328. deadlock The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement is received The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received but the GET would cause an interrupted error 220 Parameter error The command contains a faulty or invalid parameter 221 Settings conflict There is a conflict between setting of parameter value and instrument state 222 Data out of range The parameter value lies out of the allowed range of the instrument 223 Too much data The command contains too many data Example The instrument does not have sufficient storage space 224 Illegal parameter value The parameter value is invalid Example The text parameter is invalid TRIGger SWEep SOURce TASTe 1093 4820 12 9 5 E 1 Error Messages Continuation Execution Error Error code 230 Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation FSP Data corrupt or stale The data are incomplete or invalid Example The instrument has aborted a measurement 231 Data questionable The measurement accuracy is suspect 240 Hardware error The command cannot be executed due to problems with the instrument hardware 241 Hardware missing Hardware is missing Example An option is not fitted 250 Mass storage error A mass storage error occured 251 Missing mass storage The mass storage is missing Example An option is not installed 252 Miss
329. deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT QUES ACPL Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES ACPL COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES ACPL ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 260 E 3 FSP STATus Subsystem STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES ACPL PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register from 1 to O for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES ACPL NTR 65535 Characteristics
330. determined from the current trace data CLR WRITE trace With result display RF Power the carrier power is determined from trace 1 to 3 indicated in the numeric suffix Example CALC MARK FUNC ADEM CARR Queries the carrier power Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value It is only available with option FS K7 FM demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 54 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem The measurement window is selected by CALCulate 1 screen A or 2 screen B COMMAND CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks IMMediate COUNt X NY SORT NDBDown STATe RESult FREQuency ZOOM NOISe STATe RESult DEModulation SELect STATe HOLDoff CONTinuous MDEPth STATe RESult TO STATe RESult CENTer CSTep REFerence PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT lt numeric_value gt query only X Y lt numeric_value gt DB lt Boolean gt query only E query only no query numeric value HZ Boolean query only option audio demodulator AM FM lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt S lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt query only lt Boolean gt query only zc no query no query no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks IMMediate numeric value This command searches the selected trace fo
331. device setting Active traces are all traces whose state is not blank Example MMEM SEL TRAC ON Characteristics RST value OFF i e no traces will be stored SCPI device specific Mode all MMEMory SELect ITEM LINes ALL ON OFF This command adds all limit lines activated and de activated to the list of device settings to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL LIN ALL ON Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode all MMEMory SELect ITEM SCData ON OFF This command adds the tracking generator calibration data to the list of device settings to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL SCD ON Inserts the tracking generator correction data in the list of data subsets Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Modes all This command is only available in conjunction with the tracking generator option B9 or external generator control option B10 MMEMory SELect ITEM TRANsducer ACTive ON OFF This command includes the active transducer factors and set in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL TRAN ON Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Modes all This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 167 E 3 MMEMory Subsystem FSP MMEMory SELect ITEM TRANsducer ALL ON OFF This command includes all transducer factors and sets in the
332. dulation Depth The example below is based on an AM modulated signal at 100 MHz with the following characteristics e Carrier signal level 30 dBm e AF frequency 100 kHz e Modulation depth 50 The default setting of the analyzer for measurements can be used for the measurements described below SetupInstrument REM e eoe eee e e e ee e e sk ee e e se e e e e e ck e he e ce e se e e e e sk se e ee e ck e e ese e ke ke ke e ke ke ke e ke ke ke kv k kx Public Sub AMMod result Space 100 CALL SetupInstrument Default setting Uem Peak search CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Marker 1 on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign markerl to tracel eeu Measure modulation depth CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK MAX FUNC MDEP ON Marker to Peak CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC MDEP RES Measure mod depth CALL IBRD analyzer result Read out result ecu Read out result Print AM Mod Depth result END SUB REM kk kk koe KKK KKK KKK KKK hehe ek ke ke hehe ek de He e hehe ek kk ke ke ke ek kk He de k
333. dulator query only query only HZ HZ HZ E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem SENSe ADEMod AF COUPling AC DC This command selects the coupling of the AF path of the analyzer AC device specific Example ADEM AF COUP DC Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A Switches on DC coupling This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod BANDwidth BWIDth DEModulation lt numeric_value gt This command defines the demodulation bandwidth used for analog demodulation The required sampling rate is automatically set depending on the selected demodulation bandwidth The available demodulation bandwidths are determined by the existing sampling rates Rounded Sampling rate demodulation bandwidth 10 MHz 32 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz 5 MHz 8 MHz 3 MHz 4 MHz 1 6 MHz 2 MHz 800 kHz 1 MHz 400 kHz 500 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 50 kHz 62 5 kHz 25 kHz 31 25 kHz 12 5 kHz 15 625 kHz Example ADEM BAND DEM 1MHz Sets the demodulation bandwidth to 1 MHz Characteristics RST value 5 MHz SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe JADEMod MTIMe numeric value This command defines the measurement time for analog demodulation Example ADEM BAND MTIM 62 625us Sets the measurement time to 62 625 us Charact
334. e READ BURSt MACCuracy PERCentile MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the 95 percentile measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PERC MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 183 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automat
335. e file destination DELete file name RDIRectory directory name 6 363 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis CAL Key CAL CALibration ALL TOTAL CAL CALibration ABORt ABORT CAL CORR CALibration STATe ON OFF ON OFF CAL CALibration RESults RESULTS SETUP Key SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal INT EXT NOISE SCR DIAGnostic SERVice NSOurce ON OFF num value ON OFF sau INPut GAIN num value with option Electronic Attenuator FSP B25 only GENERAL SETUP SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess 04430 ADDRESS SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BAUD num value PERE RCE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BITS 7 8 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PARity TYPE EVEN ODD NONI Pl SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive SBITs T 2 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol DTR IBFull OFF SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol RTS IBFull OFF SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PACE XON NONE TIME DATE SYSTem TIME SYSTem DAT CONFIGURE with option LAN Interface FSP B16 only NETWORK os adu 6 259 0 b9 num num num NETWORK with option LAN Interface FSP B16 only LOGIN OPTIONS SOFT FRONTPANEL SYSTEM c INFO HARDWARE DIAGnostic SERVice HWINfo STATISTICS H z i o 11093 4820 12 6 364 FSP
336. e A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 46 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits LEFT 0 to MAX frequency sweep time This command sets the left limit of the search range for markers and delta markers in the selected measurement window Depending on the x axis domain the indicated value defines a frequency span gt 0 or time Span 0 The function is independent of the selection of a marker i e the numeric suffix in MARKer 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant If the time domain power measurement is active this command limits the evaluation range to the trace Note The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched on CALC MARK X SLIM ON Example CALC MARK X SLIM ON Switches the search limit function on for screen A CALC MARK X SLIM LEFT 10MHz Setsthe left limit of the search range in screen A to 10 MHz Characteristics RST value is set to the left diagram border on switching on search limits SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt X SLIMits RIGHT 0 to MAX frequency sweep time This command sets the right limit of the search range for markers and delta markers in the selected measurement window Depending on the x axis domain the indicated value defines a frequency span gt 0 or time span 0 The function is independent of the selection of a marker i e the numeric suffix in
337. e A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer THReshold lt numeric_value gt This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative Y axis scaling independently of the measurement window The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as soon as it exceeds the relative limit value The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALC LIM UNIT except dB which is not possible If no unit is indicated the unit defined with CALC LIM UNIT is automatically used exception dBm instead of dB The units DEG RAD S HZ PCT are not available in the SPECTRUM mode Example CALC LIM2 UPP THR 35DBM Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2 Characteristics RST value 200 dBm SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 44 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate MARKer Subsystem The CALCulate MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument The measurement windows are assigned to CALCulate 1 screen A or 2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt t1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt STATe lt Boolean gt AOFF no query TRACe numeric value X numeric value HZ S DBM DB SLIMits STATe lt Boolean gt LEFT lt numeric_value gt HZ S RIGHE numeric value HZ S COUNt Boolean RESolution lt numeric_value
338. e MS ARFCn lt numeric_value gt MM e for FSP and 1093 4820 12 6 313 E 3 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CONFigure MS ARFCn AUTO ONCE not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS CHANnel SFH ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS CHANnel TSC 0to7 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS LIMIt FREQuency lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS LIMIt PPEak lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS LIMIt PRMS lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS LIMit STANdard ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS NETWork PHASe 1 2 PLUS not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS NETWork TYPE PGSM PGSM900 EGSM not available for FSP and EGSM900 DCS FSET GSM1800 PCS GSM1900 RGSM RGSM900 FSE CONFigure MS POWer CLASs lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer COUPled ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer EXPected lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer LEVel 0 to 31 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer LIMit lt numeric_value gt not availabl
339. e OFF SCPI conforming Modes A MS The command is only available with the option electronic attenuator B25 1093 4820 12 6 154 E 3 FSP INSTrument Subsystem INSTrument Subsystem The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed numbers COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INSTrument SELect SANalyzer ADEMod MGSM WCDPower BWCDpower Vee MWCDpower COUPIe no query numeric value NONE RLEVel CF B CF A INSTrument SELect SANalyzer ADEMod MSGM WCDPower BW CDpower MWCDpower This command switches between the operating modes by means of text parameters Notes on GSM MS mode After switchover to the GSM MS mode a measurement has to be selected by means of a CONFigure command After switchover to the GSM MS mode the modulation mode GMSK or EDGE selected last is active Ifthe analyzer is set to external trigger when the GSM MS mode is activated by INST SEL MGSM the Extern GSM trigger is used if it is set to RF power trigger the RF Power GSM trigger is used otherwise the IF Power GSM trigger default Upon switchover from GSM MS mode to analyzer mode the GSM MS trigger setting is maintained i e IF power if IF Power was set before RF power if HE Power was set before and external trigger if Extern was set before Parameter SANalyzer Spectrum analysis ADEMod FM demodulator MGSM GSM MS analyzer WCDPower BWCDpower Wid
340. e separated from the header by a white space In the case of a query the short form of the text is provided Example Setting command INPut COUPling GROund Query INPut COUPling Response GRO Strings must always be entered in quotation marks or Example SYSTem LANGuage SCPI or SYSTem LANGuage SCPI Block data are a transmission format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data A command using a block data parameter has the following structure Example HEADer HEADer 45168xxxxxxxx ASCII character introduces the data block The next number indicates how many of the following digits describe the length of the data block In the example the 4 following digits indicate the length to be 5168 bytes The data bytes follow During the transmission of these data bytes all End or other control signs are ignored until all bytes are transmitted Overview of Syntax Elements The following survey offers an overview of the syntax elements E MEME EI REN M d 1093 4820 12 The colon separates the key words of a command In a command line the colon after the separating semicolon marks the uppermost command level The semicolon separates two commands of a command line It does not alter the path The comma separates several parameters of a command The question mark forms a query The asterix marks a common command Quotation marks introduce a string and terminate it
341. e HK KKK ok KKK KKK KKK IKK KKK ke hee e kk ke de He de He de ke ke hehe eek ke ke He he He e He ee ke ke de He KK de ke ke ke ke ke k k k Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers REM Subroutine for evaluating Questionable Status Register Public SUB Questionablestatus Ques SPACES 20 Preallocate blanks to text variable CALL IBWRT analyzer STATus QUEStionable EVENt CALL IBRD analyzer Ques PRINT Questionable Status Ques END SUB REM kK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK IKK kk ke ehe e e kk He de He e ek ke ke He he eek ke e ke he He e He ke ke de ke de ke KK e ke ke e KR k k k REM Subroutine for evaluating Operation Status Register Public SUB Operationstatus OperS SPACES 20 Preallocate blanks to text variable CALL IBWRT analyzer STATus OPERation EVENt CALL IBRD analyzer Oper PRINT Operation Status Opers END SUB REM kk KK KK ke khe kk e ke hee ek ke ke he e e kk e ehe eek ke ke he eek ke ke ee He de He ke e de ke de kk e e ke ke ke ke ke k k k 1093 4820 12 7 10 E 2 FSP Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming Evaluation of Event Status Register ET Subroutine for evaluating the Event Status Register Public SUB Esrread Esr SPACES 20 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALL IBRD analyzer E IF VAL Esr AND 1 gt I
342. e JADEMod AM TYPE Otherwise a query error will be generated Return Values ASCII Format FORMat ASCII In this case the command will yield a list of comma separated values CSV of the measured values in floating point format The output unit is dBm with logarithmic display and V with linear display 1093 4820 12 6 196 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem Binary Format FORMat REAL 32 In this case the command will yield binary data Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 each measurement value being formatted in 32 Bit IEEE 754 Floating Point Format The schematics of the result string will be as follows 41024 lt value1 gt lt value2 gt lt value n gt with 4 number of digits 4 in the example of the following number of data bytes 1024 number of following data bytes 1024 in the example lt value x gt 4 Byte Floating Point Value 32000 EXT POS 500 30 Sets up demodulator parameters Examples ADEM SET 8MHz ADEM FM AVER MAXH MINH ADEM AM WRIT OFF OFF ADEM ON INIT WAI FORM ASC ADEM FM RES AVER ADEM FM RES MAXH ADEM FM RES MINH ADEM AM RES WRIT Characteristics RST values SCPI Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod FM TYPE This command selects the result types to be created in parallel by FM demodulation device specific Sets up FM results to measure Se
343. e combinations of filter type and filter bandwidth are listed in the table List of available channel filters in chapter 4 section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW Notes When changing the filter type the next larger filter bandwidth is selected if the same filter bandwiath is not available for the new filter type This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example BAND TYPE NORM Characteristics RST value NORMal SCPI device specific Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz This command defines the instrument s video bandwidth Bandwidths from 10 Hz to 10 MHz in 1 3 10 steps are available The command is not available if FFT filtering is switched on and the set bandwidth is lt 30 kHz or if the quasi peak detector is switched on Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example BAND VID 10kHz Characteristics RST value AUTO is set to ON SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO ON OFF This command either automatically couples the instrument s video bandwidth to the resolution bandwidth or cancels the coupling The ratio video bandwidth resolution bandwidth can be modified with the command SENSe lt 1 2 gt B
344. e compared with the EVENt part of an SCPI register The event status register can be read out using command ESR The ESE is the associated ENABle part It can be set using command ESE and read using command ESE Table 5 3 Meaning of the bits in the event status register Operation Complete This bit is set on receipt of the command OPC exactly when all previous commands have been executed This bit is not used Query Error This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having send a query or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the instrument instead The cause is often a query which is faulty and hence cannot be executed Device dependent Error This bit is set if a device dependent error occurs An error message with a number between 300 and 399 or a positive error number which denotes the error in greater detail is entered into the error queue cf Chapter 9 Error Messages Execution Error This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct however cannot be performed for other reasons An error message with a number between 200 and 300 which denotes the error in greater detail is entered into the error queue cf Chapter 9 Error Messages Command Error This bit is set if a command which is undefined or syntactically incorrect is received An error message with a number between 100 and 200 which denotes the error in great
345. e e e sk e ke e e e sk e ke ee e ke ke e e ke ke ke e e ke e kk kx 1093 4820 12 7 17 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Operation with Fixed Reference Point Reference Fixed The following example is based on a signal with a level of 20 dBm at 100 MHz The harmonics of the signal lie at 200 MHz 300 MHz etc In the presence of high quality signal sources these harmonics may be outside the dynamic range of the FSP In order to measure harmonic suppression however the level must be set to higher sensitivity for measuring the harmonics the carrier has to be suppressed by a notch filter to avoid overloading the FSP RF input In the following example two measurements are therefore performed with different level settings first with a high reference level at the carrier frequency and then with a low reference level at the frequency of the 3 harmonic The default setting of the FSP for measurements Setuplnstrument is used as starting point and adaptations are then made for the measurement REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub RefFixed result Space 100 CALL SetupInstrument Default setting OEN Measure the reference point CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep
346. e ek ke de ke ke ek ke eee ke k k ke k IK 1093 4820 12 7 22 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Limit Lines and Limit Test The example below shows the definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 1 on screen A and trace 2 on screen B with the following characteristics e Upper limit line e Absolute x axis in the frequency range e 5 reference values 120 MHz 70 dB 126 MHz 40 dB 127 MHz 40 dB 128 MHz 10 dB 129 MHz 40 dB 130 MHz 40 dB 136 MHz 70 dB e Relative y axis with unit dB Absolute threshold at 75 dBm No margin The signal of the integrated calibration source 128 MHz 30 dBm is used to check the limit test REM e ecc ce eee e e e e ee e se e e e e e e e e e e se e e ee e se e he eec e e ee e sk e ke ee e ke e e e e ke ke e ek e kv k kx Public Sub LimitLine result Space 100 a ELE FSP default setting CALL SetupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQUENCY CENTER 128MHz Span 10MHz Span Call ibwrt analyzer Diag Serv Inp Cal CSO 30dBm Cal signal on be ru ug arri Definition of limit lines CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 NAME TESTI Define name CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM5 CO Upper limit Define comment
347. e filter This special filter form is used to determine the channel power for some mobile radio standards rbw Resolution bandwidth Range of values 10 Hz to 20 MHz 50 MHz in 1 2 3 5 10 steps for filter type NORMal See filter table for filter type CFILter and filter type RRC Possible combinations of filter type and filter bandwidth see table List of available channel filters in section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW lt vbw gt Video bandwidth Range of values 1 Hz to 10 MHz in 1 2 3 5 10 steps The value is ignored for filter type CFILter or RRC meas time Measurement time Range of values 1us to 30s trigger level Reserved Must be set to 0 Returned values The query command returns a list of comma separated values CSV which contains the power measurement results in floating point format The unit depends on the setting with CALC UNIT Command SENSe LIST POWer 935 2MHz 20dBm 10dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 434us 0 935 4MHz 20dBm 10dB 10dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 935 6MHz 20dBm 10dB 20dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 thus returns the following list for example 28 3 30 6 38 1 If the command sequence is extended to SENSe LIST POWer SET ON ON ON IMM POS D On SENSe LIST POWer 935 2MHz 20dBm 10dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 434us 0 935 4MHz 20dBm 10dB 10dB NORM 30kHz 100kHz 434us 0 935 6
348. e for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer SINGle CLEar not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer SINGle STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS POWer SMALI ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS PRESet not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS SWEeptime STANdard AUTO not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS TXSupp ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure MS MEASurement not available for FSP and FSET FSET DIAGnostic INFO CCOunt ATTenuation not available for FSP FSE DIAGnostic INFO CCOunt ATTenuation 1 10 gt not available for FSP FSIQ DIAGnostic INFO CCOunt ATTenuation 1 2 3 gt not available for FSP ESI DIAGnostic INFO CCOunt ATTenuation lt 1 2 4 gt not available for FSP FSE DlAGnostic INFO CCOunt PRESelector lt 1 6 gt not available for FSP FSP DIAGnostic SERVice CSOurce POWer numeric value new function for FSP FSE DIAGnostic SERVice FUNCtion numeric value not available for FSP numeric value to Replaced by DIAG SERV SFUNction FSET DIAGnostic SERVice HGENerator OFF 10 kHz 100 kHz not available for FSP BALanced FSP DIAGnostic SERVice HW INfo new function for FSP FSP FSE DIAGnostic SERVice INPut SELect CALibration RF FSP DIAGnostic SERVice INPut PULSed STATe ON OFF new command for FSP FSP DIAGnostic SERVice INPut PULSed PRATe numeric value new command for FSP FSP FSE DlAGn
349. e g blank The headers may consist of several key words Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to the header Note The commands used in the following examples are not in every case implemented in the instrument Common commands Common commands consist of a header preceded by an asterisk and one or several parameters if any Examples RST RESET resets the device ESE 253 EVENT STATUS ENABLE sets the bits of the event status enable register ESR EVENT STATUS QUERY queries the contents of the event status register 1093 4820 12 5 9 E 2 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSP Device specific commands Hierarchy Device specific commands are of hierarchical structure see BANDwidth Fig 5 1 The different levels are represented by combined headers Headers of the highest level root level have only one key word This key word denotes a complete command system Example SENSe This key word denotes the command system SENSe For commands of lower levels the complete path has to be specified starting on the left with the highest level the individual key words being separated by a colon Example SENSe FREQuency SPAN 10MHZ This command lies in the third level of the SENSe system It set the frequency span FUNCtion DETector FREQuency Fig 5 1 Tree structure the SCPI command systems using the SENSe system by way of example 1093 4820
350. e in FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt CTHReshold STATe ON OFF not available in FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt AOFF markers 2 4 are either normal or delta markers marker 1 always serves as the reference marker for all deltamarkers FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt AOFF there are 4markers and 4 deltamarkers the most recently used marker serves as the reference marker for all deltamarkers 1093 4820 12 6 305 E 3 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint X lt numeric_value gt FSP marker 1 can be moved independently from the reference point FSE the marker and the reference point are linked to each other FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint Y lt numeric_value gt FSP marker 1 can be moved independently from the reference point FSE the marker and the reference point are linked to each other FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint Y lt numeric_value gt OFFSet FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed RPOint MAX new function for FSP PEAK FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FlXed STATe ON OFF FSP FSE CALC
351. e instrument Example SYST VERS Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 273 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP TRACe Subsystem The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument s internal trace memory COMMAND TRACe lt 1 2 gt DATA COPY IQ AVERage STATe COUNt DATA MEMory SET SRATe STATe ONLine STATe SFACtor 1 Q CTABle lt block gt lt numeric_value gt TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACES TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt NORMal lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt IMMediate EXTernal IFPower RFPower POSitive numeric value numeric value numeric value Boolean Boolean General Trace Commands PARAMETERS UNIT TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 PWCDp lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt COMMENT query only query only query only query only TRACe lt 1 2 gt DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACES PWCDp CTABle block numeric value This command transfers trace data from the control computer to the instrument the query reads trace data out of the instrument The associated measurement window is selected with the numeric suffix of TRACe lt 1 2 gt Nolte If the FM demodulator option FS K7 is active only the displayed trace data is read out and recalled A portion of the m
352. e lt 1 2 gt THReshold MINimum to MAXimum depending on current unit This command defines the threshold value for the maximum minimum search of markers with marker search functions MAX PEAK NEXT PEAK etc in the selected measurement window The associated display line is automatically switched on Example CALC THR 82DBM Sets the threshold value for screen A to 82 dBm Characteristics RST value STATe to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 93 E 3 CALCulate THReshold Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the threshold line in the selected measurement window The unit depends on the setting performed with CALC UNIT Example CALC2 THR STAT ON Switches on the threshold line in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate 1 2 FLINe 1 2 D Jess This command defines the position of the frequency lines The frequency lines mark the frequencies specified in the measurement window Frequency lines are only available with SPAN gt 0 Example CALC FLIN2 120MHz Characteristics RST value STATe to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A F CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches the frequency line on or off Example CALC FLIN2 STAT ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A F CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt 0
353. e sampling rate indirectly set via FRI EQ SPAN If the available recording time is not sufficient for the given bandwidth the recording time is set to ist maximum and the resolution bandwidth is enlarged to the resulting bandwidth Example Characteristics Mode ADEM BAND RES 61 2kHz Sets the resolution bandwidth to 61 2 KHz RST value 61 2 kHz SCPI device specific FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod SPECtrum SPAN numeric value This command sets the frequency range for displaying the RF spectrum that was determined from the FM demodulation data Only discrete values are possible for the span since the available sampling rates are discrete Example Characteristics Mode 10 MHz 32 MHz 8 MHz n 5 MHz 8 MHz 3 MHz e 1 6 MHz 2 MHz 800 kHz m 400 kHz 500 kHz 200 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 50 kHz aie 25 kHz 31 25 kHz 12 5 kHz wee ADEM SPEC SPAN 5 MHz 5 MHz device specific RST value SCPI FM Sets the frequency range to 5 MHz This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 200 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem SENSe ADEMod SPECtrum TYPE result type 1 gt lt result type 2 gt lt result type 3 This command selects the result types to be created in parallel by the RF SPECtrum measurement with active
354. e selected channel table The channel table to be deleted is selected with command CONF WCDP CTAB NAME Example CONF WCDP CTAB DEL Deletes the currently selected channel table Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle CATalog This command reads out the names of all channel tables stored on the hard disk Syntax of output format Sum of file lengths of all subsequent files free memory on hard disk 1st file name gt lt 1st file length gt lt 2nd file name gt lt 2nd file length nth file name gt lt nth file length gt Example CONF WCDP CTAB CAT Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 33G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle RESTore This command restores all predefined channel tables Example CONF WCDP CTAB REST Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode WCDP This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CONFigure WCDPower MS MEASurement POWer ACLR ESPectrum OBANdwidth OBWidth WCDPower FDOMain TDOMain CCDF This command selects the measured data of WCDMA mobile station tests option FS K73 that are to be displayed The settings of the predefined measurements are described in detail in the operating manual of the option Parameter POWer Channel
355. e selected measurement window Note If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MAX RIGH Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next p H lower maximum value to the right of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 50 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum LEFT This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value i e in descending X values on the trace in the selected measurement window Note If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MAX LEFT Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next lower maximum value to the left of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum PEAK This command positions the marker to the current minimum value of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window The corresponding marker is activated
356. e standard deviation in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 On switching on the measurement the mean power measurement is switched on as well Example CALC2 MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV ON Switches on the measurement of the standard deviation in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 78 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation RESult This command queries the results of the standard deviation measurement The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single Sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV ON Switches on the function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and theref
357. e status byte An additional DONE is required for that purpose Recall or Save Recall analyzer state RCLS RCLS numeric value IEEE a Save analyzer state SAVES SAVES numeric value 1093 4820 12 6 301 E 3 Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series FSP Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command Frequency Span value SP SP numeric value Default value Stepsize SP DN p SP UP Formula for dependent values Resolution SP Bandwidth Video Bandwidth Sweeptime Continuous Sweep CONTS CONTS Mode Gated Sweep On Off GATE GATE ON OFF GATE 1 0 GL lt numeric_value gt US MS SC GL DN Gate delay GD numeric value US MS SC GD DN GD UP GD Gate length GL UP GL Gate polarity GP POS NEG GP Sweep time value T ST numeric value US MS SC SWE TIME Valid values Range Stepsize Synchroni zation Synchronization on DONE DONE end of all previous DONE commands Start and completea TS TS Only available in single sweep mode Full Sweep GD GL GP Gate ModeGATECTL GATECTL EDGE LEVEL Edge Level GATECTL 1093 4820 12 6 302 E 3 FSP Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command Trace Trace difference w AMBPL ONJ OFF display line AMBPL 1 0 AMBPL Trace Position DL numeric value DB DM The display line function is only supported Display Line DL DN in terms of trace posi
358. eValues traceBytes 4 Single precision 4 bytes stepsize span traceValues Calculate frequency step width For i 0 To traceValues 1 Print Value i startFreqtstepsize i traceData i Next i a a Time domain default setting Call ibwrt analyzer FREQ SPAN OHz Switchover to time domain CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync Read out in ASCII format Call ibwrt analyzer FORMAT ASCII Select ASCII format CALL ibwrt analyzer TRAC1 TRACE1 Read out Trace 1 CALL ibrd analyzer asciiResult Print Contents of Tracel asciiResult Output END SUB REM AAA eee ee ee ke He Fe ke hee ke hee ke hee ke ke ke eek He He ke He e He ke He e ke He He ke He He ke ke He He e He ck ke ke ke He ke ke k e ee k ee e k k 1093 4820 12 7 37 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal UO Data Acquisition Due to the FSP s internal architecture it is capable of measuring and outputting the magnitude and phase of a signal in addition to its power values This opens up a variety of possibilities for more in depth analysis FFT demodulation etc Fig 7 3 shows the hardware of the analyzer from the IF section to the processor The IF filter is the resolution filter of the spectrum analyzer with bandwidths selectable from 300 kHz to 10 MHz The A D conver
359. easurement data that can be called by means of a marker however is calculated from the raw measurement data These results are no longer available after recalling a trace the associated queries generate a query error Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 TRAC TRACE1 A AS TRAC TRACE1 RST value SCPI conforming all 6 274 data list in the current format E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem Return values The returned values are scaled in the current level unit Returned FM modulated measurement values activated option FS K7 are scaled in Hz ASCII format FORMat ASCII In ASCII format a list of values separated by commas is returned Comma Separated Values CSV The number of measurement points is 501 Binary format FORMat REAL 32 If the transmission takes place using the binary format REAL 32 the data are transferred in block format Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 They are arranged in succeeding lists of and Q data of 32 Bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers General structure of return string 42004 lt meas value 1 gt lt meas value value2 meas value 501 with 4 digits of the subsequent number of data bytes 4 in the example 2004 Number of the subsequent data bytes 2004 in the example meas value x 4 byte floating point measurement values Saving and recalling Saving and recalling trace data together with the device settings to fro
360. eband Code Domain measurements base station MWCDpower Wideband Code Domain measurements mobile station Example INST SAN Switches the instrument to SPECTRUM Characteristics RST value SANalyzer SCPI conforming Note Setting WCDPower always switches the operating mode to Continuous Sweep INIT CONT ON Mode all Changeover to MGSM is only possible with GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option installed Changeover to WCDPower and BWCDpower is only possible with WCDMA FDD BTS FS K72 option installed Changeover to MWCDpower is only possible with WCDMA FDD BTS FS K73 option installed Changeover to ADEMod is only possible with FM Demodulator FS K7 option installed 1093 4820 12 6 155 E 3 INSTrument Subsystem FSP INSTrument NSELect numeric value This command switches between the operating modes by means of numbers Parameter Example Characteristics Mode 1 3 5 8 9 Spectrum analysis FM demodulator GSM MS analyzer 3G FDD FWD 3G FDD REV INST NSEL 1 Switches the instrument to SPECTRUM RST value 1 SCPI all conforming Changeover to 3 is only possible with FM Demodulator FS K7 option installed Changeover to 5 is only possible with GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option installed Changeover to 8 is only possible with 3G FDD FWD option installed Changeover to 9 is only possible with 3G FDD REV option installed INSTrument COUPle NONE RLEVel CF_B CF A In operating mode
361. ectional data transfer via two separate lines Transmission rate selectable from 110 to 19200 baud e Logic 0 signal from 3 V to 15 V e Logic 1 signal from 15 V to 3 V An external instrument controller can be connected RxD DTR DCD TxD SG DSR CTS Fig 8 5 Pin assignment of the RS 232 C interface Signal Lines DCD Data Carrier Detect Not used in FSP Input active LOW Using this signal the local terminal recognizes that the modem of the remote station receives valid signals with sufficient level DCD is used to disable the receiver in the local terminal and prevent reading of false data if the modem cannot interpret the signals of the remote station RxD Receive Data Input LOW logic 1 HIGH logic 0 Data line local terminal receives data from remote station TxD Transmit Data Output LOW logic 1 HIGH logic O Data line local terminal transmits data to remote station DTR Data Terminal Ready Output active LOW Indicates that the local terminal is ready to receive data GND Interface ground connected to instrument ground 1093 4820 12 8 7 E 2 Instrument Interfaces FSP DSR Data Set Ready Input active LOW Indicates that the remote station is ready to receive data RTS Request To Send Output active LOW Indicates that the local terminal wants to transmit data CTS Clear To Send Input active LOW Used to tell the local terminal that the remote station is
362. ectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 257 E 3 STATus Subsystem FSP STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable L MARgin register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT QUES LMAR Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable L MARgin register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES LMAR COND Characteristics
363. ed in the event status enable register Setting of this bit implies an error or an event which can be specified in greater detail by polling the event status register MSS bit master status summary bit The bit is set if the instrument triggers a service request This is the case if one of the other bits of this registers is set together with its mask bit in the service request enable register SRE OPERation status register sum bit The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the OPERation Status register and the associated ENABle bit is set to 1 A set bit indicates that the instrument is just performing an action The type of action can be determined by polling the OPERation status register 1093 4820 12 5 21 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register PPE By analogy with the SRQ the IST flag combines the entire status information in a single bit It can be queried by means of a parallel poll cf Section 3 8 4 3 or using command IST The parallel poll enable register PPE determines which bits of the STB contribute to the IST flag The bits of the STB are ANDed with the corresponding bits of the PPE with bit 6 being used as well in contrast to the SRE The Ist flag results from the ORing of all results The PPE can be set using commands PRE and read using command PRE Event Status Register ESR and Event Status Enable Register ESE The ESR is already defined in IEEE 488 2 It can b
364. eeeneieeeeeeneenernerneneene 3 6 Sigh Keys uiii ere icio e A ose e aes 3 11 Signal amplitude statistics 4 106 elei EI TEE 4 60 Signal tracking 4 9 search bandwidth sss 4 9 Signal noise ratio 6 212 Single sweep esses nennt 4 28 1093 4820 12 FSP Softkey POWER DANDWIDTH 4 103 6 238 E GCENTEHB itis eter ne ae deis 4 7 4 8 MARKER iet ith Wt 4 7 4 8 0 1 RBW 2 Reime 4 7 6 221 6 222 OM SPAN sd neret 4 6 6 221 6 222 Op GAB Wo sciiicet neis 4 7 6 221 6 222 0 5 SPAN tiii monente 4 6 6 221 6 222 T MHZESPI iint deret tiere 6 206 10 DB MIN ON OFF 6 152 120 kHzESPI 6 206 200 HzESPI 6 206 RE EE 6 206 ABSOLUTE PEAK MIN 4 76 6 12 6 13 ACP LIMIT CHECK 4 99 6 26 ADJ CHAN BANDWIDTH nasananaaanaenaaeeaan 4 96 6 236 ADJ CHAN SPACING 4 97 6 234 6 235 ADJUST REF CW 4 93 4 104 6 237 ADJUST SETTINGS 4 110 4 113 6 90 6 237 ADJUST SETTINGS occupied bandwidth 4 104 ADJUST SETTINGS power measurements 4 98 ALL MARKER OFF 4 63 6 10 6 46 VAM ecc eU e eL 4 73 6 60 6 291 AMPERE unosi 4 14 6 95 6 297 ANNOTATION ON OFF uesssse 4 134 6 118 APD ON OFF 4 108 6 89 6 92 CCELI 3 9 ASCII FILE EXPORT 4 46 6 143 6 165 6 166 AUTO RANGE ONOEEEGPL sees 6 152 AUTO
365. effectively use the status reporting system the information contained there must be transmitted to the controller and further processed there There are several methods which are represented in the following Detailed program examples are to be found in chapter 7 Program Examples Service Request Making Use of the Hierarchy Structure Under certain circumstances the instrument can send a service request SRQ to the controller Usually this service request initiates an interrupt at the controller to which the control program can react with corresponding actions As evident from Fig 5 4 an SRQ is always initiated if one or several of bits 2 3 4 5 or 7 of the status byte are set and enabled in the SRE Each of these bits combines the information of a further register the error queue or the output buffer The corresponding setting of the ENABle parts of the status registers can achieve that arbitrary bits in an arbitrary status register initiate an SRQ In order to make use of the possibilities of the service request all bits should be set to 1 in enable registers SRE and ESE Examples cf Fig 5 4 and chapter 7 Program Examples as well Use of command OPC to generate an SRQ at the end of a sweep gt CALL IBWRT analyzer ESE 1 SetbitO in the ESE Operation Complete gt CALL IBWRT analyzer SRE 32 Setbitb5in the SRE ESB After its settings have been completed the instrument generates an S
366. el 3 I mapped only when queried CDP relative 4 measured value of channel 4 l mapped only when queried CDP relative 5 measured value of channel 5 l mapped only when queried CDP relative 6 measured value of channel 6 I mapped only when queried Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with command CONF WCDP MS CTAB NAME Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB DATA 8 4 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle COMMent lt string gt This command defines a comment for the selected channel table Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with command CONF WCDP MS CTAB NAME and the values of the table have to be defined with command CONF WCDP MS CTAB DATA Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB COMM Comment for table 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS CONFigure WCDPower MS CTABle COPY lt file_name gt This command copies one channel table onto another one The channel table to be copied is selected with command CONF WCDP MS CTAB NAME The name of the channel table may consist of max 8 characters Parameter file name name of the new channel table Example CONF WCDP MS CTAB COPY CTAB 2 Copies the currently selected channel table onto channel table CTAB 2 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS This command
367. elected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects GMSK modulation CONF BURS PFER Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQOF MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 177 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt IQIMbalance AVERage This command triggers the measurement of the phase frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been selected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects GMSK modulation CONF BURS PFER Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts
368. emeasurement of the modulation due to spectrum measurement and reads out the result The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by in the following ASCII format lt Level1 gt lt Level2 gt lt RBW gt lt Level1 gt measured level lt Level2 gt level corrected by means of the bandwidth RBW5 bandwidth This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation due to spectrum is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result Result 35 2 43 2 30000 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 188 E 3 FSP READ SPECtrum Subsystem READ SPECtrum SWITching ALL This command starts the measurement of the transient spectrum of the mobile and reads out the result The result is read out as a list of partial ASCII result strings separated by in the format used for READ SPECtrum MODulation ALL An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS Analyzer mode FS K5 and when the spectrum due to switching measurement is selected see CONFigure SP Example INST
369. ements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example BAND AUTO OFF Switches off the coupling of the resolution bandwidth to the span analyzer mode Switches off the coupling of the IF bandwidth to the demodulation bandwidth FM demod mode Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode A F FM SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio 0 0001 to 1 This command defines the ratio resolution bandwidth Hz span Hz The ratio to be entered is reciprocal to the ratio span RBW used in manual control Example BAND RAT 0 1 Characteristics RST value 0 02 with BAND TYPE NORMal or RBW gt 30 kHz 0 01 with BAND TYPE FFT for RBW x 30 kHz SCPI conforming Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 207 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution TYPE NORMal FFT CFlLter RRC This command switches the filter type for the resolution bandwidth between normal analog or FIR filters in 1 3 10 steps and the FFT filtering for bandwidths lt 100 kHz The advantage of FFT filtering is the higher measurement speed compared to digital filters with analog filter characteristic However FFT filters are only suitable for periodic signals and they are only available for span gt 0 Hz From firmware version 1 10 onwards steep edged channel filters and filters with RRC Root Raised Cosine characteristic are available The possibl
370. ency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK SPAN SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK RBW SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK RBW SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK RBW SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP num value i FREQUENCY S OFFSET SIGNAL TRACK TRACK CA ON OBE CA CA THRESHOLD CA du d d amp E fe oe 5 SI 25s E Q a EO x D 11093 4820 12 LCulate lt 1 2 gt i Culate 1 2 iCulate 1 2 LCulate lt 1 2 gt ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCti ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCti ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCti 10PCT 50PCT num value 10PCT 50PCT num value on STRack STATe ON OFF on STRack BANDwidth num value on STRack THReshold num value ARKer lt 1l 4 gt FUNCtion STRack TRACe 1 2 3 6 344 E 3 FSP Command Assignment Signal Analysis SPAN Key SPAN SENSe FREQuency SPAN num value MANUAL SWEEPTIME SENSe SWEeptime num value MANUAL FULL SENSe FREQuency SPAN FULL SPAN ZERO SENSe FREQuency SPAN OHZ SPAN or SENSe FREQuency MODE CW FIXed p no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command 11093
371. ency Counting The following example is based on a signal with a level of 30 dBm at 100 MHz The default setting of the FSP can also be used for this measurement SetupInstrument The objective of frequency counting is to determine the exact frequency of the signal at 100 MHz REM e ecc ce eee e e e e e e e se ee e e s se e e e e se e he ee e se e he ee sk se he ee e sk se ke ee e ke e e e e ke ke e ke ke ke kv k kx Public Sub MarkerCount result Space 100 CALL SetupInstrument Default setting Trapa Measure signal frequency with frequency counter g qu Y qu Y CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Marker 1 on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign marker 1 to trace 1 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK X 100MHz Set marker 1 to 100 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK COUNT RES 1HZ Frequency counter 1 Hz CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK COUNT ON frequency counter on CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK COUNT FREQ Query measured frequency CALL IBRD analyzer result and read it out Print Marker Count Freq result END SUB REM e ecc e eee e se e e e e e se ee e e e e e e e e se e he ee e se e h
372. enerator Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 249 E 3 SOURce Subsystem FSP SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency FACTor DENominator numeric value This command defines the denominator of the factor with which the analyzer frequency is multiplied in order to obtain the transmit frequency of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window Note Select the multiplication factor in a way that the frequency range of the generator is not exceeded by the following formula Numerator Offset Foenerator F Analyser K Denominator if applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT FREQ NUM 4 SOUR EXT FREQ DEN 3 Sets a multiplication factor of 4 8 i e the transmit frequency of the generator is 4 3 times the analyzer frequency Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific Mode all SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency FACTor NUMerator numeric value This command defines the numerator of the factor with which the analyzer frequency is multiplied to obtain the transmit frequency of the selected generator 1 or 2 in the selected window Note Select the multiplication factor so that the frequency range of the generator is not exceeded if the following formula Numerator F Generator E A
373. ent In the following example the mean carrier power of a signal with 300 kHz bandwidth at 100 MHz is to be determined In addition the peak power the rms value and the standard deviation are measured To do this the time domain power measurement functions are used REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub TimeDomainPower result Space 100 fc FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Set status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON display on OFF off Peer Configure FSP for time domain power measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 100MHz SPAN OHz Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND RES 300kHz Resolution bandwidth CALL IBWRT analyzer SWE TIME 200US Sweep time CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE ON Peak measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN ON Mean measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS ON RMS measurement on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV ON Standard deviation on fe Perform measurement
374. ent CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync a iad Select items to be stored CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM SEL HWS ON Save hardware settings CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM SEL TRAC OFF No storing of traces CALL IBWRT analyzer EM SEL LIN ALL OFF Save only active limit lines Define comment CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM COMM Test Setup Se Store selected items CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM STOR STAT 1 D USER DATA TESTI1 a Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer RST END SUB REM i x c ck de de He He de de KKK IKK e hee ke hee ke He e ke He He He ke hee e He e khe e ke ee ke ce ke kc He ke KK ke e ee k k kk k k 1093 4820 12 7 42 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Loading Device Settings In the following example data set TEST1 stored under D USER DATA is reloaded into the instrument REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub LoadSettings This subroutine loads data set TESTI in directory D USER DATA De Default s
375. ent and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt FERRor MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the measurement of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS FERR MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 176 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt IQOFfset AVERage This command triggers the measurement of the phase frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC offset measurement in for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the
376. epends on the measurement time which is set in the instrument and can be queried with command SENSe ADEMod MTIMe If the zoom function is activated 501 test points are displayed from the specified start time Example ADEM ZOOM ON Switches on the zoom function ADEM ZOOM STAR 500us Sets the starting point of the display to 500 us Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM demodulator installed 1093 4820 12 6 203 E 3 SENSe AVERage Subsystem FSP SENSe AVERage Subsystem The SENSe AVERage subsystem calculates the average of the acquired data A new test result is obtained from several successive measurements There are two types of average calculation logarithmic and linear In case of logarithmic average calculation denoted with VIDeo the average value of the measured logarithmic power is calculated and in case of linear average calculation the linear power is averaged before the logarithm is applied The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage COUNt numeric value STATe 1 to 3 gt Boolean TYPE VIDeo LINear SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage COUNt 0 to 32767 This command defines the number of measurements which contribute to the average value It should be noted that continuous averaging will be performed aft
377. epsiZG csv it peii eric liste aM M cdd 4 8 center frequency 4 6 COUDIIDO EE 4 8 Stop frequency 4 8 OSlofingz inc aC DELL E cee teen ch debe LU Era 8 1 SUMING PPM 5 14 10 9 E 3 Supply voltage external noise source Sweep continue single Sweep eese 4 29 Leeds 4 28 e 4 29 COUDIING 4 18 HOO TUD ior e e c t ee ees 4 31 gated er 4 33 4 34 Co Er 4 28 te c 4 28 lime 4 10 4 29 coupling Switching cycles AAA Switching On off site uet irt tre ede Sync signal esses Syntax elements of commands System messages nennen T T1 T2 trace info oie e tees 3 5 T1 T38 lrace info a enit Rees 3 5 Table operation eege gel cone 3 21 scrolling 3 23 TDF enhancement lable 3 6 TDS enhancement lable sse 3 6 Test f netonal ess egen ege ege 1 18 selftest 4 161 Text e 5 14 DG LAM IN ossi nitus nus 8 13 IG QUEM IN iii dt ea en ieee 8 13 Third Order Intercept sse 4 115 Threshold Time Tint Title for the active diagram TOI TT ACO T 4 41 4 42 aVerage cei oie eee ad eyed averaging blank 0a0a GleavWiile 5 1 o emn 4 42 roo 4 48 A A AEE EE 4 44 THAll eege eene TEA 4 54 max hold nie rt ra rt TE PREC EET TEREST TERT E 4 42 1441110 l0 EE 4 45 posi
378. er CHR 24 SPD Serial Poll Disable IBCMD controller CHR 25 PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure IBCMD controller CHR 21 Addressed Commands The addressed commands are encoded 00 OF hex They are only effective for instruments addressed as listeners Table 8 4 Addressed Commands QuickBASIC command Effect on the instrument SDC Selected Device Clear IBCLR device Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the command processing software to a defined initial state Does not change the instrument poe Uer Gn Gototoa Go to Gn Gototoa IBLOC device Transition to the Local state manual conto to the Local state manual control PPC Parallel Poll Configure IBPPC device data Configure instrument for parallel poll Additionally the QuickBASIC command executes PPE PPD Instrument Messages Instrument messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC bus when the ATN control line is not active ASCII code is used Structure and syntax of the instrument messages are described in Chapter 5 The commands are listed and explained in detail in Chapter 6 1093 4820 12 8 5 E 2 Instrument Interfaces Printer Interface LPT FSP The 25 pin LPT connector on the rear panel of the Fig 8 4 is provided for the connection of a printer The LPT interface is compatible with the CENTRONICS printer interface PE ACK De D4 p2 SELECT BUSY D7 D5
379. er detail is entered into the error queue cf Chapter 9 Error Messages User Request This bit is set on pressing the LOCAL key Power On supply voltage on This bit is set on switching on the instrument 1093 4820 12 5 22 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System STATus OPERation Register In the CONDition part this register contains information on which actions the instrument is being executing or in the EVENt part information on which actions the instrument has executed since the last reading It can be read using commands STATus OPERation CONDition or STATus 0PERation EVENt Table 5 4 Meaning of the bits in the STATus OPERation register CALibrating This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration 1to7 These bits are not used HardCOPy in progress This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy 9 to 14 These bits are not used 5 This bit is always 0 1093 4820 12 5 23 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP STATus QUEStionable Register This register comprises information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is operated without meeting the specifications It can be queried by commands STATus QUEStionable CONDition and STATus QUEStionable EVENt Table 5 5 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable register Bit No Meaning 0to2 These bits are not used 3 POWer This bit is set if a questionable power oc
380. er mode Definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 2 in screen A and trace 1 in screen B with the following features e upper limit line e absolute X axis in the frequency domain e bref values 126 MHz 40 dB 127 MHz 40 dB 128 MHz 20 dB 129 MHz 40 dB 130 MHz 40 dB e relative Y axis with unit dB e absolute threshold value at 35 dBm e no safety margin Definition of the line 1 Defining the name CALC LIM5 NAME TEST1 2 Entering the comment CALC LIM5 CO Upper limit line 3 Associated trace in screen A CALC1 LIM5 TRAC 2 4 Associated trace in screen B CALC2 LIM5 TRAC 1 5 Defining the X axis range CALC LIM5 CONT DOM FREQ 6 Defining the X axis scaling CALC LIM5 CONT MODE ABS 7 Defining the Y axis unit CALC LIM5 UNIT DB 8 Defining the Y axis scaling CALC LIM5 UPP MODE REL 9 Defining the X axis values CALC LIM5 CONT 126MHZ 127MHZ 128MHZ 129 MHZ 130MHZ 10 Defining the y values CALC LIM5 UPP 40 40 30 40 40 11 Defining the y threshold value CALC LIM5 UPP THR 35DBM The definition of the safety margin and shifting in X and or Y direction can take place as from here see commands below Switching on and evaluating the line in screen A 1 Switching on the line in screen A CALC1 LIM5 UPP STAT ON 2 Switching on the limit check in screen A CALC1 LIM5 STAT ON 3 Start
381. er subsystem defines the upper limit line COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer DATA numeric value numeric value DBM DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT STATe lt Boolean gt SS OFFSet numeric value DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT MARGin numeric value DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT MODE RELative ABSolute 2s SHIFt numeric value DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT THReshold numeric value DBM DB DEG RAD S HZ PCT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 85 Uber DATA numeric value numeric value This command defines the values for the upper limit lines independently of the measurement window The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and or LOWer limit line have to be identical Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not necessary values are deleted The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALC LIM UNIT If no unit is indicated the unit defined with CALC LIM UNIT is automatically used The units DEG RAD S HZ PCT are not available in SPECTRUM mode In analyzer mode the limit check signals errors if the measured values exceed the UPPer limit line Example CALC LIM2 UPP 10 0 0 10 5 Defines 5 upper limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit CALC LIM2 UPP Outputs the upper limit values for limit line 2 separated by a comma Characteristics RST value
382. er the indicated number has been reached in continuous sweep mode In single sweep mode the sweep is stopped as soon as the indicated number of measurements sweeps is reached Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible in single sweep mode The command SENSe 1 2 AVERage COUNt is the same as command SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep COUNt In both cases the number of measurements is defined whether the average calculation is active or not The number of measurements is valid for all traces in the indicated measurement window Example SWE CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode AVER COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16 AVER STAT ON Switches on the calculation of average INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt AVERage STATe lt 1 to 3 gt ON OFF This command switches on or off the average calculation for the selected trace STATe lt 1 to 3 gt in the selected measurement window Example AVER OFF Switches off the average calculation for trace 1 in screen A SENS2 AVER STAT3 ON Switches on the average calculation for trace 3 in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 204 E 3 FSP SENSe AVERage Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt JAVERage TYPE VIDeo LINear This command selec
383. eristics RST value 62 625us SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 193 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP SENSe ADEMod RLENgth This command returns the record length set up for the current analog demodulation measurement Example ADEM RLEN Returns the current record length Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe JADEMod STATe ON OFF This command activates the FM demodulator of the instrument The instrument will be set to time domain measurement span 0 at the current center frequency The detector will be set to SAMPle the demodulator itself will be set up according to the parameters of command SENSe ADEMod SET Note The measurement is always performed in Screen A Split Screen operation will be switched off as soon as the Demodulator is activated Example ADEM ON Switches the AM FM demodulator on with the parameters set by SENSe ADEMod SET Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMOd SET sample rate gt lt record length trigger source gt lt trigger slope gt lt offset samples gt lt of meas This command configures the AM FM de
384. error PFE of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR RMS MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 174 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt PERRor PEAK AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measuremen
385. ervice Request is generated as soon as one of the conditions enabled becomes true What the Service Request Routine should do rather than evaluating the return value of a serial poll is to use the STB command in order to identify the reason for the service request The bits returned by the STB command are mapped in the same way as for the RQS command What needs to be noted is that the FSP will notify any key pressed on the frontpanel rather than only the unit keys if bit 1 is set by the RQS command Additionally there is a difference in the handling of bit 6 This bit reflects the status of the SRQ line of the GPIB bus on the HP 8590 analyzers With the FSP this is not possible Therefore this bit will be set as soon as any of the bits 1 to 5 is set but it will not be cleared on a serial poll 1093 4820 12 6 304 E 3 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Differences in GPIB behavior between the FSP and the FSE families of instruments The following list of commands contains the differences in syntax and behavior between the GPIB command set of the FSP and the FSE families of instruments FSE alone in column Devices denotes the instrument families FSE FSIQ FSET and ESIB unless otherwise noted in column Notes Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE CAL FSP executes total calib ration FSE executes short cali
386. erwise transition to remote control is performed immediately The keys can be disabled by the universal command LLO see Chapter 8 IEC IEEE Bus Interface Interface Messages in order to prevent unintentional transition In this case transition to manual mode is only possible via the IEC IEEE bus The keys can be enabled again by deactivating the REN line of the IEC IEEE bus see Chapter 8 IEC IEEE Bus Interface Bus Lines Via IEC bus E CALL IBLOC analyzer Set instrument to manual operation 1093 4820 12 5 4 E 2 FSP Starting Remote Control Operation Remote Control via RS 232 Interface Setting the Transmission Parameters To enable an error free and correct data transmission the parameters of the unit and the controller should have the same setting Parameters can be manually changed in menu SETUP GENERAL SETUP in table COM PORT or via remote control using the command SySTem COMMunicate SERial The transmission parameters of the COM interface are factory set to the following values baudrate 9600 data bits 8 stop bits 1 parity NONE and owner INSTRUMENT For remote control operation the interface should be allocated to the operating system owner OS so that the control characters including O can be recognized by the interface Manually Setting the COM interface Call SETUP GENERAL SETUP menu gt Select desired baudrate bits stopbit parity in table COM PORT gt Set owner to O
387. ery of the y value This is only possible in single sweep mode Depending on the unit defined with CALC UNIT or on the activated measuring functions the query result is output in the units below es DBM DBPW DBUV DBMV DBUA Output unit DB e WATT VOLT AMPere Output unit W V A e Statistics function APD or CCDF on Dimensionless output e Result display FM FS K7 Hz e Result display RF POWER FS K7 dB e Result display SPECTRUM FS K7 dB Example INIT CO OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC DELT2 ON Switches on delta marker 2 in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end CALC DELT2 Y Outputs measurement value of delta marker 2 in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum PEAK This command positions the delta marker to the current maximum value on the measured curve If necessary the corresponding delta marker will be activated first Example CALC2 DELT3 MAX Sets delta marker 3 in screen B to the maximum value of the associated trace Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum NEXT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value on the measured cur
388. esult Wait for service request IF result 1 THEN CALL Srq Tf SRQ is recognized gt Subroutine for evaluation Print out into file in WMF format BMP format CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DEST MMEM Configuration Print to file CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DE CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP DE LANG WMF File format WMF LANG BMP File format BMP CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM NA I D USER DATA PRINT1 WMF Determine file name CALL IBWRT analyzer CLS Reset status registers CALL IBWRT analyzer HCOP IMMediate OPC Start print out CALL WaitSRQ boardID result Wait for service request IF result 1 THEN CALL Srq Tf SRQ is recognized gt Subroutines for evaluation END SUB REM ke KKK KKK KK KKK IKK ke hee ke hee ke IKK IKK IKK He He e ke He e ke He e ke ee ke ek He e KKK KK ke ke k e ee k ee e k k 1093 4820 12 7 47 E 2 FSP Contents Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces Contents Chapter 8 Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces 8 Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces e ee eeeeeee rennen 8 1 Maihtenarice EE 8 1 Mechanical and Electrical Maintenance sess 8 1 Storing and GET Le TE 8 1 List of Power Cables Available etie nere set ann a nna a aT 8 1 Instrument nt rfaces E 8 2
389. esult of the adjacent channel power measurement in screen B In case of relative measurement the measured channel power can be defined as the reference power with command SENS2 POW ACH REF AUTO ONCE If only the channel power is to be measured all commands for defining the bandwidths of adjacent channels as well as the channel spacings are not necessary The number of adjacent channels is set to 0 with SENS2 POW ACH ACP 0 Example of occupied bandwidth measurement SENS2 POW BAND 90PCT Sets the percentage of the power contained in the bandwidth under request to 90 INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC2 MARK FUNC POW RES OBW Queries the result of the occupied bandwidth in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 67 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult PHZ ON OFF This command switches the query response of the power measurement results in the indicated measurement window between output of absolute values OFF and output referred to the measurement bandwith ON The measurement results are output with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements Parameter ON Results outpu
390. etting of status register Call SetupStatusReg Configure status register me Load data set CALL IBWRT analyzer MMEM LOAD STAT 1 D NUSERNDATANTEST 1 Start measurement using the data set loaded CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP TRACI MODE WRITE Set trace to Clr Write CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Start the sweep END SUB REM AAA eee ee ee ke He e de He He e hee ke hee ke eek eek He He ke He He He He He e He He e ke ee ke ke He He e He khe ke ke ke e ke ke k ee e k k Setting the Data Set for Startup Recall In the following example the FSP is first reset Then the data set TEST1 stored under D USER DATA is selected for the STARTUP RECALL function i e the data set is set for every RST PRESET and every device startup For illustration the command RST is executed again REM eec ce eee e ee e e e e se e e ee se e e e e e ke e he e ce e se e he ee sk e e e e e sk ke ke ee e ke e ee e ke ke e e ke ke kv k kx Public Sub StartupRecallSettings ean emia eae Reset FSP CALL IBWRT analyzer RST an e e RE Default setting of status register Call SetupStatusReg Configure status register dixi cr E Select startup recall data set CALL IBWRT
391. evant The command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt Y SPACing LINear LOGarithmic This command toggles between linear and logarithmic display in the selected measurement window The numeric suffix in TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt is irrelevant Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements Example DISP TRAC Y SPAC LIN Characteristics RST value LOGarithmic SCPI conforming Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 123 E 3 DISPlay Subsystem FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 gt MODE WRITe VIEW AVERage MAXHold MINHold This command defines the type of display and the evaluation of the traces in the selected measurement window WRITE corresponds to the Clr Write mode of manual operation The trace is switched off BLANK in manual operation with DISP WIND TRAC STAT OFF The number of measurements for AVERage MAXHold and MINHold is defined with the command SENSe AVERage COUNt Or SENSe SWEep COUNT It should be noted that synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible in single sweep mode If calculation of average values is active selection between logarithmic and linear averaging is possible For more detail see command SENSe AVERage TYPE Example SWE CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode SWE COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16 DISP W
392. ey The decimal separator decimal point or comma for floating point numerals contained in the file is defined with the command FORMat DEXPort DSEParator The file name includes indication of the path and the drive name Indication of the path complies with DOS conventions Parameter 1to3 selected measurement curve Trace 1 to 3 file name DOS file name Example MMEM STOR2 TRAC 3 A NTEST ASC Stores trace 3 from screen B in the file TEST ASC on a disk Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 165 E 3 MMEMory Subsystem FSP MMEMory CLEar STATe Ale name This command deletes the instrument setting selected by file name All associated files on the mass memory storage are cleared A list of the extensions used is included under MMEMory LOAD STATe The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive The path name complies with DOS conventions Parameter file name DOS file name without extension Example MMEM CLE STAT 1 TEST Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory CLEar ALL This command deletes all device settings in the current directory The current directory can be selected with MMEM CDIR The default directo
393. f the device messages are described in the following Section 1093 4820 12 5 8 E 2 FSP Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages SCPI Introduction SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments describes a standard command set for programming instruments irrespective of the type of instrument or manufacturer The goal of the SCPI consortium is to standardize the device specific commands to a large extent For this purpose a model was developed which defines the same functions inside a device or for different devices Command Systems were generated which are assigned to these functions Thus it is possible to address the same functions with identical commands The command systems are of a hierarchical structure Fig 5 1 illustrates this tree structure using a section of command system SENSe which controls the device specific settings that do not refer to the signal characteristics of the measurement signal SCPI is based on standard IEEE 488 2 i e it uses the same syntactic basic elements as well as the common commands defined in this standard Part of the syntax of the device responses is defined with greater restrictions than in standard IEEE 488 2 see Section Responses to Queries Structure of a Command The commands consist of a so called header and in most cases one or more parameters Header and parameter are separated by a white space ASCII code 0 to 9 11 to 32 decimal
394. factory default 9600 SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 267 SYSTem Subsystem FSP SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BITS 7 8 This command defines the number of data bits per data word for the serial interface COM Example SYST COMM SER BITS 7 Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default 8 SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PARity TYPE EVEN ODD NONE This command defines the parity check for the serial interface COM Possible values are EVEN even parity ODD odd parity NONE no parity check Example SYST COMM SER PAR EVEN Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default NONE SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive SBITs 1 2 This command defines the number of stop bits per data word for the serial interface COM Example SYST COMM SER SBITs 2 Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default 1 SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PACE XON NONE This command switches on or off the software handshake for the serial interface Example SYST COMM SER PACE XON Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default NONE SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 268 E 3 FSP SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerate FIRSt
395. fer The associated query command reads the indicated file from the mass memory and transfers it to the control computer via the IEC IEEE bus It should be noted that the buffer memory of the control computer should be large enough to store the file The setting of the IEC IEEE bus delimiter is irrelevant in this case The command is useful for reading stored device settings or trace data from the instrument or for transferring them to the instrument Syntax Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 MMEMory DATA lt file_name gt lt block data Data transfer from control computer to instrument MMEMory DATA lt file_name gt Data transfer from instrument to control computer file name selects the file to be transferred The binary data block block has the following structure e jt always begins with the character e followed by a digit for the length of the length information e followed by the indicated number of digits as length information number of bytes for the binary data themselves e finally the binary data with the indicated number of bytes MMEM DATA TESTOI HCP 217This is the file means 82 the next 2 characters are the length indication 17 number of subsequent binary data bytes This is the file 17 bytes stored as binary data in the file TESTO1 HCP MMEM DATA TESTO1 HCP Transfers the file TESTO1 HCP from the instrument to the control
396. ference frequency to 128 MHz CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level to 30 dBm Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise RESult This command queries the result of the phase noise measurement in the selected measurement window The measurement will be switched on if necessary Note This command is not available during GSM measurements Example CALC DELT FUNC PNO RES Outputs the result of phase noise measurement of the selected delta marker in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 16 E 3 FSP CALCulate FEED Subsystem CALCulate FEED Subsystem The CALCulate FEED subsystem selects the type of evaluation of the measured data This corresponds to the selection of the Result Display in manual mode If the FM demodulator is active the selection of the type of evaluation is independent of the measurement window Therefore the numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt is irrelevant and ignored Command Parameter Unit Comment CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FEED string No query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FEED lt string gt This command selects the measured data that are to be displayed Parameters for option FS K7 FM Demodulator lt string gt XTIM AM Demodulated AM signal in level display Equivale
397. for the status reporting system see Chapter 5 Status Reporting System RST does not influence the status registers COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT STATus OPERation EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 e PTRansition 0 to 65535 SS NTRansition 0 to 65535 PRESet es QUEStionable EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 Ss NTRansition 0 to 65535 POWer EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 NTRansition 0 to 65535 LIMit lt 1 2 gt EVENt e CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 x NTRansition 0 to 65535 SN LMARgin lt 1 2 gt EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 NTRansition 0 to 65535 ACPLimit EVENt e CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 x NTRansition 0 to 65535 FREQuency EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 NTRansition 0 to 65535 SYNC EVENt CONDition ENABIe 0 to 65535 PTRansition 0 to 65535 zx NTRansition 0 to 65535 5 1093 4820 12 6 253 E 3 STATus Subsystem FSP COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT STATus QUEue NEXT STATus OPERation EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus OPERation register The contents of the EVENt section are deleted afte
398. for this command A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC NDBD ON Switches on the n dB down function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC NDBD RES Outputs the measured value of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 58 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown FREQuency This command queries the two frequencies of the N dB down marker in the selected measurement window The numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant for this command The two frequency values are separated by comma and output in ascending order A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequenc
399. g LOWer limit line has to be identical Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not necessary values are deleted The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALC LIM UNIT If no unit is indicated the unit defined with CALC LIM UNIT is automatically used If the measured values are smaller than the LOWer limit line the limit check signals errors The units DEG RAD S HZ PCT are not available in the SPECTRUM mode Example CALC LIM2 LOW 30 40 10 40 30 Defines 5 lower limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit CALC LIM2 LOW Outputs the lower limit values of limit line 2 separated by a comma Characteristics RST value LIMit STATe is set to OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 39 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the indicated limit line in the selected measurement window The limit check is activated separately with CALC LIM STAT ON In analyzer mode the result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate LIMit 1 to 8 gt FAIL Example CALC LIM4 LOW STAT ON Switches on limit line 4 lower limit in screen A CALC2 LIM4 LOW STAT ON Switches on limit line 4 lower limit also in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer OFFSet lt numeric_v
400. g is performed consecutively in the binary format and in the ASCII format at span gt 0 and also at span 0 In the binary format the message header is evaluated with the length information and used to calculate the x axis values In the ASCII format only the list of level values is output The binary data is read out in 3 steps 1 Reading the number of digits of the length information 2 Reading the length information 3 Reading trace data This procedure is necessary with programming languages that support only structures with similar data types arrays such as Visual Basic since the data types of header and data differ in binary data Note The trace data arrays are dimensioned in such a way that they can accommodate the trace data of the FSP 501 points REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub ReadTrace Define variables Dim traceData 1250 As Single Buffer for floating point binary data Dim digits As Byte Number of digits of length information Dim traceBytes As Integer Length of trace data in bytes Dim traceValues As Integer Number of values in buffer asciiResult Space 25000 Buffer for ASCII trace data result Space 100 Buffer for simple results startFreq Space 100 Buffer for star
401. g on the display mode CODE PWR ABSOLUTE RELATIVE CHANNEL TABLE TRACE1 Each channel is defined by the class the channel number the absolute level the relative level and the timing offset base station FS K72 or UO mapping mobile station FS K73 The class denotes the spreading factor of the channel For base station tests class 8 corresponds to the highest spreading factor 512 symbol rate 7 5 ksps For mobile station tests class 9 corresponds to the highest spreading factor 256 symbol rate 7 5 ksps Class 2 corresponds to the lowest admissible spreading factor 4 symbol rate 960 ksps Five values are transmitted for each assigned channel FS K72 lt class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset gt For CODE PWR ABSOLUTE RELATIVE the channels are output according to their code numbers i e in the order in which they would appear on the screen For CHANNEL TABLE the channels are sorted in ascending order according to code classes i e the codes not assigned appear at the end of the list The absolute level is specified in dBm the relative level in dB referred to CPICH The timing offset is specified in chip FS K73 lt class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt l Q mapping gt For CODE PWR ABSOLUTE RELATIVE the channels are output according to their code numbers i e in the order in which they would appear on
402. g remote control Note The best performance is obtained when the display output is switched off during remote control Example SYST DISP UPD ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all SYSTem ERRor This command queries the earliest entry in the error queue and deletes it after the readout Positive error numbers indicate device specific errors negative error numbers are error messages defined by SCPI cf Chapter 9 If the error queue is empty the error number 0 no error is returned This command is identical with the command STATus QUEue NEXT This command is a query and therefore has no RST value Example SYST ERR Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 270 E 3 FSP SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem ERRor LIST This command reads all system messages and returns a list of comma separated strings Each string corresponds to an entry in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES If the error list is empty an empty string will be returned This command is a query and therefore has no RST value Example SYST ERR LIST Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all SYSTem ERRor CLEar ALL This command deletes all entries in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value Example SYST ERR CLE ALL Characteristics RST value SCPI dev
403. g the other settings Value range 15 625 kHz 31 25 kHz 62 5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz 32 MHz Example TRAC IQ SRAT A4MHZ Characteristics RST value 32 MHz SCPI device specific Mode A T TRACe 1 2 IG STATe ON OFF This command switches the UO data acquisition on or off Note The I Q data acquisition is not compatible with other measurement functions Therefore all other measurement functions will be switched off as soon as the I Q measurement function is switched on Additionally a trace display is not possible in this operating mode Therefore all traces are set to BLANK Finally split screen operation will automatically be stopped Example TRAC IQ ON Switches on UO data acquisition Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T 1093 4820 12 6 287 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP TRACe 1 2 IQ SYNChronize STATe ON OFF If this command is switched on the start of UO measured data acquisition will be synchronized with the trigger time For this command to operate UO measured data acquisition must be switched on before with TRAC IQ ON and the sampling rate for the signal measured must be 32 MHz Synchronization ensures that measured data acquisition is phase locked to the trigger signal Phase synchronism is necessary for UO averaging to function properly Note This function is not supported with sampling rates 32 MHz Example TR
404. ger signal The power of the subsequent pulses is determined exclusively via the timing pattern selected for the pulse sequence The function is therefore suitable for adjustments where the DUT output power varies considerably and is not reliably above the trigger threshold The measurement accuracy is determined by the ratio of pulse duration to total measurement time this should not be below 1 50 The function always uses TRACE 1 of the selected screen Measurement Measurement Measurement P A Time Time Time Trigger Threshold 4 q P Pe Period Period t Time offset of first pulse Trace start Fig 7 1 Signal characteristic and timing pattern of signal to be measured In the example below a sequence of 8 pulses is measured with an offset of 50 us of the first pulse 450 us measurement time pulse and 576 9 us pulse period 1093 4820 12 7 29 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub MultiSumMarker result Spaces 200 A ae ane ie FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Configure status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep mode CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON ON sw
405. hase noise measurements CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON the command defines a new reference frequency or time for delta marker 2 in the selected measurement window Example CALC2 DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128MHz Sets the reference frequency in screen B to 128 MHz Characteristics RST value FUNction FIXed STATe is set to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the phase noise measurement with all act ve delta markers in the selected measurement window The correction values for the bandwidth and the log amplifier are taken into account in the measurement Marker 1 will be activated if necessary and a peak search will be performed If marker 1 is activated its position becomes the reference point for the measurement The reference point can then be modified with commands CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X and RPOint Y independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace the same commands used for the measurment with fixed reference point The numeric suffix 1 to 4 with DELTamarker is not relevant for this command Note This command is not available during GSM measurements Example CALC DELT FUNC PNO ON Switches on the phase noise measurement with all delta markers in screen A CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO X 128 MHZ Sets the re
406. he query SYSTem SET causes the data of the current instrument setting to be transmitted to the control computer in binary format SAVE function The data can be read back into the instrument RECALL function by means of command SYSTem SET block Whilst the data records are stored on the instrument hard disk with SAVE RECALL MMEMory STORe bzw MMEMory LOAD it is possible to store the data in an external computer by means of SYSTem SET The receive terminator has to be set to EOI to ensure reliable transfer of data setting SYST COMM GPIB RTER EOI Example SYSTZSSET Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem SPEaker VOLume 0 to 1 This command sets the volume of the built in loudspeaker for demodulated signals Minimum volume is set by 0 and maximum volume by 1 The value 0 is the lowest volume the value 1 the highest volume Example SYST SPE VOL O25 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode all The command is only available with the audio demodulator option FSP B3 1093 4820 12 6 272 E 3 FSP SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem TIME 0 to 23 0 to 59 0 to 59 This command sets the internal clock The sequence of entry is hour minute second Example SYST TIME 12 30 30 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem VERSion This command queries the number of the SCPI version which is relevant for th
407. he suffix in SENSe lt 1 2 gt is not significant in this subsystem and will be ignored Command SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower PRESet MPERiod AUTO PNOFfset ICTReshold SBANd LEVel ADJust LCODe VALue TYPE CODE SLOT MAPPing SFACtor NORMalize QINVert PREFerence STYPe ANTenna Parameter Unit 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt DB NORMal INVerse lt hex gt LONG SHORt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt IQ 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt TOTal CPICh CPICh SCHannel OFF lt numeric_value gt Comment option FS K72 or FS K73 option FS K73 only option FS K73 only option FS K72 only option FS K72 only SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower PRESet This command is for CDP presetting Inactive Channel Threshold 23 dB Limits set to standard Result display 3G FDD Example CDP PRES Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower MPERiod 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 This command sets the demodulation length in number of chips The automatic determination of the demodulation length is switched off at the same time Example CDP MPER 16 Sets demodulation length 16 chips Characteristics RST value 8 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD
408. he sweep time indicator SWT on the screen is marked with a red asterisk and the message UNCAL is also displayed With the tracking generator switched on the FFT filters BAND MODE FFT are not available Example OUTP ON Switches on the tracking generator in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Modes A This command is only valid in conjunction with option tracking generator 1093 4820 12 6 170 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ Subsytem The READ subsystem contains commands for starting complex measurement tasks such as those provided in the GSM MS mode FS K5 and for querying the results subsequently The READ subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure and FETCh subsystems where the measurement sequences are configured or the results are queried without restarting a new measurement READ AUTO Subsystem This subsystem contains commands for starting automatic measurement routines for the GSM MS mode FS K5 The analyzer will automatically being adjusted to the input signal COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT READ Option FS K5 AUTO LEVTime query only READ AUTO LEVTime This command starts a measurement sequence which automatically adjusts the level and trigger timing of the input signal to the analyzer Preconditions are a correct setting of center frequency and a correct choice of the to be used GSM trigger source to be utilized Refer to command TRIG SEQ SYNC
409. his command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator ext generator control option B9 B10 SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer SELect lt name gt This command selects the transducer factor designated by lt name gt If lt name gt does not exist yet a new transducer factor is created Notes This command must be sent prior to the subsequent commands for modifying activating transducer factors Parameter lt name gt Name of the transducer factor in string data form with a maximum of 8 characters Example CORR TRAN SEL FACTORI Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 217 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer UNIT string This command defines the unit of the transducer factor selected Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Parameter string DB DBM DBMV DBUV DBUV M DBUA DBUA M DBPW DBPT Example iCORR TRAN UNIT DBUV Characteristics RST value DB SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer SCALing LINear LOGarithmic This command defines whether the frequency scaling of the transducer factor
410. his is only possible in single sweep mode The query result is output in the unit determined with CALCulate UNIT In the default setting the output is made depending on the unit determined with CALC UNIT only with linear level scaling is the output in 96 If the FM Demodulator FS K7 is activated the query result is output in the following units e Result display FM Hz Result display RF POWER LOG dBm e Result display RF POWER LIN 96 e Result display SPECTRUM LOG dBm e Result display SPECTRUM LIN 96 Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK2 ON Switches marker 2 in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK2 Y Outputs the measured value of marker 2 in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 42 Y PERCent 0 to10096 This command positions the selected marker in the selected window to the given probability If marker 2 3 or 4 is selected and used as a delta marker it is switched to marker mode Note The command is only available with the CCDF measurement switched on The associated level value can be determined with the CALC MARK X command Example CALC1 MARK Y PERC 95PCT Positions marker 1 in screen A to a probability of 9596 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 49 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate l
411. ic_value gt not available for FSP FSIQ FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection METHod TRANsmission REFLexion FSP FSE SENSe 1J2 CORRection RECall FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection RXGain INPut MAGNitude lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSET and ESI FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt JCORRection STATe ON OFF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer ACTive not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer CATalog not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection T RANsducer COMMent lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer DATA lt freq gt lt level gt to not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection T RANsducer DELete not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer SCALing LINear LOGarithmic not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection T RANsducer SELect lt name gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer UNIT lt string gt not available for FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET ACTive not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET BREak ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET CATalog not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET COMMent lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TSET DELete not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt C
412. ically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt sUbsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC FREQ AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy FREQuency MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the frequency error measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measuremen
413. ice specific Mode all SYSTem FIRMware UPDate lt path gt This command starts a firmware update using the data set in the selected directory Beforehand the update files have to be stored in the following subdirectories using command MMEM DATA Directory Contents DISK1 inst32i ex isdel exe Setup d Sys1 cab _user1 cab data tag data1 cab id txt lang dat layout bin os dat Setup exe Setup ini setup ins setup lid DISK2 data2 cab DISK3 data3 cab DISK4 data4 cab DISK5 data5 cab Example SYST FIRM UPD D NUSERNFWUPDATE Starts the firmware update from directory D NUSERNFWUPDATE using the files of ubdirectories DISK1 to DISK5 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 271 E 3 SYSTem Subsystem FSP SYSTem PASSword CENable password This command enables access to the service functions by means of the password Example SYST PASS XXXX Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query SYSTem PRESet This command initiates an instrument reset The effect of this command corresponds to that of the PRESET key with manual control or to the RST command Example SYST PRES Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem SET block T
414. ier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT LENG 10ms Characteristics RST value Os SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 243 E 3 SENSe SWEep Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe SOURce EXTernal IFPower RFPower This command toggles between external gate signal and IF power signal as a signal source for the gate mode If an IF power signal is used the gate is opened as soon as a signal at 20 dBm is detected within the IF path bandwidth 10 MHz Notes Selection RFPower is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW spectrum due to switching TRA and spurious emissions SPU Example SWE EGAT SOUR IFP Switches the gate source to IF power Characteristics RST value IFPower SCPI device specific Mode A SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep POINts 125 to 8001 This command defines the number of measurement points for one sweep run Parameter SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep POINts lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt 125 251 501 1001 2001 4001 8001 Example SWE POIN 251 Characteristics RST value 501 SCPI conforming Modes A 1093 4820 12 6 244 E 3 FSP SENSe TV Subsystem SENSe TV Subsystem This subsystem controls the TV trigger part
415. iffer for the and the Q data depending on the device setup selected The HO data which is output via the LVDS interface of option B17 value yps consists of the raw data from the A D converter The physical measurement data valuey in volts is calculated from the read values of the LVDS interface value vps via the scaling factor Sfact according to the following formulae for the and the Q path if Valueivps I lt 4096 Valueyor Value yps l SFact I else Valueyad I Value vos I 8192 SFact I if Value vos Q lt 4096 Valuevgi Q Valuei vos Q SFact Q else Valuevor Q Value yps Q 8192 SFact Q Example TRAC IQ ON Switches on acquisition of UO data TRAC IQ ONL ON Switches on the online output of I Q measurement data TRAC IQ ONL SFAC I Reads out the currently valid scaling factor for data TRAC IQ ONL SFAC OQ Reads out the currently valid scaling factor for Q data Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A Z 1093 4820 12 6 290 E 3 FSP TRIGger Subsystem TRIGger Subsystem The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events It is thus possible to control and synchronize the start of a sweep An external trigger signal can be applied to the connector at the rear panel of the instrument A distinction is made between TRIGger1 screen A and TRIGger2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT TRIGger l
416. in only zero span MS GSM mobile station analysis option FS K5 FM FM demodulator option FS K7 3G FDD WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and MS option FS K72 and K73 3G FDD BTS WCDMA 3G FDD BTS option FS K72 3G EDD MS WCDMA 3G EDD MS option FS K73 Note The spectrum analysis analyzer mode is implemented in the basic unit For the other modes the corresponding options are required 6 1 E 3 FSP Notation Upper lower case notation Upper lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key Special characters Description of parameters lt Boolean gt 1093 4820 12 words of a command in the description see Chapter 5 The instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands These keywords are indicated in the same line they are separated by a vertical stroke Only one of these keywords needs to be included in the header of the command The effect of the command is independent of which of the keywords is used Example SENSe FREQuency CW FIxXed The two following commands with identical meaning can be created They set the frequency of the fixed frequency signal to 1 kHz SENSe FREQuency CW 1E3 SENSe FREQuency FIXed 1E3 A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks alternative possibilities in the sense of or The effect of the command is different depend
417. ing a new measurement with synchronization INIT WAI 4 Querying the limit check result CALC1 LIM5 FAIL Switching on and evaluating the line in screen B is performed in the same way by using CALC2 instead of CALC1 1093 4820 12 6 19 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP Nolte and phase frequency error PFE option FS K5 This subsystem is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC The names of the limit lines for GSM MS measurements are fixed The names must be assigned by the user prior to their use CALCulatel LIMit1 NAME xxxU yz or CALCulatel LIMit2 NAME xxxL yz XXX measurement PVT CPW MOD TRA U upper limit line PVT CPW MOD TRA L lower limit line PVT CPW y modulation type _G GMSK _E EDGE Z for all measurements blank only for PVT in multislot active slots blank 1 active slot 2 2 active slots 3 3 active slots 4 4 active slots Query CALC1 LIM1 FAIL CALC1 LIM2 FAIL Example CPWU_G upper limit line for Carrier Power measurement Modulation type GMSK PVTL E3 lower limit line for Power versus Time measurement Modulation type EDGE multislot 3 active slots COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt TRACe lt numeric_value gt STATe lt Boolean gt UNIT DBM DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA
418. ing media Example There is no floppy in the floppy disk drive 253 Corrupt media The media is corrupt Example The floppy is bad or has the wrong format 254 Media full The media is full Example There is no room on the floppy 255 Directory full The media directory is full 256 File name not found The file name cannot be found on the media 257 File name error The file name is wrong Example An attempt is made to copy to a duplicate file name 258 Media protected The media is protected Example The write protect tab on the floppy is present 260 1093 4820 12 Expression error The expression contains an error The media is missing 9 6 E 1 FSP Error Messages Device Ee Error sets bit 3 in the ESR register This error code is entered in the queue instead of the actual error code if the queue is full It indicates that an error has occurred but not been accepted The queue can accept 5 entries Error code Error test in the case of queue poll Error explanation 300 SBevicscepenific error FSP specific error not defined in greater detail 310 System error This error message suggests an error within the instrument Please inform the R amp S Service 313 Calibration memory lost Loss of the non volatile data stored using the CAL command This error occurs when the correction data recording has failed 330 Self test failed
419. ing on which parameter is used Example Selection of the parameters for the command DISPlay FORMat FULL SPLit If parameter FULL is selected full screen is displayed in the case of SPLit split screen is displayed Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header cf Chapter 5 Optional Keywords The full command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standards Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or omitted as well Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command either not at all once or several times Due to the standardization the parameter section of SCPI commands consists always of the same syntactical elements SCPI has therefore specified a series of definitions which are used in the tables of commands In the tables these established definitions are indicated in angled brackets lt gt and will be briefly explained in the following see also Chapter 5 Section Parameters This keyword refers to parameters which can adopt two states on and off The off state may either be indicated by the keyword OFF or by the numeric value 0 the on state is indicated by ON or any numeric value other than zero Parameter queries are always returned the numeric value 0 or 1 6 2 E 3 Notation FSP numeric value num These keywords mark parameters which may be entered as numeric v
420. ins more than 12 characters 113 Undefined header The header is not defined for the instrument Example xvz is undefined for every instrument 114 Header suffix out of range The header contains an imallowed numeric suffix Example SENSe3 does not exist in the instrument 120 Numeric data error The command contains a faulty numeric parameter 121 Invalid character in number A number contains an invalid character Example An A in a decimal number or a 9 in an octal number 123 Exponent too large The absolute value of the exponent is greater than 32000 124 Too many digits The number includes too many digits 128 Numeric data not allowed The command includes a number which is not allowed at this position Example The command INPut COUP ling requires indication of a text parameter 130 Suffix error The command contains a faulty suffix 131 Invalid suffix The suffix is invalid for this instrument Example nHz is not defined 134 Suffix too long The suffix contains more than 12 characters 138 Suffix not allowed A suffix is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command Example The command RCL does not permit a suffix to be indicated 140 Character data error The command contains a faulty text parameter 141 1093 4820 12 Invalid character data The text parameter either contains an i
421. intout into file add MMI HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABle STATe HCOPy IMMediate for printout into file add MMI HCOPy ABORt SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerat SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerat SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter SELect HCOPy DESTination lt string gt HCOPy DEVice LANGuage GDI WMF HCOPy PAGE ORIentation lt 1 2 gt LANDs SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerat SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter ENUMerat SYSTem COMMunicate PRINter SELect HCOPy DESTination2 lt string gt HCOPy DEVice LANGuage GDI WMF HCOPy PAGE ORIentation lt 1 2 gt LANDs HCOPy DEVice COLor ON OFF HCOPy CMAP DEFaultl HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT lt stri 6 366 EMory NAME lt file_name gt ON OFF EMory NAME lt file_name gt ON OFF EMory NAME file name e FIRSt e NEXT string EWMF BMP cape PORTrait e FIRSt e NEXT string EWMF BMP cape PORTrait ng E 3 FSP Hotkeys SPECTRUM NETWORK SCREEN A B 11093 4820 12 Command Assignment Signal Analysis INSTrument SELect SANalyzer INSTrument NSELect 1 with option tracking generator FSP B9 or option external generator control FSP B10 only FULL SCREEN Selection of the active window DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt The window valid for the setting is selected by the numeric suffix in the command eg SENSe lt 1 2 gt
422. ion ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus OPERation NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus OPERation PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus OPERation EVENt FSP FSE STATus PRESet FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable CONDition FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt CONDition FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt ENABIe 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LIMit 1 2 EVENt FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt CONDiti
423. ion and STATus QUEStionable which are defined by SCPI and contain detailed information on the instrument The IST flag Individual STatus and the parallel poll enable register PPE allocated to it are also part of the status reporting system The IST flag like the SRQ combines the entire instrument status in a single bit The PPE fulfills the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller It is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB and thus is represented in Fig 5 4 Structure of an SCPI Status Register Each SCPI register consists of 5 parts which each have a width of 16 bits and have different functions cf Fig 5 3 The individual bits are independent of each other i e each hardware status is assigned a bit number which is valid for all five parts For example bit 3 of the STATus OPERation register is assigned to the hardware status wait for trigger in all five parts Bit 15 the most significant bit is set to zero for all parts Thus the contents of the register parts can be processed by the controller as positive integer 15 hara CONDiionpat 3 db d 151413 12 PTRansition part 3 2 10 1514 1312 NTRansitionpat 3 2 1 0 WY vvYY Sha a EVEN pat 3 l2 i d Ww Wy to higher order register amp amp
424. ion and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode The numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant for this command Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK X 10MHZ Sets the reference marker marker 1 to the carrier signal at 10 MHz CALC MARK FUNC MDEP ON Switches on the modulation depth measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC MDEP RES Outputs the measured value of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 62 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion TOI STATe ON OFF This command initiates the measurement of the third order intercept point A two tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the RF input of the instrument Marker 1 and marker 2 both normal markers are set to the maximum of the two signals Delta marker 3 and delta marker 4 are positioned to the intermodulation products The delta markers can be modified sperately afterwards with the commands CALCulate DELTamarker3 X and CALCulate DELTamarker4 xX The third order intercept is calculated from the level spacing between the normal markers and the delta markers The numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irre
425. ionable FREQuency NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register from 1 to O for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES FREQ NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all STATus QUEue NEXT This command returns the earliest entry to the error queue and deletes it Positive error numbers indicate device specific errors negative error numbers are error messages defined by SCPI cf Chapter 9 If the error queue is empty the error number 0 no error is returned This command is identical with the command SYSTem ERRor Example STAT QUE Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 262 E 3 FSP SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem Subsystem This subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions COMMAND SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess RTERminator RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt ADDRess RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt LINK TYPE SERial CONTrol DTR RTS RECeive BAUD BITS PARity TYPE SBITs PACE PRINter ENUMerate ENEXT FIRSt SELect lt 1 2 gt DATE DISPlay FPANel UPDate ERRor FIRMware UPDate FIRMware UPDate PASSword CENable PRESet GET SPEaker VOLume TIME VERSion PARAMETERS 0 to 30 LFEoi EOI 0 to 30 GPIB TTL lt name gt IBFull OFF IBFul
426. ionable FREQuency PTRansition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition STATus QUEue NEXT SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF RTERminator SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt ADDRess SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt LINK SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator lt 1 2 gt TYPE SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol DTR SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol RTS SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BAUD SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BITS 1093 4820 12 6 341 List of Commands RER sas E 3 List of Commands FSP SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PARity TYPE SYSTenCOWMucaloPRNeTENUMeaieFRG 8889 SYSTorGOMiuniatoPRINerENUMerateNEXT di EECH EEN Segeler SYSTemERRorGLE AIL ler eme id SYSTem TIME 0 to 23 0 to 59 0 to 59 6 273 TRACe lt 1 2 gt DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 ABITstream 6 274 PWCDp lt block gt lt numeric_value gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt COPY TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACES TRACE1 6 280 TRACE2 TRACE3 lt offset sample gt lt number of samples gt 6 285 2 gt 1Q SET lt filter type rbw sample rate gt lt trigger 6 286 source gt lt trigger slope gt lt pretrigger samples gt lt of samples gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt IQ STATE 6 287 TRACe lt 1 2 gt IQ SYNChronize STATe 6 288 2 IQ ONLine SFACtor l 6 290 2 IQ ONLine SFACtor Q TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo IFPower 6
427. is command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 137 E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP EDGE CONF BURS MACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects EDGE modulation 8PSk Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQIM MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 138 E 3 FSP FETCh PTEMplate Subsystem FETCh PTEMplate Subsystem Note This subsystem was taken over from application firmware FSE K10 for reasons of compatibility It is replaced by the command r ETCh BU See detailed description at command F COMMAND PARAMETE FETCh PTEMplate REFerence ETCh BURSt PT EMplate REFerence RSt PT EFerence EMplate RI Option FS K5 query only 1093 48
428. is linear or logarithmic Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Example CORR TRAN SCAL LOG Characteristics RST value LlNear SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer COMMent lt string gt This command defines the comment for the selected transducer factor Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Example CORR RAN COMM FACTOR FOR ANTENNA Characteristics RST value empty comment SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 218 E 3 FSP SENSe DEMod Subsystem SENSe 1 2 CORRection TRANsducer DATA freq level This command defines the reference values of the transducer factor selected These values are entered as a sequence of frequency level pairs The frequencies must be sent in ascending order Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent The level values are sent as dimensionless numbers the unit is specified by means of the command SENS CORR TRAN UNIT Example CORR TRAN TRANSducer DATA 1MHZ 30 2MHZ 40 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer STATe ON OFF This c
429. is performed with subsytem SENSe POWer ACHannel To obtain a valid result a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed before the query is executed This is possible in single sweep mode only Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements Parameter ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO 1093 4820 12 adjacent channel power measurement Results are output separated by commas in the following order Power of main channel Power of lower adjacent channel Power of upper adjacent channel Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 1 Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 1 Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 2 Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 2 no domwm The number of results depends on the number of adjacent channels selected with command SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs With logarithmic scaling RANGE LOG the power is output in dBm with linear scaling RANGE LIN dB or LIN 96 in W If SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE REL is selected adjacent channel power is output in dB channel power measurement With logarithmic scaling RANGE LOG the channel power is output in dBm with linear scaling RANGE LIN dB or LIN 96 in W occupied bandwidth power measurement The return value is the occupied bandwidth in Hz Measurement of the carrier noise ratio The return value is output in dB Measurement of the carrier noise ratio referred to
430. is set if limit line 2 is vio LIMit 3 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 3 is vio LIMit 4 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 4 is vio LIMit 5 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 5 is vio LIMit 6 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 6 is vio LIMit 7 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 7 is vio LIMit 8 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 8 is violated This bit is always 0 1093 4820 12 5 27 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt Register This register comprises information about the observance of limit margins in the corresponding measurement window LMARgin1 corresponds to Screen A LMARgin2 corresponds to Screen B It can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt CONDition and STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt EVENt Table 5 9 Meaning of bits in STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt register LMARgin 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated LMARgin 2 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated LMARgin 3 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 3 is violated 3 z LMARgin 4 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 4 is violated LMARgin 5 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 5 is violated LMARgin 6 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated LMARgin 7 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 7 is violated LMARgin 8 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 8 is viol
431. it by bit as well considering bit 6 The results are ORed the result is then sent possibly inverted as a response in the parallel poll of the controller The result can also be queried without parallel poll by means of command IST The instrument first has to be set for the parallel poll using quick BASIC command IBPPC This command allocates a data line to the instrument and determines whether the response is to be inverted The parallel poll itself is executed using IBRPP The parallel poll method is mainly used in order to quickly find out after an SRQ which instrument has sent the service request if there are many instruments connected to the IEC bus To this effect SRE and PPE must be set to the same value A detailed example as to the parallel poll is to be found in chapter 7 Program Examples Query by Means of Commands Each part of every status register can be read by means of queries The individual commands are indicated in the detailed description of the registers in Section 3 8 3 What is returned is always a number which represents the bit pattern of the register queried Evaluating this number is effected by the controller program Queries are usually used after an SRQ in order to obtain more detailed information on the cause of the SRQ Error Queue Query Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue The entries of the error queue are detailed plain text error messages which can be looked
432. itch display on OFF switch display off Tass ssas Configure FSP for power measurement in time domain CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 935 2MHz SPAN OHz Frequency setting CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 10dBm Set reference level to 10 dB CALL IBWRT analyzer INP ATT 30 dB Set input attenuation to 30 dB CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND RES 1MHz VID 3MHz Bandwidth setting CALL IBWRT analyzer DET RMS Select RMS detector CALL IBWRT analyzer TRIG SOUR VID Trigger source video CALL IBWRT analyzer TRIG LEV VID 50 PCT Trigger threshold 50 CALL IBWRT analyzer SWE TIME 50ms Sweep time 2 1 frame Perform measurement and query results CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync Query results cmd CALC MARK FUNC MSUM cmd cmd 50US Offset of first pulse cmd cmd 450US Measurement time cmd cmd 576 9US Pulse period cmd cmd 8 Number of bursts CALL IBWRT analyzer cmd CALL IBRD analyzer result Read results Print result END SUB REM ecce eee e sk e e e e e se e e e e se e e e e e sk e he ee e se e e e ce ke se e ee e sk e ke ec e ke e ee e ke ke e ee e kv k kx 1093 4820 12 7 30 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Multi Burst Power Measurement The multi burst power measurement function is suitable for measuring the power of a sequence of pulses w
433. ith the following characteristics e The pulses occur at variable time intervals e The levels of all pulses of the sequence are reliably above the trigger threshold or an external trigger signal is used The function requires one trigger event per pulse This means that if the video trigger or the IF power trigger is used the levels of all pulses must be above the trigger threshold The function is therefore particularly suitable for re measuring DUTs already adjusted and whose output power is within the specified range The measurement is optimized for minimum overhead relative to the actual measurement time Measurement Measurement Measurement Time Time Time lt gt 2 d lt gt Trigge hreshol a ra 4 t Trigger Trigger Trigger Offset Offset Offset Trigger Trigger Trigger Signal Signal Signal Fig 7 2 Signal characteristic and timing pattern of signal to be measured Either the root mean square power or the peak power is measured depending on whether the RMS detector or the PEAK detector is selected The function always uses TRACE 1 of the selected screen The following parameters are to be set for this measurement Analyzer frequency Resolution bandwidth Measurement time per single pulse Trigger source Trigger threshold Trigger offset Type of power measurement PEAK MEAN Number of pulses to be measured During the measurement each pulse is mapped into a pixe
434. itive NEGative HOLDoff lt numeric_value gt S LENGth lt numeric_value gt S SOURce EXTernal RFPower IFPower SENSe 1 2 SWEep TIME 2 5ms to 16000s frequency domain 1us to 16000s time domain This command defines the sweep time The available time values are different in the frequency domain 2 5 ms to 16000s with span gt 0 and in the time domain 1 us to 16000s with span 0 If SWEep TIME is directly programmed automatic coupling to resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth is switched off Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example SWE TIME 10s Characteristics RST value AUTO is set to ON SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep TIME AUTO ON OFF This command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep time to the frequency span and bandwidth settings If SWEep TIME is directly programmed automatic coupling is switched off Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example SWE TIME AUTO ON Switches on the coupling to frequency span and bandwidths Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 241 E 3 SENSe SWEep Subsystem FSP
435. ivate markerl and start peak search MKmark SPACES 30 Provide text variables 30 characters CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK X Y Query frequency and level CALL IBRD analyzer MKmark Read value REM Display values on the screen TO RINT Center frequency level MKmarkS REM xx KK I EE EE E EE EE EE EE EE E EE E EE EE EE EE E EE EE kckckckckck ck kck ck kck ck ckck ckckokckckok 1093 4820 12 7 5 E 2 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming FSP Command Synchronization The possibilities for synchronization implemented in the following example are described in Chapter 5 Section Command Order and Command Synchronization REM Examples of command synchronization PUBLIC SUB SweepSync REM The command INITiate IMMediate starts a single sweep if the command REM INIT CONT OFF was previously sent It has to be ensured that the next REM command is only executed when th ntire sweep is complete CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF REM First possibility Use of WAI CALL IBWRT analyzer ABOR INIT IMM WAI REM Second possibility Use of OPC OpcOkS SPACES 2 Space for OPC Provide response CALL IBWRT analyzer ABOR INIT IMM OPC REM
436. k excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MIN RIGH Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum LEFT This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current value i e in descending X direction on the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window Note If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MIN LEFT Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt PEXCursion lt numeric_value gt This command defines the peak excursion i e the spacing below a trace maximum which must be attained before a new maximum is recognized or the spacing above a trace minimum which must be attained before a new minimum is recognized The set value is valid for all markers and delta markers The unit depends on the selected operating
437. k for the channel adjacent channel measurement in screen A EL STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels in screen A ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels in screen A INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 30 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ACHannel RESult This command queries the result of the limit check for the upper lower adjacent channel in the selected measurement window when adjacent channel power measurement is performed If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off the command produces a query error The numeric suffixes lt 1 to 8 gt are irrelevant for this command Parameter Example Characteristics Mode The result is returned in the form lt result gt lt result gt where lt result gt PASSED FAILED and where the first returned value denotes the lower the second denotes the upper adjacent channel CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 3
438. k k ck ck k ck ck k ck ck kck ck kk ck k ck ck k ck k k ck k ck k k k kk 1093 4820 12 7 4 E 2 FSP Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming Reading Out Instrument Settings The settings made in the above example are read out using the abbreviated commands REM Reading out instrument settings PUBLIC SUB ReadSettings CFfrequency SPACES 20 Provide text variables 20 characters CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT Request center frequency CALL IBRD analyzer CFfrequency Read value CFspan SPACES 20 Provide text variables 20 characters CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ SPAN Query span CALL IBRD analyzer CFspan Read value RLevel SPACES 20 Provide text variables 20 characters CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP TRAC Y RLEV Query reference level CALL IBRD analyzer RLevel Read value REM Display values on the screen PRINT Center frequency CFfrequencyS PRINT Span CFspan PRINT Reference level RLevel REM XK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KC kc kc ko k ko ko Positioning Markers and Displaying Values REM Examples of marker functions PUBLIC SUB ReadMarker CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARKER ON MARKER MAX Act
439. k power For all these measurements TRACE 1 of the selected system is used The setting parameters for this measurement are e analyzer frequency e resolution bandwidth e measurement time used for a single burst e trigger source e trigger level e trigger offset e type of power measurement PEAK MEAN e number of bursts to be measured The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways 1 Setting up the instrument and at the same time querying the result list This method ensures the smallest delay between measurement and the output of the measured values but requires the control computer to wait actively for the response of the instrument 2 Setting up the instrument and querying the result list after synchronization to the end of measurement With this method the control computer can be used for other activities while the instrument is performing the measurement at the cost of additional time needed for synchronization via service request 1093 4820 12 6 230 E 3 FSP SENSe MPOWer Subsystem COMMAND SENSe lt 1 25 MPOWer SEQuence RESult LIST PARAMETER UNT COMMENT numeric value HZ numeric value HZ numeric value S EXTernal VIDeo SS numeric value PCT numeric value S MEAN PEAK Ge numeric value Query only Query only SENSe lt 1 2 gt MPOWer SEQuence analyzer freq gt lt row gt lt meas time gt lt trigger source
440. l MMEMory CDIRectory directory name This command changes the current directory In addition to the path name the indication of the directory may contain the drive name The path name complies with the DOS conventions Parameter directory name DOS path name Example MMEM CDIR D NUSERNDATA Returns the list of files in directory DAUSERIDATA Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all MMEMory COPY lt file_source gt lt file_destination gt This command copies the files indicated in lt file_source gt to the destination directory indicated with file destination or to the destination file indicated by file destination when file source is just a file The indication of the file name may include the path and the drive name The file names and path information must be in accordance with the DOS conventions Parameter file source file destination file name file name DOS file name Example MMEM COPY D NUSERNDATANSETUP CFG A Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 159 E 3 MMEMory Subsystem FSP MMEMory DATA file name block data gt This command writes the block data contained in lt block gt into the file characterized by lt file_name gt The IEC IEEE bus delimiter must be set to EOI to obtain error free data trans
441. l OFF lt numeric_value gt 7 8 EVEN ODD NONE 112 XON NONE printer name num num num Boolean Boolean string string string block numeric value 0 to 23 0 to 59 0 to 59 COMMENT ext generator option ext generator option tracking generator option tracking generator option query only query only query only no query no query no query no query audio demodulator option query only 1093 4820 12 6 263 E 3 SYSTem Subsystem FSP SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF ADDRess Oto 30 This command changes the IEC IEEE bus address of the unit Example SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 18 Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default 20 SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SELF RTERminator LFEOI EOI This command changes the GPIB receive terminator According to the standard the terminator in ASCII is lt LF gt and or lt EOI gt For binary data transfers e g trace data from the control computer to the instrument the binary code OAH used for lt LF gt might be included in the binary data block and therefore should not be interpreted as a terminator in this particular case This can be avoided by changing the receive terminator to EOI Output of binary data from the instrument to the control computer does not require such a terminator change Example SYST COMM GPIB RTER EOI Char
442. l STATe ON OFF DELTamarker lt 1l 4 gt X numeric value DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt Y DELTamarker lt 1l 4 gt STATe ON OFF ARKer lt 1 4 gt COUNt ON OFF ARKer lt l 4 gt COUNt FREQuency DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON OFF DELTamarker 1 4 5 FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y lt num_value gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X lt num_value gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X lt num_value gt LCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint MAX ARKer lt l 4 gt FUNCtion ZOOM num value ARKer 1 4 5 AOFF DELTamarker 1 4 5 AOFF ARKer lt l 4 gt TRACe num value DELTamarker lt 1l 4 gt TRACe num value ARKer 1 4 5 COUNt RESolution numeric value 6 347 E 3 Command Assignment Signal Analysis FSP MKR gt Key SELECT no corresponding IEC IEEE bus command MARKER CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum PEAK CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum PEAK CENTER CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion CENTer MKR FREQ REF LEVEL CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion REFerence MKR LVL CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum NEXT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTama
443. l and external reference is possible in the SETUP menu IF Output 20 4 MHz 20 4 MHz OUT The 20 4 MHz IF signal of the FSP is available at the 20 4 MHz OUT BNC connector The bandwidth corresponds to the selected bandwidth for a resolution bandwidth between 100 kHz and 10 MHz For a resolution bandwidth below 100 kHz the bandwidth of the output is 2 6 times the resolution bandwidth with a minimum of 2 6 kHz The signal level at the IF output is 0 dBm for resolution bandwidth 100 kHz and 10 dBm for resolution bandwidth lt 100 kHz mixer level gt 60 dBm Note This output is replaced by connector CCVS IN OUT if option FSP B6 is built in CCVS Input and Output CCVS IN OUT Option FSP B6 The BNC connector CCVS IN OUT can be switched at CCVS input or CCVS output If TV triggering is switched on the demodulated TV signal is available for operating a CCVS monitor provided triggering is set to the internal demodulation signal CCVS INT In case of TV triggering to an externally fed CCVS signal CCVS EXT the connector serves as an input 1093 4820 12 8 11 E 2 Instrument Interfaces FSP Input for External Modulation of Tracking Generator TG AM IN TG Q FM IN Option FSP B9 The TG AM IN and TG Q FM IN connectors allow the tracking generator option FSP B9 to be modulated by an external signal The input voltage range is 0 5 V and the input impedance is 50 Ohm IEC 2 Interface Option FSP B10 ATN IFC NRFD
444. l of the screen i e any change of the trace can be detected only at the left hand edge of the screen Maximum measurement speed is as usual achieved with the display switched off In the example below a GSM pulse sequence of 8 pulses is measured with 5 us trigger offset 434 us measurement time pulse video trigger with 50 trigger threshold and peak detection 1093 4820 12 7 31 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub MultiBurstPower result Space 200 A FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Configure status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep mode CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD OFF OFF display off D e Perform measurement and query results cmd MPOW cmd cmd 935 2 MHZ Center frequency cmd cmd 1MHZ Resolution bandwidth cmd cmd 434US Measurement time cmd cmd VID Trigger source cmd cmd 50PCT Trigger threshold cmd cmd 1US Trigger offset must be gt 125 ns cmd cmd PEAK Peak detector cmd cmd 8 Number of bursts CALL IBWRT analyzer cmd CALL IBRD analyzer result Read results Print result
445. l to 35 dBm Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement in screen A EL STAT ON Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels in screen A ABS STAT ON Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels in screen A INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 28 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ACHannel ABSolute 200DBM to 200DBM 200 to 200DBM This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower upper adjacent channel during adjacent channel power measurement Adjacent Channel Power in the selected measurement window It should be noted that the absolute limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as itis below the relative limit value defined with CALCulate LIMit ACPower ACHannel RELative This mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent channel power as defined in mobile radio standards The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 in LIMIt are irrelevant for this command Parameter The first value is the limit for the lower and the upper adjacent channel The second limit value is ignored but must be indicated for reasons
446. lable for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MIXer STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt MPOWer SEQuence lt analyzer freq gt new function for FSP lt rbw gt lt meas time gt lt trigger source gt lt trigger level gt lt trigger offset gt lt type of meas gt lt of meas gt FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt MPOWer RESult LIST new function for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt MPOWer RESult MIN new function for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary AHOLd STATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary MODE ABSolute RELative not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary MT IMe 0 18 1S not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary REFerence lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary REFerence AUTO ONCE not available for FSP and FSET FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt MSUMmary RUNit PCT DB not available for FSP and FSET FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt PM DEViation RANGe UPPer lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel ACPairs 0t03 FSP new parameter value 0 for channel power measure ment FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BW IDth ACHannel 100 to 1000MHz FSP parameter range starts at 100Hz FSE parameter range starts at 0 Hz FSP reel SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 100 to 1000MHz FSP parameter range starts at 100Hz FSE para
447. lance AVERage MAXimum PTEMplate REFerence MACCuracy RMS AVERage MAXimum PEAK AVERage MAXimum OSUPpress AVERage MAXimum PERCentile AVERage MAXimum FREQuency AVERage MAXimum IQOFfset AVERage MAXimum QIMbalance AVERage MAXimum 1093 4820 12 PARAMETERS 6 125 deg deg deg deg Hz Hz K 96 K K 96 96 K 96 COMMENT Option FS K5 query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only query only E 3 FETCh BURSt Subsystem FSP FETCh BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage This command reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulations type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurements SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS PERR RMS AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode
448. largest signal is searched for in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 CALC2 MARK FUNC STR TRAC 3 Defines trace 3 in screen B as the trace for signal tracking RST value 1 SCPI device specific A F MS 6 71 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary Subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for controlling the time domain power functions These are provided in the marker subsytem for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer FUNCtion SUMMary STATe lt Boolean gt PPEak STATe lt Boolean gt RESult query only AVERage RESult query only PHOLd RESult query only RMS STATe lt Boolean gt RESult query only AVERage RESult query only PHOLd RESult query only MEAN STATe lt Boolean gt RESult query only AVERage RESult query only PHOLd RESult query only SDEViation STATe lt Boolean gt RESult query only AVERage RESult query only PHOLd RESult query only PHOLd Boolean AVERage Boolean MODE ABSolute RELative REFerence AUTO ONCE AOFF no query MSUMmary numeric value S query only numeric value S numeric
449. late lt 1 2 gt RLINe STATe ON OFF not available for FSP replaced by CALC MATH POS FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold MIN to MAX FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt 0 to 1000s not available on the FSP replaced by CALC SLIMits LEFT and CALC SLIMits RIGHt 1093 4820 12 6 311 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF not available on the FSP replaced by CALC SLIMits LEFT and CALC SLIMits RIGHt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT ANGLe DEG RAD not available for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DBM V A W DBPW available units are compatible WATT DBUV DBMV to the FSE VOLT DBUA AMPere FSET CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DBM V W DB PCT the FSP supports the ESI UNITLESS DBPW following units DBM V A W WATT DBUV DBMV DBPW WATT DBUV VOLT DBUA AMPere DBMV VOLT DBUA DBPT DBUV MHZ AMPere DBMV MHZ DBUA MHZ DBUV_M DBUA_M DBUV_MMHZ DBUA_MMHZ FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DBM V W DB PCT the FSP supports the FSIQ UNITLESS DBPW following units DBM V A W WATT DBUV DBMV DBPW WATT DBUV VOLT DBUA AMPere DBMV VOLT DBUA DBUV_MHZ DBMV MHZ AM
450. lation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP CONF BURS n EDGE ACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI E RST value SCPI MS Characteristics device specific Mode Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects EDGE modulation 8PSk Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement ETC BURS MACC IQOF MAX Queries the result If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQIMbalance AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ imbalance measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM CONF MTYP EDGE CONF BURS MACC SWE COUN 20 INIT IMM WAI Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode Selects EDGE modulation 8PSK Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement Sets the number of bursts Executes the measurement ER Queries the result PETC BURS MACC IQIM AVI Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated Th
451. le GPIB BAS are all declared as follows Declare Function xxx Lib gpib dll As Integer The function value with the status variables ibsta should be allocated a variable when it is called up Since this value is also returned via a reference parameter of the functions the functions can be declared as procedures as follows Declare Sub xxx Lib rsib dll 1093 4820 12 7 1 E 2 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming FSP e Generating a response buffer Since the DLL returns zero terminated strings in case of responses a string of sufficient length should be generated prior to calling the functions ibrd and ilrd since Visual Basic prefixes a length value to the strings which is not updated by the DLL The following two possibilities are available to generate a length value for a string Dim Rd as String 100 Dim Rd as String Rd Space 100 Initialization and Default Status Variables used by all subroutines should be stored at the beginning of every program Then the IEC IEEE bus as well as the settings of the instrument are brought into a defined default status at the beginning of every program Subroutines InitController and InitDevice are used to this effect Creating Global Variables Global variables are placed in so called modules file extension BAS in Visual Basic Therefore at least one module e g GLOBALS BAS should be created which contains the variables used by all subroutine
452. le with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC OSUP AVER Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the original offset suppression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt sUbsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC me
453. ler is not included The instrument data base is a detailed reproduction of the instrument hardware in the software IEC bus setting commands lead to an alteration in the data set The data base management enters the new values e g frequency into the data base however only passes them on to the hardware when requested by the command recognition The data are only checked for their compatibility among each other and with the instrument hardware immediately before they are transmitted to the instrument hardware If the detection is made that an execution is not possible an execution error is signalled to the status reporting system The alteration of the data base are cancelled the instrument hardware is not reset IEC bus queries induce the data base management to send the desired data to the output unit Status Reporting System The status reporting system collects information on the instrument state and makes it available to the output unit on request The exact structure and function are described in Section 3 8 1093 4820 12 5 16 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System Output Unit The output unit collects the information requested by the controller which it receives from the data base management It processes it according to the SCPI rules and makes it available in the output buffer If the instrument is addressed as a talker without the output buffer containing data or awaiting data from the data base management the output unit sends
454. levant for this command Note This command is not available during GSM measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power vs time PVT and carrier power CPW Example CALC MARK FUNC TOI ON Switches on the measurement of the third order intercept in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion TOI RESult This command queries the third order intercept point measurement in the indicated measurement window A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode The numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant of this command Note This command is not available during GSM measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power vs time PVT and carrier power CPW Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC TOI ON Switches the intercept measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC TOI RES Outputs the measured value of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 63 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt
455. lid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM AVER ON Switches on the calculation of average in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE AVER RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak PHOLd RESult This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value with active peak hold function The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single Sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PHOL ON Switches on the measurement of
456. limit values are signalled if the limit check is active but not handled as a violation of the limit value The margin is independent of the measurement window Only the unit dB is available in SPECTRUM mode Example CALC LIM2 UPP MARG 10dB Defines the margin of limit line 2 to 10 dB below the limit value Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 43 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer MODE RELative ABSolute This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the Y axis of the selected upper limit line The setting is independent of the measurement window Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB Example CALC LIM2 UPP MODE REL Defines the Y axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled Characteristics RST value ABSolute SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer SHIFt lt numeric_value gt This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction In contrast to CALC LIM UPP OFES the line is shifted by modifying the individual Y values and not by means of an additive offset The shift is independent of the measurement window Only the unit dB is available in the spectrum analysis mode Example CALC LIM3 UPP SHIF 20DB Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 dB Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mod
457. list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL TRAN ALL ON Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Modes all This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher MMEMory SELect ITEM ALL This command includes all data subsets in the list device settings to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL ALL Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value MMEMory SELect ITEM NONE This command deletes all data subsets from the list of device settings to be stored loaded Example MMEM SEL NONE Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value MMEMory SELect ITEM DEFault This command sets the default list of device settings to be stored loaded The latter includes e current configuration of general device parameters general setup e current setting of the measurement hardware including markers e activated limit lines e user defined color setting e configuration for the hardcopy output e Tracking generator settings only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10 e Correction data for source calibration only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10 Trace data and non used limit lines are not incl
458. lock data fileBytes FileLen H NworkNvbNtestl set Determine length of file fileSizeS Str fileBytes digits Len fileSizeS 1 Determine number of digits of fileSize Right fileSize digits length information FileBuffers Right Str digits 1 fileSizeS Store length information in file buffer Meet Read file from controller Open H work vb TEST1 SET For Binary As 1 FileBuffer FileBufferS LeftS Input fileBytes 41 fileBytes Close 1 eme Write file Call ibwrt analyzer SYST COMM GPIB RTER EOI Set receive terminator on the instrument Call ibwrt analyzer MMEM DATA D NUSERNDATANDUPLICAT SET FileBuffer Select file Lu END SUB REM HK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK IKK KK KK IKK KKK e hehe ek ke e hehe ek He e e ke ke ek ke ee ke ke e ke e ee ke ke ke ke k k k 1093 4820 12 7 45 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Configuring and Starting a Printout The following example shows the configuration of the output format and output device for printing out the measurement screen Proceed in the following order Set the measurement required for the printout Query available output devices Select an output device Select the output interface Configure the output format Star
459. long form and a short form Either the short form or the long form can be entered other abbreviations are not permissible Beispiel STATus QUEStionable ENABle 1 STAT QUES ENAB 1 Note The short form is marked by upper case letters the long form corresponds to the complete word Upper case and lower case notation only serve the above purpose the instrument itself does not make any difference between upper case and lower case letters The parameter must be separated from the header by a white space If several parameters are specified in a command they are separated by a comma A few queries permit the parameters MINimum MAXimum and DEFault to be entered For a description of the types of parameter refer to Section Parameters Example SENSe FREQuency STOP MAXimum Response 3 5E9 This query requests the maximal value for the stop frequency If a device features several functions or features of the same kind e g inputs the desired function can be selected by a suffix added to the com mand Entries without suffix are interpreted like entries with the suffix 1 Example SYSTem COMMunicate SERial2 BAUD 9600 This command sets the baudrate of a second serial interface 5 11 E 2 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSP Structure of a Command Line A command line may consist of one or several commands It is terminated by a New Line a New Line with EOI or an EOI together wi
460. lt HWINfo dows are selected by DIAGnostic1 screen A or DIAGnostic2 screen B PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALibration RF lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt string gt lt Boolean gt DBM no query lt numeric_value gt query only query only DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice INPut SELect CALibration RF This command toggles between the RF input on the front panel and the internal 128 MHz reference signal in the selected measurement window The level of the 128 MHz signals can be selected by command DIAG S Example Characteristics Mode ERV CSOurce DIAG SERV INP CAL RST value RF SCPI device specific all DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice INPut PULSed STATe ON OFF This command toggles the calibration signal in the selected measurement window between pulsed and non pulsed The selection takes effect only if the RF input has been set to the internal reference signal using DIAG Example Characteristics Mode This command is o FSP B15 1093 4820 12 SI ERV INP CAL DIAG S DIAG SE RST value SCPI all ERV INP CAL RV INP PULS ON OFF device specific nly available in conjunction with the optional Broadband Calibration Source 6 114 E 3 FSP DIAGnostic Subsystem DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice INPut PULSed PRATe 10 kHz 62 5 kHz This command selects the pulse rate for the pulsed calibration signal in the selected measurement window Avail
461. lt not available for FSP and FSET FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod SINad ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion CENTer FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion CSTep FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DDEMod RESult MERM MEPK MEPS not available for FSP PERM PEPK PEPS EVRM EVPK EVPS IQOF IQIM ADR FERR FEPK RHO DEV FSRM FSPK FSPS DTTS FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation new function for FSP CONTinuous FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation HOLDoff 10ms to 1000s FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation SELect AM FM FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks IMMediate lt numeric value gt new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks COUNt new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks X new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks Y new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks SORT X Y new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion MDEPth RESult new function for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1
462. lt 1 2 gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt DISP ABSolute RELative INPut EATT AUTO ON INPut EATT num value INPut EA STATe OFF INPut IMPedance 50 75 6 346 TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RPOSition num value gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel1 OFFSet num value with option FSP B25 only with option FSP B25 only with option FSP B25 only E 3 FSP MKR Key MARKER CA CA CA CA CA CA MARKER CA NORM DELTA SIGNAL CA CA REFERENCE CA FREQUENCY REF POINT CA LEVEL lea Q H 9 al l8 z ral E F3 E nj x lt el REF POINT CALCulate i LVL OFFSET OFFSet REF POINT CALCulate lt 1l FREQUENCY oder REF POINT CALCulate lt 1l TIME PEAK CA SEARCH MARKER CALCulate lt 1l ZOOM oe oe CALCulate 1 p d BEA CALCulate 1 xaO dE 11093 4820 12 Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l lt num_value gt 2 2 2 2 2 2 228 2 2 2s 2 2 2 ESCH os 2 2 2 gt 22 254 Command Assignment Signal Analysis ARKer lt 1 4 gt STATe ON OFF ARKer lt l 4 gt X numeric value ARKer 1 4 5 Y DELTamarker
463. lt 1 2 gt IMMediate FSET INPut PRESelection CATalog not available for FSP FSET INPut PRESelection USET NAME name of user defined not available for FSP preselector set to edit existing set or to create new set FSET INPut PRESelection USET CLEar not available for FSP FSET INPut PRESelection USET COMMent comment for preselector not available for FSP set FSET INPut PRESelection USET LRANge DATA lt numeric value gt lt numeric not available for FSP value gt lt numeric_value gt FSET INPut PRESelection USET MRANge DATA lt numeric value gt lt numeric not available for FSP value gt lt numeric_value gt FSP FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation 0 to 70dB FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation 0 to 70 80dB 80 dB not available for FSP FSP FSE INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation AUTO ON OFF FSE NPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation AUTO MODE NORMal LNOise not available for FSP LDIStorsion FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation PROTection ON OFF not available for FSP ESI FSU NPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation PROTection PRESet new function for FSU FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt ATTenuation STEPsize 1dB 10dB not available for FSP FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt BIMPedance 1500HM 6000HM not available for FSP 10kOHM FSET INPut lt 1 2 gt COUPling AC DC not available for FSP FSP NPut lt 1 2 gt EATT 0 to 30dB new function for FSP FSP NPut lt 1 2 gt EATT AUTO ON OFF new function for FSP FSP NPut lt 1 2 gt EATT STATe ON OFF new function
464. lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt X SCALe ZOOM lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FREQuency FSE DISPlay WINDow 1 2 TRACe 1 4 X SCALe ZOOM numeric value not available for FSP FREQuency FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SPACing LINear LOGarithmic FSP TRACe 1 3 FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt Y SPACing LiNear LOGarithmic PERCent is not available for PERCent FSP FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe 10dB to 200dB FSP TRACe lt 1 3 gt FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSET DISPlay WINDowz 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt Y SCALe BOTTom numeric value not available for FSP ESI FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow 1 2 TRACe 1 3 Y SCALe MODE ABSolute RELative FSP TRACe 1 3 FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACec lt 1 4 gt Y SCALe PDIVision not available for FSP FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel 130dBm to 30dBm FSP TRACe 1 3 FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet 200dB to 200dB FSP TRACe 1 3 FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RPOSition 0 to 100 PCT FSP TRACe lt 1 3 gt FSE TRACE lt 1 4 gt FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt Y SCALe RVALue lt numeric value gt FSP TRACe 1
465. m CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks Y This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found The number of available values can be queried with CALC MARK FUNC FPEaks COUNt With sort mode X the X values are in increasing order with sort mode Y the order corresponds to the decreasing order of the Y values Example CALC MARK FUNC FPE SORT Y sets the sort mode to decreasing y values CALC MARK FUNC FPE 3 searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1 CALC MARK FUNC COUN queries the number of maxima found CALC MARK FUNC Y queries the levels of the maxima found Return value 37 5 58 3 59 6 level in decreasing order Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks SORT X Y This command sets the sort mode for the search for maxima X the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to increasing X values Y the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to decreasing Y values Example CALC MARK FUNC FPE SORT Y sets the sort mode to decreasing y values Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown lt numeric_value gt This command defines the level spacing of the two delta markers to the right and left of marker 1 in the selected measurement window Marker 1 is always u
466. m other than the default one Example SYST COMM PRIN SEL LASER on LPT1 Characteristics RST value NONE SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 269 E 3 SYSTem Subsystem FSP SYSTem DATE 1980 to 2099 1 to 12 1 to 31 This command is used to enter the date for the internal calendar The sequence of entry is year month day Example SYST DATE 2000 6 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem DISPlay FPANel ON OFF This command activates or deactivates the display of the front panel keys on the screen With the display activated the instrument can be operated on the screen using the mouse by pressing the corresponding buttons This may be useful if the instrument is operated in a detached station by means of a remote program such as PCANYWHERE Notes With the display of the front panel keys activated the screen resolution of the unit is set to 1024x768 Thus only a section of the whole screen is visible on the internal LCD display which will be moved by mouse moves For a full display of the user interface an external monitor has to be connected to the rear panel When the front panel display is deactivated the original screen resolution is restored Example SYST DISP FPAN ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Operating mode all SYSTem DISPlay UPDate ON OFF This command switches on or off the update of all display elements durin
467. m the device internal hard disk or to from a floppy is controlled via the commands MMEMory STORe STATe and MMEMory LOAD STATe respectively Trace data are selected with MMEMory SELect ITEM ALL Or MMEMory SELect ITEM TRACe Trace data in ASCII format ASCII FILE EXPORT are exported with the command MMEM STORe TRACe Transfer format The trace data are transferred in the current format corresponding to the command FORMat ASCii REAL The device internal trace memory is addressed using the trace names TRACE1 to TRACES The transfer of trace data from the control computer to the instrument takes place by indicating the trace name and then the data to be transferred In ASCII format these data are values separated by commas If the transfer takes place using the format real REAL 32 the data are transferred in block format The parameter of the query is the trace name TRACE1 to TRACES it indicates which trace memory will be read out 1093 4820 12 6 275 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP Number and format of the measurement values for the different operating modes The number of measurement values depends on the instrument setting SPECTRUM mode span 0 and zero span 501 results are output in the unit selected for display Note With AUTO PEAK detector only positive peak values can be read out Trace data can be written into the instrument with logarithmic display only in dBm with linea
468. mal point as separator Characteristics RST value factory setting is POINt RST does not affect setting SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 143 E 3 HCOPy Subsystem FSP HCOPy Subsystem The HCOPy subsystem controls the output of display information for documentation purposes on output devices or files The instrument allows two independent printer configurations which can be set separately with the numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT HCOPy ABORt no query CMAP lt 1 to 26 gt DEFault 2 3 HSL 0 1 0 1 0 1 PDEFined BLACK BLUE BROWn GREen CYAN RED MAGenta YELLow WHITe DGRAy LGRAy LBLUe LGREen LCYan LRED LMAGenta DESTination lt 1 2 gt lt string gt no query DEVice COLor Boolean LANGuage lt 1 2 gt WMF GDI EWMF BMP IMMediate lt 1 2 gt B no query ITEM ALL no query WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABle STATe lt Boolean gt TEXT lt string gt TRACe STATe Boolean PAGE ORlentation 1 2 LANDscape PORTrait HCOPy ABORt This command aborts a running hardcopy output Example HCOP ABOR Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query HCOPy CMAP lt 1 to 26 gt DEFault1 2 3 This command resets the colors for a hardcopy to the selected default settings DEFault1 SCREEN COLORS but background white DEFault2 O
469. measurement window Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y 10dBm Setsthe reference point level for delta markers in screen A to 10 dBm Characteristics RST value FUNction FIXed STATe is set to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarkere lt 1 to 4 FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y OFFSet numeric value This command defines an additional level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON Forthis measurement the offset is included in the display of all delta markers of the selected measurement window For phase noise measurements CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON the command defines an additional level offset which is included in the display of delta marker 2 in the selected measurement window Example CALC DELT FUNC FIX RPO Y OFFS 10dB Sets the level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value or the phase noise measurement in screen A to 10 dB Characteristics RST value 0 dB SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 15 E 3 CALCulate FEED Subsystem FSP CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X numeric value This command defines a new reference frequency span gt 0 or time span 0 for all delta markers in the selected measurement window for a measurement with fixed reference value CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON For p
470. measurement and query results cmd LIST POWer cmd cmd 935 2MHZ 10dBm 20dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 1805 2MHZ 10dBm 20dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 1870 4MHZ 10dBm 20dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 2805 6MHZ 0dBm 20dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 3610 4MHz 10dBm 20dB OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 3740 8MHz 0dBm 20d0B OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 cmd cmd 5815 6MHz 0dBm 20d0B OFF NORM 1MHz 3MHz 300us 0 Call IBWRT analyzer cmd Call IBRD analyzer result Print result END SUB REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk 1093 4820 12 7 34 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Level Correction of Transducers Definition of Transducer Factors In more complex test systems the frequency response of the test setup must be taken into account in all power measurements to avoid any measurement errors being introduced from sources other than the DUT The FSP offers the possibility of defining a frequency dependent attenuation correction factor transducer factor In the example below a factor with the following characteristics is defined Name Transtest Unit dB Scaling lin Comment simulated cable correction Frequency Level 10 MHz 0 dB 100 MHz 3 dB 1
471. measurement range or frequency exceeding the measurement range The value of lt Freq2 gt is equal to the value of lt Freq1 gt if either the measurement is performed in the time domain or if the partial result string contains a limit excess lt Level gt Measured maximum level of the partial range or measured level at the test point lt Limit gt Limit in the partial range or at the test point lt Abs Rel gt ABS lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in absolute units dBm REL lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in relative units dB lt Status gt Result of the limit check in character data form PASSED no limit exceeded FAILED limit exceeded MARGIN margin exceeded The frequencies lt Freqi gt and lt Freq2 gt are always absolute i e not referred to the carrier frequency This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation 1093 4820 12 6 140 E 3 FSP FETCh SPECtrum Subsystem Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result READ SPEC MOD Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result FETC SPEC MOD ARFCn Queries the result of the measurement in the time domain without starting a new measurement Result 0 890E6 9
472. ment Setting Commande sss 7 4 Returnm to Manual Control orte t ue teretes 7 4 Reading Out Instrument Settings ssiru ikoan iai aa aaaea a aa aaa aa 7 5 Positioning Markers and Displaying Values esee enne 7 5 Command Synchronization eser cite rn pt I e LP EP ti a re E Pe EET ER Edad 7 6 Service Request xit E eletti eei eds 7 7 Initiate Service Heouest eee entrent nnn snnt innen 7 7 Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request sse 7 7 Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse sssssssseeesessssirssesrrssssrnseerrssreens 7 8 Service Request Routine 7 9 Reading Out the Output Butter 7 10 Reading Out Error Messages 7 10 Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers eene 7 10 Evaluation of Event Status Hegieter eee 7 11 More Complex Programming Examples ieeseseeeeeeeeeee enses nn nennen ennn ania nennen nn nn nnn 7 12 Default Setting of the Fb 7 12 Setting the IEC IEEE Bus Status Register ssssssssssssseeeeeee 7 12 Default Setting for Measurements sse 7 13 Using Marker and Delta Marke 7 14 Marker Search Functions Limitation of Search Hange 7 14 Measuring Spurious EMISSIONS sess 7 16 Frequency Countin ci tete zt ert tetro Rr aep EXE onu eei bo eds 7 17 Operation with Fixed Reference Point Reference Five 7 18 Phase and Phase Noise Measurement n 7 19 Shape Factor Measurement using n dB down 7 20 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point 7 21 Measuring the AM Modulation Depp 7 22 Li
473. meric value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ Marker Amplitude Select the active MKACT MKACT 1 Only marker 1 is supported as the active marker MKACT marker N dB Down MKBW MKBW lt numeric_value gt Different default value MKBW ON MKBW OFF Freq Delta Marker MKD lt numeric_value gt HZ KHZ Only Deltamarker 1 is supported MHZ GHZ _ MKD DN Different default value MKD UP Different stepsize MKD ON MKD OFF Frequency Counter MKFC MKFC ON OFF MKFC 1 0 Frequency Counter MKFCR numeric value Resolution HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ MKF MKFCR DN MKFCR UP MKFCR 1093 4820 12 6 300 E 3 FSP Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series Function HP 8590 Supported Subset Known differences Category Command Marker gt Min MKMIN MKMIN Normal Marker MKN MKN numeric value HZ KHZ MHZ GHZ MKN DN MKN UP MKN ON MKN OFF MKN Noise Measurement MKNOISE MKNOISE ON OFF MKNOISE 1 0 MKNOISE Marker off MKOFF MKOFF MKOFF ALL Marker Search MKPK Peak Excursion MKPX MKPX lt numeric_value gt DB MKPX DN MKPX UP MKPX Ref Level Marker MKRL MKRL Level CF Stepsize Marker MKSS MKSS Freq Marker to Trace MKTRACE MKTRACE TRA TRB TRC Signal Track MKTRACK MKTRACK ON OFF MKTRACK 1 0 MKTRACK Instrument preset Does not reset the status reporting information RST MEM Hardcopy PRINT PRINT Program Flow Stop previous function ABORT ABORT Does not automatically set the command complete bit Bit 4 in th
474. meter range starts at 0 Hz FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth CHANnel 100 to 1000MHz FSP parameter range starts at 100Hz FSE parameter range starts at 0 Hz FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel MODE ABSolute RELative FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel PRESet ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel new function for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing ACHannel 100Hz to 2000MHz different parameter range FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing UPPer 0 to 1000MHz not available for FSP and FSET FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel SPACing ALTernate lt 1 2 gt 100Hz to 2000MHz different parameter range FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer BANDwidth BWIDth 10 to 99 9PCT different parameter range FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer HSPeed ON OFF new function for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer NCORrection ON OFF new function for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer TRACe 1to3 new function for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator INTernal TUNe 0 to 4095 FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator INTernal TUNe SAVe FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator EXTernal FREQuency 1MHz to 16MHz not available for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt RANGes COUNt 1to 10 not available fo
475. mic not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol UNIT TIME S SYM not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt CONTrol DATA lt numeric value gt lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt COPY 1 to 8 lt name gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt DELete FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt FAIL FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer MARGin lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer MODE RELative ABSolute FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer OFFset lt numeric value gt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer SHIFt lt numeric_value gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer SPACing LiNear LOGarithmic not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LlMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer THReshold lt numeric value gt new function for FSP 1093 4820 12 6 307 FSP Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt LOWer DATA lt numeric value gt FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt MARGin 0 to 100DB not available for FSP FSET and
476. mit Lines and W IEE 7 23 Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power 7 25 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement sess essent 7 27 Time Domain Power Measurememt eene nennen nens 7 28 Fast Power Measurement on Power Hamps eene 7 29 Power Measurement with Multi Summary Marker sene 7 29 Multi Burst Power Measurement sess 7 31 Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists sssseeeee 7 33 Level Correction of Transducers Definition of Transducer Factors sssse 7 35 Reading Trace Data ceder deseo caue ede rb LEEA NSE 7 36 1093 4820 12 I 7 1 E 2 Contents Programming Examples FSP Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal I Q Data Acquisition 7 38 Averaging I GQ D alta iuter epe teo rp tito ur eie te ee Pa ete iere i vi fedes 7 41 Storing and Loading Device Geitngs eene 7 42 Storing Instrument Settings sese 7 42 Loading Device Gettings 7 43 Setting the Data Set for Startup Recall sse 7 43 Reading and Writing Us UTC 7 44 Reading a File from the Instrument 7 44 Creating a File on the Instrument 7 45 Configuring and Starting a Printout ennemi 7 46 1093 4820 12 I 7 2 E 2 FSP Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming 7 Remote Control Programming Examples The following programming examples have a hierarchical structure i e subsequent examples are based on previou
477. mode Example CALC MARK PEXC 10dB Defines peak excursion 10 dB in SPECTRUM mode CALC MARK PEXC 100 HZ Defines peak excursion 100 Hz in FM DEMOD mode Characteristics RST value 6dB SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM The numeric suffix in MARKer 1 to 4 is irrelevant 1093 4820 12 6 52 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion ADEMod Subsystem The CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion ADEMod subsystem contains the marker functions for the Option FM Demodulator FS K7 COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer FUNCtion ADEMod Option FM Demodulator FM query only RESult 1 to 3 gt PPEak MPEak MIDDIe RMS AFRequency query only RESult lt 1 to 3 gt FERRor query only RESult lt 1 to 3 gt CARRier query only RESult lt 1 to 3 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FM RESult lt 1 to 3 gt PPEak MPEak MIDDle RMS This command queries the results of FM modulation measurement The numeric suffix marks the selected trace 1 to 3 PPEak Result of measurement with detector PK MPEak Result of measurement with detector PK MIDDle Result of averaging PK 2 RMS Result of rms measurement Example CALC MARK FUNC ADEM FM PPE Queries the peak value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with Option FS K7 FM Demodulator CALCulate lt 1 2 g
478. modulator of the instrument Parameters sample rate The frequency at which measurement values are taken from the A D converter and stored in HO memory Valid range 15 625 kHz 31 25 kHz 62 5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz 32 MHz with filter type NORMal record length Number of samples to be stored in UO memory Valid range 1 to 130560 128 1024 512 trigger source Selection of the trigger source to use for the demodulator Valid values IMMediate EXTernal IFPower RFPower AF AM FM Notes IFPower and RFPower are available as of model 03 of the detector board assembly RFPower requires the TV and RF Trigger option FSP B6 After selecting IFPower and RFPower the trigger threshold can be set with command TRIG LEV IFP or TRIG LEV RFP 1093 4820 12 6 194 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem trigger slope offset samples it of meas Examples Characteristics Mode Used slope of the trigger signal Valid values POSitive NEGative The value indicated here will be ignored for trigger source IMMediate Number of samples to be used as an offset to the trigger signal Valid range 65024 to 130559 64 1024 512 to 128 1024 513 The value indicated here will be ignored for trigger source IMMediate Number of repetitions of the measurement to be executed The value indicated here is especially necessary for the a
479. n Example The expression contains mismatching parentheses Expression data not allowed The command contains a mathematical expression at an imallowed position 178 1093 4820 12 9 4 E 1 FSP Error Messages Execution Error Error on execution of a command sets bit 4 in the ESR register Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Execution error Error on execution of the command 201 Invalid while in local The command is not executable while the device is in local due to a hard local control Example The device receives a command which would change the rotary knob state but the device is in local so the command can not be executed 202 Settings lost due to rtl A setting associated with hard local control was lost when the device changed to LOCS from REMS or to LWLS from RWLS 210 Trigger error Error on triggering the device 211 Trigger ignored The trigger GET TRG or trigger signal was ignored because of device timing considerations Example The device was not ready to respond 212 Arm ignored An arming signal was ignored by the device 213 Init ignored Measurement initialisation was ignored as another measurement was already in progress 214 Trigger deadlock The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement is received The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received but the GET would cause an interrupted error 215 Arm
480. n 20 dB Electronic attenuation 0 dB RBW 1MHz VBW 3 MHz Filter type NORMal Measurement time 300 us Trigger delay 100 us Trigger video 45 Frequency Type 935 2 MHz GSM 900 fundamental 1805 2 MHz GSM 1800 fundamental 1870 4 MHz GSM 900 2nd harmonic 2805 6 MHz GSM 900 3rd harmonic 3610 4 MHz GSM 1800 2nd harmonic 3740 8 MHz GSM 900 4th harmonic 5815 6 MHz GSM 1800 3rd Harmonic The frequencies are selected in ascending order to minimize system inherent waiting times resulting from frequency changes At each frequency point the peak power and the rms power are measured The peak power and the rms power values are stored alternately in the results memory 1093 4820 12 7 33 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub FrequencyList result Space 500 A FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Configure status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep mode CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD OFF Display off Dem Configure FSP for power measurement based on frequency list Call IBWRT analyzer TRIG LEV VID 45PCT Video trigger threshold Call IBWRT analyzer LIST POWer SET ON ON OFF VID POS 100us 0 mime mies eae E Perform
481. n activating this function the APD measurement is switched off Example CALC STAT CCDF ON Switches on the CCDF measurement Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 89 E 3 CALCulate STATistics Subsystem FSP CALCulate STATistics NSAMples 100 to 1E9 This command sets the number of measurement points to be acquired for the statistical measurement functions Example CALC STAT NSAM 500 Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500 Characteristics RST value 100000 SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate STATistics SCALe AUTO ONCE This command optimizes the level setting of the instrument depending on the measured peak power in order to obtain maximum instrument sensitivity To obtain maximum resolution the level range is set as a function of the measured spacing between peak power and the minimum power for the APD measurement and of the spacing between peak power and mean power for the CCDF measurement In addition the probability scale for the number of test points is adapted Note Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with WAI OPC or OPC to the end of the autorange process which would otherwise be aborted Example CALC STAT SCAL AUTO ONCE WAI Adapts the level setting for statistical measurements Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no que
482. n of program examples Additionally the operating manual includes information about maintenance of the instrument and about error detection listing the error messages which may be output by the instrument It is subdi vided into 9 chapters Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 1093 4820 12 describes the control elements and connectors on the front and rear panel as well as all procedures required for putting the FSP into operation and integration into a test system gives an introduction to typical measurement tasks of the FSP which are ex plained step by step describes the operating principles the structure of the graphical interface and of fers a menu overview forms a reference for manual control of the FSP and contains a detailed descrip tion of all instrument functions and their application The chapter also lists the re mote control command corresponding to each instrument function describes the basics for programming the FSP command processing and the status reporting system lists all the remote control commands defined for the instrument At the end of the chapter a alphabetical list of commands and a table of softkeys with command assignment is given contains program examples for a number of typical applications of the FSP describes preventive maintenance and the characteristics of the instrument s in terfaces
483. n used in DS 006 7013 BS1363 1967 complying with Great Britain IEC 83 1975 standard B2 DS 006 7020 Type 12 complying with SEV regulation Switzerland 1011 1059 standard sheet S 24 507 DS 006 7036 Type 498 13 complying with USA Canada US regulation UL 498 or with IEC 83 DS 006 7107 Type SAA3 10 A 250 V Australia complying with AS C112 1964 Ap DS 0025 2365 DIN 49 441 10 A 250 V angular Europe except Switzerland DS 0099 1456 DIN 49 441 10 A 250 V straight 1093 4820 12 8 1 E 2 Instrument Interfaces FSP Instrument Interfaces AF Output A miniature telephone jack can be used at the AF OUTPUT connector to connect an external loudspeaker a headphone set or e g a LF voltmeter The internal resistance is 10 ohms and the output voltage can be controlled with the volume controller on the left side to the connector When a jack is plugged in the internal loudspeaker is automatically turned off Q WI X P Nea The connector is only available with option FSP B3 AF demodulator Probe Connector PROBE POWER To allow the connection of probes the FSP provides the PROBE POWER power connector It delivers the power supply voltages 15 V and 12 6 V and ground The connector is also suited for powering the high impedance probes from Hewlett Packard Ge 12 6 V max 150 mA 3 15 V max 150 mA External Keyboard KEYBOARD A 6 pin PS 2 connector is provided on the front panel to allow connecting
484. nal generator control option FSP B9 B10 is mounted and the normalization in the NETWORK mode is activated this value defines the power value assigned to the reference position in the selected measurement window This value corresponds to the parameter REFERENCE VALUE in manual operation The numeric suffix at TRACe lt 1 to 3 is irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y RVAL 0 Sets the power value assigned to the reference position to 0 dB Characteristics RST value 0 dB SCPI device specific Modes A MS 1093 4820 12 6 122 E 3 FSP DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 to 3 Y SCALe RPOSition 0 to 100PCT This command defines the position of the reference value in the selected measurement window The numeric suffix in TRACe 1 to 3 is irrelevant In operating mode NETWORK Tracking Generator Ext Generator Option FSP B9 B10 with active normalization RPOSition defines the reference point for the output of the normalized measurement results Example DISP TRAC Y RPOS 50PCT Characteristics RST value 100PCT SPECTRUM mode 50 PCT NETWORK and FM DEMOD mode SCPI conforming Mode A MS DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACE lt 1 to 3 gt Y SCALe PDIVision lt numeric_value gt This command defines the scaling of the Y axis in the current unit Example DISP TRAC Y PDIV 1 20 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode FM The numeric suffix in TRACE lt 1 to 3 gt is irrel
485. nalyzer Offset Denominator fse is applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT FREQ NUM 4 SOUR EXT FREQ DEN 3 Sets a multiplication factor of 4 8 i e the transmit frequency of the generator is 4 3 times the analyzer frequency Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 250 E 3 FSP SOURce Subsystem SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency OFFSet lt numeric_value gt This command defines the frequency offset of the selected generator 1 or 2 with reference to the receive frequency in the selected window Note Select the frequency offset of the generator so that the frequency range of the generator is not exceeded with the following formula Numerator Foenerator pe E Analyser SE Offset Denominator fise applied to the start and stop frequency of the analyzer This command is only valid in combination with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SOUR EXT FREQ OFFS 1GHZ Sets a frequency offset of the generator transmit frequency compared to the analyzer receive frequency of 1 GHz Characteristics RST value 0 Hz SCPI device specific Mode all SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt FREQuency SWEep STATe ON OFF This command activates or deactivates the frequency sweep for generator 1 or 2 in
486. name gt lt directory_name gt lt file_name gt lt file_name gt lt msus gt lt file_name gt lt directory_name gt 1 lt file_name gt lt numeric_value gt lt file_name gt 1 lt file_name gt lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt lt Boolean gt lt string gt 6 158 UNIT MMEMory Subsystem FSP COMMENT no query no query no query no query no query no query no query no query no query no query no query Tracking generator option no query no query no query FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory CATalog path This command reads the indicated directory According to DOS convention wild card characters can be entered in order to query e g a list of all files of a certain type The path name should be in conformance with DOS conventions and may also include the drive name Parameter path DOS Path name Example MMEM CAT D NUSERNDATA Returns the contents of the DAUSERWDATA directory MMEM CAT D NUSERNDATAN LOG Returns all files in DAUSER DATA with extension LOG MMEM CAT D NUSERNDATANSPOOL WMF Returns all files in D USER DATA whose names start with SPOOL have 6 letters and the extension W MF Response value List of file names in the form of strings separated by commas i e SPOOL1 WMF SPOOL2 WMF SPOOL3 WMF Characteristics RST value SCPI conformal Operating mode a
487. nance and Instrument Interfaces The FSP following chapter contains information on the maintenance of the FSP and on the instrument interfaces Please follow the instructions in the service manual when exchanging modules or ordering spares The order no for spare parts can be found in the service manual The address of our support center and a list of all Rohde amp Schwarz service centers can be found at the beginning of this manual The service manual includes further information particularly on troubleshooting repair exchange of modules including battery exchange adjustment of the OCXO oscillator and calibration Maintenance Mechanical and Electrical Maintenance The FSP does not require any special maintenance Remove any contamination on the instrument by means of a soft cloth Make sure that the air vents are not obstructed Storing and Packing The FSP can be stored at a temperature of 5 C to 60 C When stored for an extended period of time the instrument should be protected against dust The original packing should be used particularly the protective covers at the front and rear when the instrument is to be transported or dispatched If the original packing is no longer available use a sturdy cardboard box of suitable size and carefully wrap the instrument to protect it against mechanical damage List of Power Cables Available Table 8 1 List of o cables available Earthed contact connector Preteraiyuseai
488. nction for FSP FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SIZE LARGe SMALI new function for FSP FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT STATe ON OFF FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT DATA lt string gt FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TIME ON OFF FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 3 gt MODE WRITe VIEW AVERage FSP 3 traces are available MAXHold MINHold per screen FSE 4 traces are available in full screen mode and 2 traces per screen in split screen mode FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt EYE COUNt 1 to Result Length not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt MODE ANALog ON OFF not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt MODE CWRite ON OFF not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt MODE HCONtinuous ON OFF not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt SYMBol DOTS BARS OFF not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt X SPACing LiNear LOGarithmic not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt X SCALe RVALue lt numeric value gt not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDowc lt 1 2 gt TRACec lt 1 4 gt X SCALe ZOOM ON OFF not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe lt 1 4 gt X SCALe ZOOM lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FREQuency CENTer FSE DISPlay WINDow
489. nction for FSU NARRow FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 1Hz to 500MHz FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo AUTO ON OFF FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo EXTernal STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio 0 0001 to 1 only numeric values available Parameter ranges differ between FSP and FSE FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo RATio 0 001 to 1000 SINe also text parameters are PULSe NOISe available Parameter ranges differ between FSP and FSE not available for FSET FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 10Hz to 10MHz anal filter FSE 10Hz to 10MHz models 1Hz to 10MHz FFT filter 20 1Hz to 10MHz models 30 FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 10 Hz to 500MHz FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO ON OFF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution MODE ANALog DIGital not available for FSP and FSET FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution MODE FFT ON OFF old command that is still supported but has been replaced on the FSP by SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth B WIDth RESolution TYPE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution RATio 0 0001 to 1 FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BW IDth RESolution TYPE NORMal FFT CFiLter new function for FSP RRC
490. nding on the display mode selected TRACE1 2 CTABle or PWCDp can be output PWCDp is only available in conjunction with FS K72 base station tests CTABle PWCDp can be set only if CODE PWR ABSOLUTE RELATIVE CHANNEL TABLE is selected for Trace 1 The same data as for TRACE1 are output In addition the pilot length is output as the 6th value for FS K72 0 as the 6 value for FS K73 and active inactive 1 0 as the 7th value for both options FS K72 Seven values are transmitted for each assigned channel class channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level lt timing offset gt lt pilot length gt lt active inactive gt FS K73 Six values are transmitted for each assigned channel class channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level IQ mapping gt 0 lt active inactive gt The pilot length is specified in symbols can be set only for base station tests FS K72 if CODE PWR ABSOLUTE RELATIVE CHANNEL TABLE is selected for Trace 1 The pilot length is transmitted in addition to the same five values as transmitted for TRACE1 The pilot length is specified in symbols Six values are transmitted for each assigned channel lt class gt lt channel number gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset gt pilot length The pilot length is specified in bit TRACE1 TRACE2 1093 4820 12 The following measured values are transferred dependin
491. ndwidths and detector suitable for ACP measurement in screen A INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP Queries the result of the adjacent channel power measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel This command adapts the reference level to the measured channel power and if required switches on previously the adjacent channel power measurement This ensures that the signal path of the instrument is not overloaded Since the measurement bandwidth is significantly smaller than the signal bandwidth in channel power measurements the signal path can be overloaded although the trace is still significantly below the reference level If the measured channel power equals the reference level the signal path is not overloaded The command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Note Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with WAI OPC or OPC to the end of the autorange process which would otherwise be aborted Example POW ACH PRES RLEV WAI Adapts the reference level to the measured channel power Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F 1093 4820 12 6 237 E 3 SENSe POWer Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer BANDwidth BWIDth 10 to 99 9PCT This command defines the perce
492. ne nnn nn annnm nnn tn nhan nasa snas nn nanenane 6 329 Table of Softkeys with IEC JEEE Bus Command Assignment esee 6 344 FREQUENCY Ken iii Ele o e Ere me p e tene et ied i eut 6 344 E WE BEE 6 345 AMPT Key pde ete sped qti en ted aged te tu abate ans 6 346 Mie iacit iei uim taber eei ep EID bed N eae hada MER De oe 6 347 Mk Edel Lee open Ene ec e dE tee ep ia ee peed Ee ee ean 6 348 Taste MKR EQ Nr DEE 6 349 BW Key ita dtes miele deett duele dat 6 351 SWEEP Kei ne rid a et e RR ee ER URS eda Rena 6 352 ME cal ites 6 353 HHLencre m 6 357 RAGE Key ege t ele tee Be te He ett ire vertere tree exte te Lego eg 6 358 LINES Gy eap etta used e e ed A e epe XR eee eee 6 360 DISP EE 6 362 FILE EE 6 363 SIM ERR EA EDU EUREN eebe eg 6 364 SETUP Key atate GP e ie Preterea Hd eee e Peta Bere ett eu dca 6 364 HGOPY Key fite ehh emt E 6 366 FloOtK8yS acne e ette teat ete dab s States ee 6 367 Hotkey NETWORK enti etat ted ette ete Um 6 368 1093 4820 12 1 6 3 E 3 Notation FSP 6 Remote Control Description of Commands Notation In the following sections all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed in tables and then described in detail arranged according to the command subsystems The notation is adapted to the SCPI standard The SCPI conformity information is included in the individual description of the comm
493. nel power by command SENSe POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE The command is only available in the frequency domain span 0 Example POW ACH MODE REL Characteristics RST value ABSolute SCPI device specific Mode A F 1093 4820 12 6 236 E 3 FSP SENSe POWer Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel REFerence AUTO ONCE This command sets the reference value for the relative measurement to the currently measured channel power The command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Example POW ACH REF AUTO ONCE Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel PRESet ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO This command adapts the frequency span the bandwidths and the detector to the number of channels channel bandwidths and channel spacings of the active power measurement and switches on the adjacent channel power measurement if required To ensure that the results are valid a complete sweep including synchronization to the sweep end must be performed after the configuration Synchronization is only possible in single sweep mode The results are queried with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult The command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Example POW ACH PRES ACP Sets the frequency range ba
494. ng between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 1 to 100 kHz and between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 2 to 150 kHz Characteristics RST value 40 kHz ALT1 60 kHz ALT2 SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel ACPairs 0 1 2 3 This command sets the number of adjacent channels upper and lower channel in pairs The figure 0 stands for pure channel power measurement The command is only available in the frequency domain span 0 Example POW ACH ACP 3 Setsthe number of adjacent channels to 3 i e the adjacent channel and alternate adjacent channels 1 and 2 are switched on Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth CHANnel 100 Hz to 1000 MHz This command sets the channel bandwidth of the radio communication system The bandwidths of adjacent channels are not influenced by this modification in contrast to the FSE family With SENS POW HSP ON the steep edged channel filters from the table List of available channel filters in Section Setting Bandwidths and Sweep Time Key BW are available Example POW ACH BWID 30kHz Sets the bandwidth of the TX channel to 80 kHz Characteristics RST value 14 kHz SCPI device specific Mode A F 1093 4820 12 6 235 E 3 SENSe POWer Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel 100 Hz to 1000 MHz This comm
495. ng examples sess 7 IFQVED revel rni eessen eeh SER NE 3 5 Impedance of Input 4 16 Indication hardware settings esses 3 3 instrument settings eene 3 5 marker information 84 Initial configuration sess 4 2 Input EXT IRHIGGERAGAITE 4 32 8 12 REF a IN Input impedance Instrument functions sessi 4 1 Interface functions IEC IEEE bUS iio e eee hs 8 4 Interfaces oca ciere teo We YO Nt HERE IEEE Year 8 2 Intermodulation product 4 115 et 5 31 IST flag ese TG uu LEE 5 22 K 10 3 pss 4 82 m 3 17 MEI UEM E DA I E 4 57 de RE 4 64 MKR O nt tbe ed 4 74 PHESET insieme 4 2 6 7 6 272 Oe Eesen 3 12 SETUP Li buen 4 137 SPAN sees H C 4 10 SWEEPS sess esas Sick Ente ete ien eser dar 4 28 THAGE xu is esc vec ash ce tas IL E 4 41 TRIG 5e iter debere eim 4 31 Index Keyboard CODRBeCcliOnu s oie tim Ame ee EA 1 20 connector kHZ aB key tree L LAN line uL ern EE ao E rov edet eter in offset phase noise offset tracking generator Telerenca i eu eto tirer so ioco 4 13 Limit ACP measurement evaluation Lange probability rage Limit check a ACP measurement Limit Gheck ist t oni Dee A Limit line GOD PEE delete domain edit sns limit check offset Save
496. ning of bits in STATus QUEstionable S YNC register BURSt not found screen A This bit is set if no burst is found in the measurements premeasurements for phase frequency error PFE or carrier power versus time PVT in GSM MS mode If a burst is found in these measurements premeasurements the bit is reset SYNC not found screen A This bit is set if the synchronization sequence training sequence of the midamble is not found in the measurements premeasurements for phase frequency error PFE or carrier power versus time PVT in GSM MS mode If the synchronization sequence training sequence of the midamble is found in these measurements premeasurements the bit is reset carrier power versus time PVT and spectrum due to modulation is too low The bit is reset at the beginning of the premeasurement see also Chapter 2 description of the named premeasurements Carrier overload screen A This bit is set if in GSM MS mode the level value determined in the premeasurements for carrier versus time PVT and spectrum due to modulation is too high The bit is reset at the beginning of the premeasurement see also Chapter 2 description of the named premeasurements This bit is always O 2 No carrier screen A This bit is set if in GSM MS mode the level value determined in the premeasurements for 1093 4820 12 5 30 E 2 FSP Status Reporting System Application of the Status Reporting Systems In order to be able to
497. nly available for screen A Therefore the command sequence SENSe2 is not available for the commands of the SENSe ADEMod subsystem 1093 4820 12 6 191 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP COMMAND SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod AF COUPIing BANDwidth DEModulation BWIDth DEModulation MTIMe RLENgth STATe SET SRATe AM TYPE RESult FM ETYPE RESult OFFSet SPECtrum BANDwidth RESolution BWIDth RESolution SPAN TYPE RESult ZOOM STATe STARE 1093 4820 12 AC DC numeric value numeric value numeric value Boolean numeric value numeric value IMMediate EXTernal POSitive NEGative numeric value numeric value WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold OFF IMMediate AVERage numeric value numeric value numeric value WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF WRITe AVERage MAXHold MINHold Boolean numeric value 6 192 PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT Option FM Demo
498. nm Active limit check result Space 100 CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Set relative limit CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Set absolute limit CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ACH STAT ON Rel limit check on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS STAT ON Abs limit check on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ON Limit check on ees Start measurement and query result CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Query result of CALL IBRD analyzer result limit check fee Read out result Print Result Limit Check result END SUB REM X KKK KKK KK IKK ke hee ke hee ke hee ke IKK IKK IKK IKK ke ke e ehe e eee ke ce ke ke ke He ke ke ke ke k ke k e k k k kkk k k 1093 4820 12 7 26 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Occupied Bandwidth Measurement In the following example the bandwidth is to be found in which 9596 of the power of a GSM signal is contained Signal frequency is 935 2 MHz channel bandwidth is 200 kHz REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub OBW
499. not available for FSP PHOLd RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MIDDle RESult not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MIDDle STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MODE ABSolute RELative new function for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MPEak not available for FSP AVERage RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MPEak not available for FSP PHOLd RESult FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MPEak RESult not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MPEak STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd ON OFF FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak AVERage RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak PHOLd R ESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary REFerence ONCE new function for FSP AUTO FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS AVERage R ESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1
500. not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example SENSe LIST POWer STATe OFF Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 229 E 3 SENSe MPOWer Subsystem FSP SENSe MPOWer Subsystem The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the mean burst power or peak burst power for a given number of signal bursts and for outputting the results in a list Since all the settings required for a measurement are combined in a single command the measurement speed is considerably higher than when using individual commands For measuring the signal bursts the GATED SWEEP function is used in the time domain The gate is controlled either by an external trigger signal or by the video signal An individual trigger event is required for each burst to be measured If an external trigger signal is used the threshold is fixed to TTL level while with a video signal the threshold can be set as desired The following graphics shows the relation between trigger time trigger offset for delayed gate opening and measurement time Measurement Measurement Measurement Time Time Time Trigger Offset Trigger Offset Trigger Offset Trigger Trigger Trigger Signal Signal Signal Depending on the settings made the measurements are performed with the RMS detector for RMS power or the PEAK detector for pea
501. nt of the measurement window and the selected marker i e the suffixes lt 1 2 gt and lt 1 to 4 gt are irrelevant The command is only available with option audio demodulator FSP B3 Example CALC MARK FUNC DEM HOLD 3s Characteristics RST value DEModulation is set to OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation CONTinuous ON OFF This command switches on or off the continuous demodulation in the frequency domain span 0 in the selected measurement window Thus acoustic monitoring of the signals can be performed in the frequency domain The function does not depend on the selected marker i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 is irrelevant The command is only available with option audio demodulator FSP B3 Example CALC2 MARK3 FUNC DEM CONT ON Switches on the continuous demodulation in screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 61 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion MDEPth STATe This command switches on the measurement of the AM modulation depth An AM modulated carrier is required on the screen for correct operation If necessary marker 1 is previously activated and set to the largest signal available The level value of marker 1 is regarded as the carrier level On activating the function marker 2 and marker 3 are automatically set a
502. nt to XTIM RFPower XTIM RFPower Demodulated AM signal in level display XTIM FM Demodulated FM signal XTIM SPECtrum RF spectrum of FM signal determined from the measured data by means of FFT XTIM AMSummary 1 to 325 AM summary marker referred to trace 1 to 3 XTIM FMSummary 1 to 3 gt FM summary marker referred to trace 1 to 3 Parameters for option FS K72 K73 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS MS The value in parentheses CALC1 or CALC2 indicates which command string is required in order to match the parameter selected lt string gt lt string gt XPOW CDP Bargraph result display of code domain power absolute CALC1 XPOW CDP RATio Bargraph result display of code domain power ratio relative CALC1 XPOW CDP OVERview Overview screen A displays CDP Rel I screen B CDP Q option FS K73 only XTIM CDP ERR Bargraph result display of timing error XTIM CDP ERR PHASe Bargraph result display of phase error XTIM CDP ERR SUMM Display of results in tabular form CALC2 XTIM CDP ERR CTABle Display of channel table CALC1 XTIM CDP ERR PCDomain Result display of peak code domain error CALC2 XTIM CDP MACOCuracy Result display of modulation accuracy CALC2 XTIM CDP PVSLot Result display of power versus slot CALC2 XTIM CDP PVSymbol Result display of power versus symbol CALC2 1093 4820 12 6 17 E 3 CALCulate FEED Subsystem FSP XTIM CDP PVSymbor XTIM CDP BST
503. ntage of the power with respect to the total power This value is the basis for the occupied bandwidth measurement command POWer ACHannel PRESet OBW The command is only available in the frequency domain span 0 Example POW BWID 95PCT Characteristics RST value 99PCT SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer HSPeed ON OFF This command switches on or off the high speed channel adjacent channel power measurement The measurement itself is performed in the time domain on the center frequencies of the individual channels The command automatically switches to the time domain and back Depending on the selected mobile radio standard weighting filters with Vcos characteristic or very steep sided channel filters are used for band limitation The command is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 Example POW HSP ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A F SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer NCORrection ON OFF This command switches on or off the correction of the instrument inherent noise for channel power measurement On activating this function a reference measurement of the instrument inherent noise is performed The measured noise power is then subtracted from the power in the examined channel The instrument inherent noise is then re determined after any change of the center frequency resolution bandwidth sweep time and level setting by repeating the reference mea
504. ntly installed units without built in fuses circuit breakers or similar protective de vices the supply circuit must be fused such as to provide suitable protection for the users and equipment Prior to switching on the unit it must be ensured that the nominal voltage set on the unit matches the nominal voltage of the AC supply network If a different voltage is to be set the power fuse of the unit may have to be changed accordingly Units of protection class with disconnectible AC supply cable and appliance connector may be operated only from a power socket with earthing contact and with the PE conductor con nected 095 1000 Sheet 17 It is not permissible to interrupt the PE conduc tor intentionally neither in the incoming cable nor on the unit itself as this may cause the unit to become electrically hazardous Any extension lines or multiple socket outlets used must be checked for compliance with rele vant safety standards at regular intervals If the unit has no power switch for disconnection from the AC supply the plug of the connecting cable is regarded as the disconnecting device In such cases it must be ensured that the power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all times length of connecting cable approx 2 m Functional or electronic switches are not suit able for providing disconnection from the AC supply If units without power switches are integrated in racks or systems a disconnecting device mu
505. nvalid character or it is invalid for this command Example Write error with parameter indication INPut COUPling XC 9 3 E 1 Error Messages FSP Continuation Command Error Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Error code Character data too long The text parameter contains more than 12 characters Character data not allowed The text parameter is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command Example The command RCL requires a number to be indicated 150 String data error The command contains a faulty string 151 Invalid string data The command contains a faulty string Example An END message has been received prior to the terminating apostrophe 158 String data not allowed The command contains a valid string at a position which is not allowed Example A text parameter is set in quotation marks INPut COUPling DC Block data error The command contains faulty block data 160 161 Invalid block data The command contains faulty block data Example An END message was received prior to reception of the expected number of data 168 Block data not allowed The command contains valid block data at an imallowed position Example The command RCL requires a number to be indicated Expression error The command contains an invalid mathematical expression 170 171 Invalid expression The command contains an invalid mathematical expressio
506. o recall set will also be restored by a HST command Parameter file name DOS file name without extension FACTORY denotes the data set previously in the instrument Example MMEM LOAD AUTO 1 D NUSERNDATANTEST Characteristics RST value FACTORY SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory MDlRectory lt directory_name gt This command creates a new directory The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name The path name complies with DOS conventions Parameter lt directory_name gt DOS path name Example MMEM MDIR D NUSERNDATA Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 163 E 3 MMEMory Subsystem FSP MMEMory MOVE file source file destination This command renames existing files if file destination contains no path indication Otherwise the file is moved to the indicated path and stored under the file name specified there if any The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive The path name complies with DOS conventions Parameter file source file destination file name file name DOS file name Example MMEM MOVE D TESTO1 CFG SETUP CFG Renames TEST01 CFG in SETUP CFG in directory DA
507. of I Data of Q Data of DataBytes 2 Q Data Offset LengthIndicatorDigits with LengthIndicatorDigits being the number of digits of the length indicator including the In the example above 41024 this results in a value of 6 for LengthIndicatorDigits and the offset for the Q data will result in 512 6 518 1093 4820 12 6 284 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A T Note Using the command with the RST values for command TRAC IQ SET the following minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended ASCII format 10 kBytes Binary format 2 kBytes device specific TRACe lt 1 2 gt 1Q DATA MEMory offset samples gt lt of samples This command permits the readout of previously acquired and frequency response corrected UO data from the memory with indication of the offset related to the start of measurement and with indication of the number of measurement values Therefore a previously acquired data set can be read out in smaller portions The maximum amount of available data depends on the settings of command TRACe IQ SET the output format on the settings in the FORMat subsystem Note The command requires that all response data are read out completely before the instrument accepts further commands If there are not I Q data available in memory because the corresponding measurement had not been started the command will cause a Q
508. of MARKer is irrelevant The configuration for a standard comprises of the parameters weighting filter channel bandwidth and spacing resolution and video bandwidth as well as detector and sweep time Meaning of the CDMA standard abbreviations FIS95A FaCDma CDMA 1895A forward RIS95A R8CDma CDMA IS95A reverse FJ008 F19CDma CDMA J STD008 forward RJ008 R19CDma CDMA J STD008 reverse FIS95CO CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward RIS95CO CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse FIS95C1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 forward RIS95C1 CDMA IS95C Class 1 reverse FWCDma W CDMA 4 096 MHz forward RWCDma W CDMA 4 096 MHz reverse FW3Gppcdma W CDMA 3 84 MHz forward RW3Gppcdma W CDMA 3 84 MHz reverse D2CDma CDMA 2000 direct sequence S2CDma CDMA 2000 MC1 multi carrier with 1 carrier M2CDma CDMA 2000 MC3 multi carrier with 3 carriers TCDMa TD SCDMA Notes The settings for standards IS95A and C differ as far as the calculation method of channel spacings is concerned For IS95A and J STD008 the spacing is calculated from the center of the main channel to the center of the corresponding adjacent channel for IS95C from the center of the main channel to the nearest border of the adjacent channel This command is not available during active GSM measurements Example CALC2 MARK FUNC POW PRES NADC Selects the standard setting for NADC in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F 1093 4820 12 6 69 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP C
509. of an adjacent carrier signal The spacing often used between the measured frequency and the carrier frequency is 10 kHz For the noise measurement the measured absolute level is referred to a bandwidth of 1 Hz The following example is again based on a signal with a level of 30 dBm at 100 MHz Two markers are used to determine the noise and the phase noise at an offset of 10 kHz from the carrier signal REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkxkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub Noise result Space 100 De FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Configure status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep fmi Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQUENCY CENTER 100MHz Center frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ SPAN 100 kHz Span eri Set level CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 20dBm Reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync je Set reference point CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Marker 1 on CAL
510. of subsequent commands only after all preceding commands have been executed and all signals have settled cf Chapter 5 and OPC as well 1093 4820 12 6 7 E 3 ABORt CALCulate Subsystem FSP ABORt Subsystem The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions An action can be triggered again immediately after being aborted All commands trigger events and therefore they have no RST value COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT ABORt no query ABORt This command aborts a current measurement and resets the trigger system Example ABOR INIT IMM Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM CALCulate Subsystem The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data transforming and carrying out corrections These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquistion i e following the SENSe subsystem The numeric suffix is used in CALCulate to make the distinction between the two measurement windows SCREEN A and SCREEN B CALCulate1 Screen A CALCulate2 Screen B For commands without suffix screen A is selected automatically Full Screen The settings are valid for the measurement window selected with the numeric suffix They become effective as soon as the corresponding measurement window has been selected as active measurement window using the command DISPLay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect Triggering measurements and querying measured values is possi
511. ol points per symbol rate It is only availabe in the GSM MS mode FS K5 Example INST MGSM Switches instrument to GSM MS mode CONF PRAT 8 Sets rate of samples per symbol to 8 Characteristics RST value 4 SCPI device specific Mode MS 1093 4820 12 6 100 E 3 FSP CONFigure Subsystem CONFigure RESTore This command restores the GSM limit lines All previous changesto the GSM limit lines are lost and the default Limit Lines from the delivery state are restored This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option Example Characteristics Mode INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF REST Set the GSM limit lines to default RST value SCPI device specific A MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value CONFigure MTYPe GMSK EDGE This command selects modulation typeGMSK or EDGE A running GSM measurement is aborted when the modulation type is changed It has to be explicitly selected again by using one of the CONFigure commands Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement RST value GMSK SCPI device specific MS 6 101 E 3 CONFigure BURSt Subsystem FSP CONFig
512. ommand recognition and execution The receipt of a DCL clears the input buffer and immediately initiates a message to the command recognition 1093 4820 12 5 15 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP Command Recognition The command recognition analyses the data received from the input unit It proceeds in the order in which it receives the data Only a DCL is serviced with priority a GET Group Execute Trigger e g is only executed after the commands received before as well Each recognized command is immediately transferred to the instrument data base but without being executed there at once Syntactical errors in the command are recognized in the command recognition and supplied to the status reporting system The rest of a command line after a syntax error is analysed further if possible and serviced If the command recognition recognizes a delimiter PROGRAM MESSAGE SEPARATOR gt or PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR or a DCL it requests the instrument data base to set the commands in the instrument hardware as well now Subsequently it is immediately prepared to process commands again This means for the command servicing that further commands can already be serviced while the hardware is still being set overlapping execution Instrument Data Base and Instrument Hardware Here the expression instrument hardware denotes the part of the instrument fulfilling the actual instrument function signal generation measurement etc The control
513. ommand switches the selected transducer factor on or off Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Example CORR TRAN ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Modes A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer DELete This command deletes the selected transducer factor Note Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Example CORR TRAN DEL Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes A This command is an event and therefore has no RST value This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher SENSe lt 1 2 gt CORRection TRANsducer VIEW ON OFF This command switches on the display of the active transducer factor or set Nolte Prior to this command the command SENS CORR TRAN SEL must be sent Example CORR TRAN VIEW ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 219 E 3 SENSe DETector Subsystem FSP SENSe DETector Subsystem The SENSe DETector subsystem controls the acquisition of measurement data via the selection of the detector for the corresponding trace The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT ISENSe 122 DETector lt 1
514. on FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP individual registers for Screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt EVENt FSP individual registers for screen A and B FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable POWer ENABIe 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable POWer NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable POWer PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable POWer EVENt FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition 0 to 65535 FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt FSE STATus QUEStionable TRANsducer CONDition not available for FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable TRANsducer ENABle 0 to 65535 not available for FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable TRANsducer NTRansition 0 to 65535 not available for FSP FSE STATus QUEStionable TRANsducer PTRansition 0 to 65535 not available for FSP FSE
515. on Trigger FREE RUN The results are output as a list in the order of the entered frequency points The number of results per test point depends on the number of concurrently active measurements peak RMS average Selection of concurrently active measurements and setting of parameters that are constant for the whole measurement is via a configuration command SENSe LIST POWer SET This also includes the setting for trigger and gate parameters The following setting parameters can be selected independently for each frequency point e Analyzer frequency e Reference level e RF attenuation of attenuator only with option B25 e Resolution filter e Resolution bandwidth e Video bandwidth e Measurement time Detector The number of frequencies is limited to 100 entries The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways 1 Instrument setup measurement and querying of the results in a single command With this method there is the least delay between the measurement and the result output However it requires the control computer to wait for the response from the instrument 2 Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement With this method the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being performed However more time is needed for synchronization via service request Note Settings that are not directly included in commands of this subsystem can
516. onforming Mode A MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 280 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem TRACe IQ Subsystem The commands of this subsystem are used for collection and output of measured IQ data A special memory is therefore available in the instrument with 128k words for the and Q data The measurement is always performed in the time domain span 0 Hz at the selected center frequency The number of samples to be collected can be set The sample rate can be set in the range from 15 625 kHz to 32 MHz if channel filters are used the sample rate is a function of the filter involved and can be determined by a separate command depending on the setting Prior to being stored in memory or output via GPIB the measurement data are corrected in terms of frequency response Note The commands of this subsystem are not available during GSM measurements Depending on the sample rate the following maximum bandwidths can be obtained during the measurement Sample rate Max bandwidth Notes 32 MHz 9 6 MHz 16 MHz 7 72 MHz 8 MHz 4 8 MHz Signals outside the given bandwidth are folded back into the useful band due to the anti aliasing filter 4 MHz 2 8 MHz ii 2 MHz 1 6 MHz max bandwidth 0 8 sample rate for sample rate lt 2 MHz 1 MHz 800 kHz 500 kHz 400 kHz 250 kHz 200 kHz 125 kHz 100 kHz 62 5 kHz 50 kHz 31 25 kHz 25 kHz 15 625 kHz 12 5 k
517. ore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation AVERage RESult This command queries the result of the averaged standard deviation determined in several sweeps in the selected measurement window The query is possible only if averaging is active The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM AVER ON Switches on the calculation of average in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN SDEV RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 79 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary SDEViation PHOLd RESult This command queries the maximum standard deviation value determined in several sweeps in the selected measurement window The query is possible only if
518. ositions delta marker 2 in screen A 10 7 MHz to the right of marker 1 CALC2 DELT X Outputs the absolute frequency time of delta marker 1 in screen B CALC2 DELT X REL Outputs the relative frequency time level of delta marker 1 in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt X RELative This command queries the frequency span gt 0 or time span 0 of the selected delta marker relative to marker 1 or to the reference position for CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON The command activates the corresponding delta marker if necessary Example CALC DELT3 X REL Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 in screen B relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 11 E 3 CALCulate FEED Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt Y This command queries the measured value of the selected delta marker in the indicated measurement window The corresponding delta marker will be activated if necessary The output is always a relative value referred to marker 1 or to the reference position reference fixed active To obtain a valid query result a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between the activation of the delta marker and the qu
519. ossible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS ON Switches on the function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary RMS AVERage RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged RMS value in the selected measurement window The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1l to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AVERage The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM AVER ON Swtiches on the average value calculation in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM RMS AVER RES Outputs the result of
520. ostic SERVice NSOurce ON OFF FSP DIAGnostic SERVice SFUNction lt string gt to replacement for DIAG SERV FUNC of FSP necessary due to different parameter formats needed on the FSP FSP DIAGnostic SERVice STESt RESult new function for FSP 1093 4820 12 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSP FSE DISPlay ANNotation FREQuency ON OFF DISPlay BARGraph LEVel LOWer not available for FSP DISPlay BARGraph LEVel UPPer not available for FSP FSP FSE DISPlay CMAP lt 1 26 gt DEFault lt 1 2 gt larger selection of independently configurable items 1 to 26 FSP FSE DISPlay CMAP lt 1 26 gt HSL Oto 1 0 to 1 0 to 1 larger selection of independently configurable items 1 to 26 FSP FSE DISPlay CMAP lt 1 26 gt PDEFined lt color gt larger selection of independently configurable items 1 to 26 FSP FSE DISPlay FORmat SINGle SPLit FSP FSE DISPlay LOGO ON OFF FSE DISPlay PROGram MODE ON OFF not available for FSP FSP FSE DISPlay PSAVe HOLDoff 0 to 60 FSP FSE DISPlay PSAVe STATe ON OFF FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt FEED AF VIDeo not available for FSP FSE DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt MINFo ON OFF not available for FSP FSP DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect new fu
521. ount result Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK2 ON Switches marker 2 in screen A CALC MARK2 COUN ON Switches the frequency counter for marker 2 INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK2 COUN FREQ Outputs the measured value of marker 2 in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 48 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt LOEXclude ON OFF This command switches the local oscillator suppression for peak search on or off This setting is valid for all markers and delta markers in all measurement windows Example CALC MARK LOEX ON Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode A F MS FM The numeric suffixes 1 2 and 1 to 4 are irrelevant CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt Y This command queries the measured value of the selected marker in the selected measurement window The corresponding marker is activated before or switched to marker mode if necessary To obtain a valid query result a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between the activation of the marker and the query of the y value T
522. output is always provided with comments title time and date As an alternative to the whole screen only traces commands HCOPy DEVice WINDow TRACe STATe ON or tables command HCOPy DEVice WINDow TABLe STATe ON can be output HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABle STATe ON OFF This command selects the output of the currently displayed tables Example HCOP ITEM WIND TABL STAT ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all The command HCOPy DEVice ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABle STATe OFF as well as command HCOPy DEVice ITEM ALL enables the output of the whole screen HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TEXT lt string gt This command defines the comment text for measurement window 1 or 2 for printout with a maximum of 100 characters line feed by means of character Example HCOP ITEM WIND2 TEXT comment Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all HCOPy ITEM WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe STATe ON OFF This command selects the output of the currently displayed trace Example HCOP ITEM WIND TRACe STAT ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode all The command HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 TRACe STATe OFF as well as command HCOPy ITEM ALL enables the output of the whole screen 1093 4820 12 6 148 E 3 FSP HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy PAGE ORlentation lt 1 2 gt LANDscape PORTrait The command selects the format of
523. program to respond to mouse clicks or key entries during the waiting time Moreover it causes program abort if the SRQ event does not occur within the predefined timeout period The method is therefore in many cases not suitable for waiting for measurement results especially with triggered measurements The following function calls are required CALL WaitSRQ boardID result Wait for service request User inputs are not possible during the waiting time IF result 1 THEN CALL Srq If SRO is recognized gt 1093 4820 12 subroutine for evaluation 7 7 E 2 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming FSP 2 Non blocking user inputs possible This method is recommended if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an SRQ is long longer than the selected timeout and user inputs should be possible during the waiting time or if the event is not certain to occur This method is therefore the preferable choice for waiting for the end of measurements i e the output of results especially in the case of triggered measurements The method necessitates a waiting loop that checks the status of the SRQ line at regular intervals and returns control to the operating system during the time the expected event has not yet occurred In this way the system can respond to user inputs mouse clicks key entries during the waiting time It is advisable to employ the Hold auxiliary function which returns control to the
524. r LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude lt numeric_value gt This command defines the output level of the tracking generator in the current measurement window This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 Parameter numeric value gt 30 dBm to 0 dBm In the external tracking generator mode the limits depend on the type of the generator used Example SOUR POW 20dBm Sets the tracking generator level in screen A to 20 dBm Characteristics RST value 20 dBm SCPI conforming Modes all SOURce lt 1 2 gt POWer LEVel IMMediate OFFSet 200dB to 200dB This command defines a level offset for the tracking generator level Thus for example attenuators or amplifiers at the output of the tracking generator can be taken into account for the setting This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 Example SOUR POW OFFS 10dB Sets the level offset of the tracking generator in screen A to 20 dBm Characteristics RST value 0dB SCPI conforming Modes all 1093 4820 12 6 248 E 3 FSP SOURce Subsystem SOURce EXTernal Subsystem The SOURce EXTernal subsystem controls the operation of the unit with option Ext Generator Control B10 The commands are only valid for the selected window with SOURce1 changing the setting in screen A and SOURce2 the setting in screen B The selection of the external generator 1 or 2 is via EXTernal lt 1 2 gt No
525. r FSP ESI 1093 4820 12 6 324 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE SENSe 1J2 SCAN 1 10 BANDwidth RESolution fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut ATTenuation dBmin to dBmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut ATTenuation AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut BIMPedance 1500HM 6000HM not available for FSP 10kOHM FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut GAIN OdB to 30dB not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut GAIN AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP ESI ESI SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut GAIN STATe ON OFF not available for FSP ESI SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut TYPE INPUT1 INPUT2 not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt INPut TYPE RF BALanced not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt STARt fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt STEP fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 gt STOP fmin tO fmax not available for FSP ESI FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SCAN lt 1 10 g
526. r FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC COMMent lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC DATA lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC NAME lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC OFFSet lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC PATTern lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC SELect lt string gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch SYNC STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SEARch TIME 100 to 1600 not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SRATe 160 Hz to 1 6 MHz not available for FSP FSIQ SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod SRATe 160 Hz to 7 MHz not available for FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt DDEMod TIME 1 to Frame Length not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DEMod OFF AM AMVideo FM not available for FSP PM ESI SENSe lt 1 2 gt DEMod OFF AM FM not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DEMod FILTer HPASs FREQuency 0 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 not available for FSP kHZ FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DEMod FiLTer LPASs AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt DEMod FILTer LPASs FREQuency lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 4 gt CMEM STATe ON OFF not available for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt D
527. r Generator Generator Generator Type Min Freq Max Freq Min Power Max Power dBm dBm SMX GPIB 100 kHz 1 0 GHz 137 13 SMY01 GPIB 9 kHz _1 04 GHz 140 13 SMY02 GPIB 9 kHz 2 08 GHz 140 13 HP8340A GPIB 10 MHz 26 5 GHz 110 10 HP ESG A GPIB 250 kHz 4 GHz 136 20 Series 1000A 2000A 3000A 4000A HP ESG D GPIB 250 kHz 3 GHz 136 10 SERIES E4432B Notes Generators with TTL interface can also be operated via IECBUS GPIB alone With NONE selected the corresponding generator 1 or 2 is deactivated The command is only available with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SYST COMM RDEV GEN2 TYPE SMEO2 Selects SMEO2 as generator 2 Characteristics RST value NONE SCPI device specific SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol DTR BFull OFF SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol RTS IBFull OFF These commands switch the hardware handshake procedure for the serial interface off OFF or on IBFull The two commands are equivalent Examples SYST COMM SER CONT DTR OFF SYST COMM SER CONT RTS IBF Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter factory default OFF SCPI conforming Mode all SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BAUD 110 300 600 1200 2400 9600 19200 This command sets the transmission speed for the serial interface COM Example SYST COMM SER BAUD 2400 Characteristics RST value no influence on this parameter
528. r avaja e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS CHANnel TSC AUTO ON OFF core e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS COSiting ON OFF oes e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS LIMIt FREQency lt numeric_value gt coe e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS LIMIt PPEak lt numeric_value gt oe e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS LIMIt PRMS lt numeric_value gt UN e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS LIMit STANdard ON OFF id e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS NETWork PHASe 1 2 PLUS woo e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS NETWork TYPE PGSM PGSM900 EGSM not available for FSP and EGSM900 DCS FSET GSM1800 PCS GSM1900 RGSM RGSM900 FSE CONFigure BTS POWer CLASs 1to8 1to4 M1 M2 M3 ce e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer COUPled ON OFF GE e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer DYNamic 0 to 15 DAS ae e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer EXPected numeric value Lon n e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer LIMit lt numeric_value gt ce e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer SINGle CLEar coo e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer SINGle STATe ON OFF doce e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS POWer STATic 0to6 oe e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS PRESet on e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS SWEeptime STANdard AUTO ae e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS TXSupp ON OFF LS e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS MEASurement eo e for FSP and FSE CONFigur
529. r display only in volts FORMat REAL 32 is to be used as format for binary transmission and FORMat ASCii for ASCII transmission GSM MS Analyzer With power versus time PVT measurement the number of measured values depends on the number of active slots defined by the multislot command CONF CHAN SLOT MULT as well as on the number of samples per symbol defined by the CONF CHAN PRAT command 4 samples per symbol 8 samples per symbol 1 active slot 868 measured values 1736 measured values 2 active slots 1492 measured values 2984 measured values 3 active slots 2116 measured values 4232 measured values 4 active slots 2740 measured values 5480 measured values 8 active slots 5240 measured values 10480 measured values With phase frequency error PFE measurement the number of measured values depends on the number of samples per symbol defined by the CONF CHAN PRAT command 4 samples per symbol 8 samples per symbol 588 measured values 1176 measured values With modulation accuracy MAC measurement the number of measured values depends on the number of samples per symbol defined by the CONF CHAN PRAT command 4 samples per symbol 8 samples per symbol 568 measured values 1136 measured values As regards the other GSM measurements the traces have the same length as in the SPECTRUM mode 1093 4820 12 6 276 E 3 FSP TRACe Subsystem WCDMA 3G FDD Code Domain Power base station FS K72 and mobile station tests FS K73 Depe
530. r is selected the reference signal must be connected to the rear panel of the instrument Example ROSC SOUR EXT Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator INTernal TUNe 0 to 4095 This command defines the value for the tuning of the internal reference oscillator The reference oscillator should be tuned only if an error has been detected in the frequency accuracy check After rebooting the instrument the factory set reference frequency or the previously saved reference frequency is restored Note This command is only available at service level 1 Example ROSC TUN 128 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator INTernal TUNe SAVe This command saves the new value for the tuning of the internal reference oscillator The factory set value in the EEPROM is overwritten Note This command is only available at service level 1 Example ROSC TUN SAV Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 240 E 3 FSP SENSe SWEep Subsystem SENSe SWEep Subsystem This subsystem controls the sweep parameters The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT ISENSe 122 SWEep TIME numeric value S AUTO Boolean COUNt numeric value EGATe Boolean TYPE LEVel EDGE POLarity POS
531. r keyword Softkey with their names The page numbers 4 xxx refer to the detailed description of the softkeys in chapter 4 Generally the number of the page in chapter 6 containing the equivalent remote control command is given in addition A list of softkeys and equivalent remote control commands or command sequences is given in chapter 6 section Table of Softkeys with IEC IEEE Bus Command Assignment Chapter 6 also contains an alphabetical list of all remote control commands AP trace Info iti a una 3 5 APD UNCON EE 4 108 enhancement lable sesssssssssss 3 6 4 44 ASCI st Bll ey Dec Seale ot aN gl 5 14 Aifenuation 4 15 Autopeak detechor 4 51 0 AUX CONTROL interface d BR tat 8 13 Ofo D Ko Dott DES Lu cM ool 3 11 AUX CONTROL commechor En 8 13 AV trace info iiec ARES 3 5 Average detector 4 50 4 53 Pico 4 43 4 86 1 continuous SWeep eesssessseeeeeennee nennt 4 43 ioc 4 45 1 2 trace info M MH 4 54 single sween 4 43 1 8 trace Ing 4 54 SWeep COUnE x ait eir imt be aded 4 43 AVG trace info A 3 5 2 2044 MHz Qut iiie i etae 8 12 B BAGK KOV E 3 11 Band filter doa 4 24 7 B NODASS m 4 24 Bandwidth 75 Q enhancement lable sss 3 6 OGCUDIOQ ib c E tebe Meese ee 4 103 resolution video Baud EE 4 147 8 Befehl CU UE sis Deeg Eh eeEEA ge 6 329 TS d mbla 6 100 Z
532. r readout Example STAT OPER Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus OPERation CONDition This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus OPERation register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section The value returned reflects the current hardware status Example STAT OPER COND Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus OPERation ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus OPERation register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit in the status byte Example STAT OPER ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus OPERation PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus OPERation register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT OPER PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 254 E 3 FSP STATus Subsystem STATus OPERation NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus OPERation register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT OPER NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all STATus PRESet This command resets the edge detectors an
533. r the indicated number of maxima The results are entered in a list and can be queried with commands CALC MARK FUNC FPEaks X and CA CA CA CA Note The number of maxima found depends on the waveform and value set for the Peak Excursion parameter CALC MARK PEXC Only the signals which exceed their surrounding values at least by the value indicated by the peak excursion parameter will be recognized as maxima Therefore the number of maxima found is not automatically the same as the number of maxima desired LC MARK FUNC FPEaks Y The number of maxima found can be queried with LC MARK FUNC FPEaks COUNt The trace to be examined is selected with LC MARK TRACe LC MARK FUNC FPEaks SORT The order of the results in the list can be defined with Example INIT CONT OFF switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI starts measurement and synchronizes to end CALC MARK TRAC 1 sets marker 1 in screen A to trace 1 1093 4820 12 6 55 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALC MARK CALC MAR CALC MAR CALC MAR CALC MAR Characteristics RST value SCPI Mode A N N N AN Hj Cu FW P C Z FUNC FP C Z EP CO LY LX C C Z Z C 6X ucc CH E SORT X sets the sort mode to increasing X values E 3 searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1 UN queries the number of maxima found queries the level of maxima found queries the frequencies span
534. racteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T TRACe lt 1 2 gt 1Q SET lt filter type rbw sample rate trigger source trigger slope pretrigger samples gt lt of samples This command defines the settings of the analyzer hardware for the measurement of UO data This allows setting the bandwidth of the analog filters in front of the A D converter as well as setting the sample rate trigger conditions and the record length Note Ifthis command is omitted the current analyzer settings will be used for the corresponding parameters Parameter filter type NORMAL Selects the analog analyzer resolution filters as filter type This is currently the only available filter type lt rbw gt Bandwidth of the analog filters in front of the A D converter Value range 300 kHz 10 MHzin steps of 1 3 10 for filter type NORMal sample rate Sampling rate for the data acquisition Value range 15 625 kHz 31 25 kHz 62 5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz 32 MHz for filter type NORMal trigger mode Selection of the trigger source used for the measurement Values IMMediate EXTernal IFPower RFPower Notes IFPower and RFPower are available as of model 03 of the detector board assembly RFPower requires the TV and RF Trigger option FSP B6 After selecting IFPower and RFPower the trigger threshold can be set with command T
535. rcentage a Power Cables aat on RA ee e ad Power measurement esses CP ACP iain occupied bandwiath signal amplitude statistics 4 106 Time Domalhs ceste NL eere n 4 83 POWer meal ceti nie cdd dna iia EARE adaa Ra 4 85 Power save mode displays e e LER 1 18 hard ET 1 18 PPE parallel poll enable register 5 22 Preamplifier ives csc oie 4 139 Preparing the Instrument for Operation 1 14 Preset Instrument 42 elle e 4 32 1093 4820 12 Index Print DOM ce S 4 175 BLOM ebe Ee d PRINT SCREEN Gate ZGional sss 4 36 Printer CORfIQUFatlOn EE 4 172 connection 1 23 8 6 ele EE 8 6 PRN enhancement lable 9 6 Probe Power connector 82 PTRansition register Gart 5 19 Putting into operation AC supply connection essen 1 16 Q QP traceihfo ii ein 3 5 Quasipeak detectof ss ssaesnesenennenasnasnaenannarennnnannennna 4 50 Ouer 5 12 5 32 QUOSTION MaK onara e eere ete 5 12 5 14 Quotation Maki asc re bte eie Oa ee 5 14 R Rackmounting eese eee 1 15 Recording the correction data 4 55 Reference dataset tracking generator 4 197 4 212 Du urpe c 4 138 TE M 4 61 frequency ii inue vri 4 61 level to marker Jevel 4 75 line tracking generator 4 193 4 208 position for
536. re a longer period of time for execution If new command is received during execution of the corresponding function this may either lead to either to an aborted measurement or to invalid measurement data The following list includes the commands for which a synchronization via OPC OPC or WAI is mandatory Table 5 1 Commands with mandatory synchronization Overlapping Commands CALC MARK FUNC ZOOM zoom frequency range around marker 1 CALC STAT SCAL AUTO ONCE optimize level settings for signal statistic measurement functions SENS POW ACH PRES RLEV optimize level settings for adjacent channel power measurements 1093 4820 12 5 17 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP Status Reporting System The status reporting system cf Fig 5 4 stores all information on the present operating state of the instrument e g that the instrument presently carries out a calibration and on errors which have occurred This information is stored in the status registers and in the error queue The status registers and the error queue can be queried via IEC bus The information is of a hierarchical structure The register status byte STB defined in IEEE 488 2 and its associated mask register service request enable SRE form the uppermost level The STB receives its information from the standard event status register ESR which is also defined in IEEE 488 2 with the associated mask register standard event status enable ESE and registers STATus OPERat
537. ready to receive data RI Ring Indicator Not used in FSP Input active LOW Used by a modem to indicate that a remote station wants to establish a connection Transmission Parameters To ensure error free data transmission the parameters of the instrument and the controller must have the same settings The parameters are defined in the SETUP GENERAL SETUP menu Transmission rate the following transmission rates can be set in the instrument baud rate 110 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 Data bits Data transmission is in 7 or 8 bit ASCII code The first bit transmitted is the LSB least significant bit Start bit Each data byte starts with a start bit The falling edge of the start bit indicates the beginning of the data byte Parity bit In order to detect errors a parity bit may be transmitted No parity even parity or odd parity may be selected In addition the parity bit can be set to logic 0 or to logic 1 Stop bits The transmission of a data byte is terminated by 1 1 5 or 2 stop bits Example Transmission of character A 41 hex in 7 bit ASCII code with even parity and 2 stop bits 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 Bit 01 Bit 02 08 Bit 09 Bit 10 11 Start bit Data bits Parity bit Stop bits 1093 4820 12 8 8 E 2 FSP Instrument Interfaces Control Characters For interface control several strings are defined and control characters are reserved which are based upon IEC Bus control Table
538. reen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt TRACe 1 to 3 This command assigns the selected delta marker to the indicated measurement curve in the indicated measurement window The selected measurement curve must be active i e its state must be different from BLANK Example CALC DELT3 TRAC 2 Assigns deltamarker 3 to trace 2 in screen A CALC DELT TRAC 3 Assigns deltamarker 1 to trace 3 in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 10 E 3 FSP CALCulate FEED Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt X 0 to MAX frequency sweep time This command positions the selected delta marker in the indicated measurement window to the indicated frequency span gt 0 time span 0 or level APD measurement ON or CCDFmeasurement ON The input is in absolute values or relative to marker 1 depending on the command CALCulate DELTamarker MODE If Reference Fixed measurement CALCulate DELTamarker FUNCtion FIXed STATe ON is active relative values refer to the reference position are entered The query always returns absolute values Example CALC DELT MOD REL Switches the input for all delta markers to relative to marker 1 CALC DELT2 X 10 7MHz P
539. refore possible to investigate a certain slot of multislot signals This command is only available with the GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option Parameter ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACT3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACTASYNC1 ACT4SYNC2 ACTASYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF CHAN SLOT MULTI ACT3SYNC2 Selects the multislot configuration with 2 adjacent active slots and synchronization on the 2 middle Characteristics RST value ACT1SYNC 1 one slot active SCPI device specific Mode MS CONFigure CHANnel TSC lt numeric_value gt USER This command selects the midamble used by the mobile With selection USER the user defined midamble set with command CONFigure CHANnel TSC USER is used It is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 Note The selected midamble is only significant for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Parameter numeric value 0 to 7 training sequence for normal burst USER the TSC set with CONF CHAN TSC USER is used Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF CHAN TSC 3 Selects TSC 3 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode MS 1093 4820 12 6 99 E 3 CONFigure Subsystem FSP CONFigure CHANnel TSC USER lt string gt This command defines the bit pattern of the user midamble training sequence The
540. rements is reached To reduce the setting time all indicated parameters are set up simultaneously at each test point The query form of the command processes the list and immediately returns the list of results The number of results per test point depends on the setting of the SENSe LIST POWer SET command Parameter Note The following parameters are the settings for an individual frequency point They are repeated for every other frequency point analyzer freq Receive frequency for the signal to be measured center frequency in manual operation Range of values 0 Hz to max frequency depending on the instrument model ref level Reference level Range of values 30 dBm to 70 dBm in 10 dB steps 30 dBm to 75 dBm in 5 dB steps with El Attenuator option B25 rf att RF input attenuation Range of values 0 dB to 70 dB in 10 dB steps 0 dB to 75 dB in 5 dB steps with El Attenuator Option B25 lt el att gt RF input attenuation of electronic attenuator Range of values 0 dB to 30 dB in 10 dB steps OFF electronic attenuator not in signal path If option B25 is missing OFF is to be used 1093 4820 12 6 225 E 3 SENSe LIST Subsystem FSP filter type NORMal normal resolution filter CFILter channel filter These are especially steep edged filters which are used for example in Fast ACP measurement to ensure the band limiting of a transmission channel in the time domain RRC Root Raised Cosin
541. results by means of SYSTem DISPlay UPDate ON so that it is possible to follow the changes in the device settings and the recorded measurement curves on the screen Note If the instrument is exclusively operated in remote control it is recommended to switch on the power save mode POWER SAVE In this mode the required display is completely switched off after a preset time 1093 4820 12 5 3 E 2 Starting Remote Control Operation FSP Remote Control via IEC IEEE Bus Setting the Device Address In order to operate the instrument via the IEC bus it must be addressed using the set IEC IEEE bus address The IEC IEEE bus address of the instrument is factory set to 20 It can be changed manually in the SETUP GENERAL SETUP menu or via IEC bus Addresses 0 to 30 are permissible Manually Call SETUP GENERAL SETUP menu gt Enter desired address in table GPIB ADDRESS Terminate input using the ENTEH key Via IEC IEEE bus CALL IBFIND DEV1 analyzer Open port to the instrument CALL IBPAD analyzer 20 Inform controller about old address CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 18 Set instrument to new address CALL IBPAD analyzer 18 Inform controller about new address Return to Manual Operation Return to manual operation is possible via the front panel or the IEC IEEE bus Manually Press the LOCAL softkey or the PRESET key Notes Before the transition command processing must be completed as oth
542. riggering with trigger sources AF AM and FM the measurement time should include at least 5 periods of the audio signal Example TRIG LEV AM 10 kHz Sets the AM trigger threshold to 10 kHz Characteristics RST value 0 Hz SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator installed TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel AF 10 to 10MHz TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel FM 10 to 10MHz The command sets the level when FM modulated signals are used as a trigger source Note To ensure successful triggering with trigger sources AF AM and FM the measurement time should include at least 5 periods of the audio signal Example TRIG LEV FM 10 kHz Sets the FM trigger threshold to 10 kHz Characteristics RST value 0 Hz SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator installed 1093 4820 12 6 292 E 3 FSP TRIGger Subsystem TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel EXTernal 5 0 to 5 0V This command sets the level of the external trigger source Example TRIG LEV 2V Characteristics RST value 5 0V SCPI conforming Modes all TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel IFPower 30 to 10DBM This command sets the level of the IF power trigger source Example TRIG LEV IFP 20DBM Characteristics RST value 20 DBM SCPI device specific Mode all except for FM This command is only available from firmware
543. rior to activation Note The display is switched on as soon as a key is pressed on the instrument front panel REM Configure power save function Public SUB PowerSave CALL IBWRT analyzer SYSTem PSAVe HOLDoff 1 Set holdoff to 1 minute CALL IBWRT analyzer SYSTem PSAVe ON Power save function on END SUB REM X XX X d ccce oe ee e ke e e e e se ee e e e e e e e e se e he ee e se e e e e ke se e ee e sk e ke ec e ke e ee e ke ke e e ke ke kk k amp Transmission of Simple Instrument Setting Commands Center frequency span and reference level of the instrument are set in this example REM Instrument setting commands PUBLIC SUB SimpleSettings CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQUENCY CENTER 128MHz Center frequency 128 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQUENCY SPAN 10MHZ Span 10 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer DISPLAY TRACE Y RLEVEL 10dBm Reference level 10dBm END SUB REM kk kk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk k k kk kk kkk kkk kkk kk sk ke e ee ke ke ke e e e ke ke ke ke ke kk Return to Manual Control REM Switch instrument over to manual control CALL IBLOC analyzer Set instrument to Local state REM ACKCKkCk kk ck ck ckck kCck ck kCck ck kCk kk kk kCck ck kk ko kck k ck ck k ck ck k ck c
544. rker lt 1l 4 gt MAXimum NEXT NEXT PEAK jw NEXT MODE CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 4 MAXimum NEX PEAK y MTN CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum NEX CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEX CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEX CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum LEF E CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 4 MAXimum LEE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum LEF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum LEF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt NES EERE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt MINimum RIGHt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1l 4 gt MINimum RIGHt SEARCH LIMITS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits STATe ON OFF E CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 4 X SLIMits LEFT num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits STATe ON OFF EM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt l 4 gt X SLIMits RIGHt num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold STATe ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold num value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits
545. ror PFE and power vs time PVT Example DET POS Sets the detector in screen A to positive peak Characteristics RST value APEak SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt DETector lt 1 to 3 gt FUNCtion AUTO ON OFF This command either couples the detector in the selected measurement window to the current trace setting or turns coupling off The trace is selected by the numeric suffix at DETector Example DET AUTO OFF Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 220 E 3 FSP SENSe FREQuency Subsystem SENSe FREQuency Subsystem The SENSe FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display The frequency axis can either be defined via the start stop frequency or via the center frequency and span The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer numeric value HZ STEP numeric value HZ LINK SPAN RBW OFF FACTor lt numeric_value gt PCT SPAN lt numeric_value gt HZ FULL STARE numeric value HZ STOP numeric value HZ MODE CWI FIXed SWEep OFFSet numeric value HZ SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency CENTer 0 to fmax This command defines the center frequency of the analyzer or the measuring frequency for span 0 Example FREQ CENT 100MHz Characteristics RST value fmax 2 with fmax maximum frequency
546. rror Messages 9 Error Messages Error messages are entered in the error event queue of the status reporting system in the remote control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem ERRor The answer format of FSP to the command is as follows error code error text with queue query remote control command concerned gt The indication of the remote control command with prefixed semicolon is optional Example The command TEST COMMAND generates the following answer to the query SYSTem ERRor 113 Undefined header TEST COMMAND The subsequent list contains the description of error texts displayed on the instrument Distinction is made between error messages defined by SCPI which are marked by negative error codes and the device specific error messages for which positive error codes are used The right hand column in the following tables contains the error text in bold which is entered in the error event queue and can be read out by means of query SYSTem ERRor A short explanation of the error cause is given below The left hand column contains the associated error code 1093 4820 12 9 1 E 1 Error Messages SCPI Specific Error Messages No Error Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation No error FSP This message is output if the error queue does not contain any entries Command Error Faulty command sets bit 5 in the ESR register
547. rs with the commands being enclosed in quotation marks They also comply with DOS conventions DOS file names consist of max 8 ASCII characters and an extension of up to three characters separated from the file name by a dot Both the dot and the extension are optional The dot is not part of the file name DOS file names do not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase notation All letters and digits are permitted as well as the special characters n I gp oon gn HI In 0 IT 9 and Reserved file names are CLOCK CON AUX COM1 to COM4 LPT1 to LPT3 NUL and PRN The two characters and have the function of so called wildcards Le they are variables for selection of several files The question mark replaces exactly one character the asterisk means any of the remaining characters in the file name thus means all files in a directory 1093 4820 12 6 157 E 3 COMMAND MMEMory CATalog CDIRectory COPY DATA DELete INITialize LOAD STATe AUTO MDIRectory MOVE MSIS NAME RDIRectory STORe lt 1 2 gt STATe iTRACe CLEar STATe ALL SELect ITEM HWSettings TRACe ACTive LINes ALL SCData ALL NONE DEFault COMMent 1093 4820 12 PARAMETERS lt string gt lt directory_name gt lt file_name gt lt file_name gt lt file_name gt lt block gt lt file_name gt lt msus gt 1 lt file_name gt 1 lt file_
548. ry CALCulate STATistics SCALe X RLEVel 130dBm to 30dBm This command defines the reference level for the X axis of the measurement diagram The setting is identical to the reference level setting using the command DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y RLEVel With the reference level offset lt gt 0 the indicated value range of the reference level is modified by the offset The unit depends on the setting performed with CALC UNIT Example CALC STAT SCAL X RLEV 60dBm Characteristics RST value 20dBm SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 90 E 3 FSP CALCulate STATistics Subsystem CALCulate STATistics SCALe X RANGe 10dB to 200dB This command defines the level range for the X axis of the measurement diagram The setting is identical to the level range setting defined with the command DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe Example CALC STAT SCAL X RANG 20dB Characteristics RST value 100dB SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate STATistics SCALe Y UPPer 1E 8 to 1 0 This command defines the upper limit for the Y axis of the diagram in statitistical measurements Since probabilities are specified on the Y axis the entered numerical values are dimensionless Example CALC STAT Y UPP 0 01 Characteristics RST value 1 0 SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate STATistics SCALe Y LOWer 1E 9 to 0 1 This command defines the lower limit for th Y axis of the diagram in statistical measurements Since probabilities
549. ry is D Example MMEM CLE ALL Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query MMEMory SELect ITEM HWSettings ON OFF This command includes the hardware settings in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored loaded The hardware settings include e current configuration of general device parameters general setup e current setting of the measurement hardware including markers e activated limit lines A data set may include 8 limit lines at maximum in each measurement window This number includes the activated limit lines and if available the de activated limit lines last used Therefore the combination of the non activated restored limit lines depends on the sequence of use with the command MMEM LOAD e user defined color setting e configuration for the hardcopy output e Tracking generator settings only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10 e Correction data for source calibration only in conjunction with option Tracking Generator B9 or External Generator Control B10 Example MMEM SEL HWS ON Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 166 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory SELect ITEM TRACe ACTive ON OFF This command adds the active traces to the list of data subsets of a save recall
550. s In ASCII format only a list of voltage values is output Binary data is read in three steps 1 The number of digits carrying the length information is read 2 The length information itself is read 3 The trace data is read This procedure is necessary with programming languages like Visual Basic which support only structures of identical data types arrays whereas the binary data format uses different data types in the header and the data section Note The arrays for measured data are dimensioned in such a way that they can accommodate the I Q data of the FSP 2 128 k 4 byte 1093 4820 12 7 39 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub ReadIQData Sao Define variables Dim IData 131072 As Single Buffer for floating point I data 32 1024 byte Dim QData 131072 As Single Buffer for floating point Q data 128 1024 byte Dim digits As Byte Number of digits of length information Dim IQBytes As Long Length of trace data in byte Dim IQValues As Long Number of measured values in buffer asciiResult Space 6553600 Buffer for ASCII I Q data 25 2 1024 byte e SSS FSP default setting CALL SetupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ STAT ON Activate I Q dat
551. s Val Left result digits information FileBuffer SpaceS fileBytes Buffer for file Call ilrd analyzer FileBuffer fileBytes Read file into buffer Call ilrd analyzer result 1 Read terminator NL aaa a Store file to controller Open TEST1 SET For Output As 1 Print 1 FileBuffer to avoid linefeed at end of file Close 1 END SUB REM KK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KIKI kk ke e hee ek ke eee ek kk e ke e de He ke ee ke ke e ke e ke ke ke ke ke ke k k k 1093 4820 12 7 44 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Creating a File on the Instrument In the following example the TEST1 SET file available on the controller is stored in the instrument under D USER DATA DUPLICAT SET REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub WriteFile eae Generate variables FileBuffer Space 100000 Buffer for file Dim digits As Long Number of digits of length information Length of file in bytes Dim fileBytes As Long fileSize Space 100 Length of file as a string result Space 100 Buffer for simple results nice Default setting of status register Call SetupStatusReg Configure status register SSS Rann Prepare the definite length b
552. s such as the device addresses used by the IEC IEEE bus driver The file should contain the following instructions for the programming examples below Global analyzer As Integer Global boardId As Integer Initiate Controller REM Initiate controller Public SUB InitController iecaddress 20 IEC IEEE bus address of the instrument CALL IBFIND GPIBO boardId Open port to the controller CALL IBFIND DEV1 analyzers Open port to the instrument CALL IBPAD analyzer iecaddress Inform controller on instrument address CALL IBTMO analyzer 11 Response time to 1 sec END SUB REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkxkkkkkkkkkkk 1093 4820 12 7 2 E 2 FSP Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming Initiate Instrument The IEC bus status registers and instrument settings of the instrument are brought to the default status REM Initiate instrument Public SUB InitDevice CALL IBWRT analyzer CLS Reset status registers CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument END SUB REM XX k k c k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e kk kk kkk e eee ke ke e e e e ke ke ke e kkk Switching the Display On Off In the default status all remote control commands are executed
553. s command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT QUES SYNC COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte Example STAT QUES SYNC ENAB 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all 1093 4820 12 6 259 E 3 STATus Subsystem FSP STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES SYNC PTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit Example STAT QUES SYNC NTR 65535 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Modes all STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register Readout
554. s delta markers symetrically to the carrier to the adjacent maxima of the trace If the position of delta marker 2 is changed delta marker 3 is moved symetrically with respect to the reference marker marker 1 If the position of delta marker 3 is changed fine adjustment can be performed independently of delta marker 2 The FSP calculates the power at the marker positions from the measured levels The AM modulation depth is calculated from the ratio of power values at the reference marker and the delta markers If the two AM sidebands differ in power the average value of the two power values is used for calculating the AM modulation depth The numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant with this command Example CALC MARK X 10MHZ Sets the reference marker marker 1 to the carrier signal at 10 MHz CALC MARK FUNC MDEP ON Switches on the modulation depth measurement in screen A CALC DELT2 X 10KHZ Sets delta markers 2 and 3 to the signals at 10 kHz from the carrier signal CALC DELT3 X 9 999KHZ Corrects the position of delta marker 3 relative to delta marker 2 Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion MDEPth RESult This command queries the AM modulation depth in the indicated measurement window A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the funct
555. s for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary MEAN AVERage RESult This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged mean value in the selected measurement window The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1l to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AVERage The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM AVER ON Switches on the average value calculation in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM MEAN AVER RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12
556. s is selected by means of the command CALC LIM ESP VAL USER Query only user defined limit lines being enabled see description of limit lines in the manual for the option Example INST BWCD Switches the instrument to the WCDMA Downlink mode CALC LIM ESP MODE AUTO Activates automatic limit line selection Characteristics RST value AUTO SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ESPectrum VALue numeric value This command switches over to manual limit line selection The limit line is selected by entering the expected power Depending on the value entered one of four possible limit lines is activated Specified value in dBm Selected limit line Return value value 43 P243 43 39 lt value 43 89 lt P lt 43 39 31 lt value lt 39 31 lt P lt 39 31 value lt 31 P lt 31 0 This command is only available in conjunction with the options FS K72 WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and FS K73 WCDMA 3G FDD MS The numeric suffixes lt 1 2 gt or 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command 1093 4820 12 6 24 E 3 FSP CALCulate LIMit Subsystem Example INST BWCD Switches the instrument to the WCDMA Downlink mode CALC LIM ESP VAL 39 Selects the limit line 39 P 43 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 8 gt ESPectrumRESTore This command restores the standard limit lines for
557. s ones It is thus possible to compile very easily an operational program from the modules of the given examples Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming The examples explain the programming of the instrument and can serve as a basis to solve more complex programming tasks VISUAL BASIC has been used as programming language However the programs can be translated into other languages Including IEC Bus Library for VisualBasic Programming hints Output of texts using the Print function The following programming examples are based on the assumption that all subroutines are part of a form file extension FRM In this case the syntax Print Text is allowed If however the subroutines are stored as a so called module file extension BAS the print instruction should be preceded by the name of a form which has the required print method If for example there is a form with the name Main the associated print instruction is as follows Main Print Text e Access to functions of GPIB DLL To create Visual Basic control applications the file GPIB BAS as from VB 6 0 VBIB 32 BAS is added to a project so that the functions of the RSIB DLL can be called In addition the file NIGLOBAL BAS is added to the project This file contains constants and definitions for the processing of errors timeout values etc e Declaration of DLL functions as procedures Since the functions all return an integer value the functions in the fi
558. sed as the reference marker The numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant for this command The temporary markers T1 and T2 are positioned by n dB below the active reference marker The frequency spacing of these markers can be queried with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion NDBDown RESult Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example CALC MARK FUNC NDBD 3dB Sets the level spacing in screen A to 3 dB Characteristics RST value 6dB SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 57 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown STATe ON OFF This command switches the N dB Down function on or off in the selected measurement window Marker 1 is activated first if necessary The numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant for this command Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example CALC MARK FUNC NDBD STAT ON Switches on the N dB down function in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown RESult This command queries the frequency spacing bandwidth of the N dB down markers in the selected measurement window The numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant
559. selection of the unit DB the limit line is automatically switched to the relative mode For units different from DB the limit line is automatically switched to absolute mode The units DEG RAD S HZ PCT are not available in SPECTRUM mode Example CALC LIM4 UNIT DBUV Sets the unit of limit line 4 to dBuV Characteristics RST value DBM SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt FAIL This command queries the result of the limit check of the limit line indicated in the selected measurement window It should be noted that a complete sweep must have been performed for obtaining a valid result A synchronization with OPC OPC or WAI should therefore be provided The result of the limit check responds with 0 for PASS 1 for FAIL and 2 for MARGIN Example INIT WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end CALC2 LIM3 FAIL Queries the result of the check for limit line 3 in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 21 E 3 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CLEar IMMediate This command deletes the result of the current limit check for all limit lines in the selected measurement window Example CALC LIM CLE Deletes the result of the limit check in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST val
560. sertion loss is also automatically calculated depending on the reference level The level detectors are coupled to the selected trace mode in the default setting The settings which are automatically calculated in the default setting are marked by in the following programming example Setting the IEC IEEE Bus Status Register REM xkxkxkxkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub SetupStatusReg Mestre IEEE 488 2 status register CALL IBWRT analyzer CLS Reset Status Registers CALL IBWRT analyzer SRE 168 Enable service request for STAT OPER STAT QUES and ESR registers CALL IBWRT analyzer ESE 61 Set Event Enable bit for Operation Complete Command Execution Device Dependent and Query Error SHS Sa SCPI status register CALL IBWRT analyzer STAT OPER ENAB 0 Disable OPERation Status Reg CALL IBWRT analyzer STAT QUES ENAB 0 Disable Questionable Status Register End Sub REM x KK KKK KKK IKK KK ke KKK KK KK hehe ek de He e hehe e kk ke e hehe ek kk He ke e de He ke e ke ke ke kk e ee ke k ke ke k k k 1093 4820 12 7 12 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples Default Setting for Measurements REM
561. should be used whose output format conforms to that of the premeasurement query commands For a detailed description see command READ BURSt PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects the modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PTEM Selects the PVT measurement READ BURS REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 6 179 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt MACCuracy RMS AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the error vector magnitude taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC
562. sing time and increases the maximum recording time The I Q data are written to separate memories of 128 k words each 512 k words with option FSP B70 The memories are hardware triggered Data aquisition hardware Digital down conversion decimation cos NCO 20 4 MHz Analog A D IF filter converter Analyzer Fy A 20 4 MHz D Bandwidths 300 kH we 32MHz 3MHz sampling 10 MHz clock sin NS Memory 128k decimation filters G QM E v gt ik data LS Ba Processor sampling rate 32 MHz 2 nz0 11 Trigger Block diagram illustrating signal processing in analyzer Q data All trigger sources except for VIDeo can be used for triggering The number of test points to be recorded prior to the trigger time can be selected for all of the available trigger sources except for FREE RUN where this parameter is always to be assigned the value 0 Measurement results are output in the form of a list with the Q values following immediately after the list of values in the output buffer The FORMAT command can be used to select between binary output 32 bit IEEE 754 floating point values and output in ASCII format The commands of this subsystem can be used in two ways 1 Measurement and result query with one command This method causes the least delay between measurement
563. single sweep mode Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been selected s CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects GMSK modulation CONF BURS PFER Selects phase frequency error PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS IQOF AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value READ BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum This command triggers the measurement of the phase frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ DC offset measurement in for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 if phase frequency error PFE measurement has been s
564. span 0 Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT and carrier power CPW Example FREQ STOP 2000MHz Characteristics RST value fmax SCPI conforming Mode A F MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt FREQuency MODE CW FlXed SWEep This command switches between frequency domain SWEep and time domain CW FIXed in the analyzer mode For CW and FlIXed the frequency setting is via command FREQuency CENTer In the SWEep mode the setting is via commands FREQuency STARt STOP CENTer and SPAN Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE power versus time PVT carrier power CPW and spurious SPU Example FREQ MODE SWE Characteristics RST value SWEep SCPI conforming Mode A MS SENSe 1 2 FREQuency OFFSet numeric value This command defines the frequency offset of the instrument Example FREQ OFFS 1GHZ Characteristics RST value 0 Hz SCPI conforming Mode A MS FM 1093 4820 12 6 223 E 3 SENSe LIST Subsystem FSP SENSe LIST Subsystem The commands of this subsystem are used for measuring the power at a list of frequency points with different device settings The measurement is always performed in the time domain span 0 Hz A new trigger event is required for each test point excepti
565. st 5 21 5 31 Standard deviation essen 4 85 Standard mobile radio 4 91 Start frequency iin tines acest eis 4 8 Statistics is Status byte STB Status information esses 3 4 UNCAL 52 neis Wr asian eae Ges 3 4 Status Questionable TRANSsducer regteier esses 5 30 Status register COND iition Goart 5 19 ENABl6 p rt eot eter ot 5 19 ESE isa une orn ie are aie 5 22 Jako ceperit T PETC EEN 5 22 EVEN patti eee as 5 19 NTRansition part 5 19 en E E 5 20 ad od Soca ee eres E LUI EEN 5 22 PTRHansition part hee 5 19 p 5 21 STATus QUEStionable TRANSducer esee 5 30 STATusVOPERation sss 5 23 STATus QUEStionable Kleer 5 25 FREQUENCY acs nei e eerta pud 5 26 EE 5 27 Men deene ee exer 5 28 POWER rice pe b ea eB 5 29 STATus QUEStionable SYNG eara n in ERE 5 30 ae 5 21 SUUCTUIG a ioco cct du e e ME Ten 5 18 Cue EPIS 5 19 Status reporting system 5 18 resetting values seien tnn 5 33 STATusVOPERation reolsier 5 23 STATusVQUEStionable register sss 5 24 ACPLimit register esses 5 25 FREQUENCY register sss 5 26 LIMitregister iure ttr rni 5 27 LMARgin register scenes 5 28 POWer regiSter terrere rens 5 29 SY ING iae Ritter iet dedit 5 30 STB slatus byle eene 5 21 SI
566. st be provided at system level Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed Prior to performing any work on the unit or opening the unit the latter must be discon nected from the supply network Any adjustments replacements of parts main tenance or repair may be carried out only by authorized R amp S technical personnel Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety eg power switches power transformers fuses A safety test must be performed after each replacement of parts relevant to safety visual inspection PE conductor test insulation resistance leakage current measurement func tional test continued overleaf 10 11 12 Safety Instructions Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment comply with IEC950 EN60950 Lithium batteries must not be exposed to high temperatures or fire Keep batteries away from children If the battery is replaced improperly there is danger of explosion Only replace the battery by R amp S type see spare part list Lithium batteries are suitable for environmen tally friendly disposal or specialized recycling Dispose them into appropriate containers only Do not short circuit the battery Equipment returned or sent in for repair must be packed in the original packing or in packing with electrostatic and mechanical protection 095
567. static discharge sse 1 14 EMI Protection itr enden 1 16 ENABle register Gart 5 19 Enabling the front panel keys 44 Enhancement labels sss 3 ENTER key aue eerte regedit 3 11 Entry E leoi EET 3 11 activate 3 14 3 23 COM CCH icc cei I RECTE EXER En 3 17 temminala z ir eee epp 3 11 Error messages 4 158 9 1 Error variable iberr sssssssssssssssseeene 4 244 Error queue quety sese renean enhn inhians 5 32 EE 3 11 ESE event status enable register 5 22 ESR event status register ssssssssssssss 5 22 EVENt register Gart 5 19 Event status enable register ESE 5 22 Event status register ESR sss 5 22 10 2 E 3 FSP EXT enhancement lable essen 3 6 EXT TRIGGER GATE input 4 32 8 12 External generator esses 4 203 External noise source 4 138 F Fast power measurement sess 4 92 PET filler is Field first or second File CODY Qelele secco ee p HE D ON HE ERES rename SOM ioe Filter band filters ede ei ET e ee Firmware update Firmware version esent z Fixed filt r 4 sus nette ri Reto bi beers FM demodulation FM modulation Free run SWEEP eeeeeee senes neither noinen aha na nans ee EE 4 5 axis labelling
568. stics are concerned The corresponding commands thus automatically deactivate the function The function is only available in REMOTE operation It is deactivated when switching the instrument back to LOCAL This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F A T MS 1093 4820 12 6 227 E 3 SENSe LIST Subsystem FSP SENSe 1 2 LIST POWer SET PEAK meas gt lt RMS meas gt lt AVG meas trigger mode trigger slope trigger offset gate length gt This command defines the constant settings for the list during multiple power measurement Parameters PEAK meas RMS meas and AVG meas define which measurements are to be performed at the same time at the frequency point Correspondingly one two or three results per frequency point are returned for the SENS LIST POW command If all three parameters are set to OFF the command generates an execution error Parameter PEAK meas RMS meas AVG meas trigger mode trigger slope trigger offset gate length Returned values ON activates the measurement of the peak power peak detector OFF deactivates the measurement of the peak power ON activates the measurement of the RMS power RMS detector OFF deactivates the measurement of the RMS power
569. stribution function D Ip c 4 134 input 4 150 DCE tei ene emen 5 16 Decimal point t p ees 3 11 Default COUpling ralios uu RERO RUD 4 22 1093 4820 12 FSP display settings ae eil 4 134 scalings of x and y axis 4 110 Delay gate sonal 4 36 Delete Ur M M 4 171 limit line 4 122 Demodulation sessi seinen 4 72 Detector fOe ace e eee 4 49 average iced hae ed 4 50 max peak tinere t eMe 4 49 min peak oec eene nri ees 4 49 le EE EE 4 50 BRMSi sire tm reae Pf De Nee e YR EE dada 4 50 ee 4 49 Device reset overall sese 4 2 Directory nc DEN 4 171 anu c ES 4 171 Diskette format 4 171 Display brightness soto eee NH des 4 136 ege 4 136 ALC eA eicere tis ox rra a eee yore Wo 4 134 deactivation during single sweep 4 30 power save mode 1 18 4 135 CLE To TEE 4 136 lile rete REEF EE aa neta 4 134 tint 4 136 title 4 134 Display line 4 128 Display mode f ll SCreeni a ia ss ee 3 8 4 132 le EE 3 8 4 133 Display range ee EE 4 6 level c o uoce IS 4 13 Spamer enn ition be ete TE PE E 4 10 Distribution function 4 108 Double daer 5 14 E EDGE Midamble 3 tre NE ee 6 100 SCG CHOM enee 6 101 Editing limit ne e eatin ain aaa 4 123 paramet r ssns 2 2 ee a e e etes 3 16 table iet eet ER Dx ERR 3 21 Electro
570. sults will be averaged over the given of measurements MAXHold The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements MINHold The minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements Notes The result type indicated must be one of those configured by SENSe JADEMod SPEC TYPE Otherwise a query error will be generated Return Values ASCII Format FORMat ASCII In this case the command will yield a list of comma separated values CSV of the measured values in floating point format The output unit is dBm 1093 4820 12 6 201 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP Binary Format FORMat REAL 32 In this case the command will yield binary data Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488 2 each measurement value being formatted in 32 Bit IEEE 754 Floating Point Format The schematics of the result string will be as follows 41024 lt value1 gt lt value2 gt lt value n gt with 4 number of digits 4 in the example of the following number of data bytes 1024 number of following data bytes 1024 in the example lt value x 4 Byte Floating Point Value Examples ADEM SET 8MHz 32000 EXT POS 500 30 Sets up demodulator parameters ADEM SPEC AVER MAXH MINH Sets up RF spectrum results to measure ADEM SPEC WRIT OFF OFF Sets up AM results to measure ADEM O Switches on demodulator INIT WAI Starts mea
571. surement and waits for sync FORM ASC Selects output format ADEM SPEC RES AVER Reads RF spectrum average results ADEM SPEC RES MAXH Reads RF spectrum max hold results ADEM SPEC RES MINH Reads RF spectrum min hold results ADEM SPEC RES WRIT Reads spectrum current results Characteristics RST values SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe lt 1 2 gt ADEMod ZOOM STATe gt ON OFF The command enables or disables the zoom function for the FM demodulator measurement data Depending on the selected measurement time and the demodulation bandwidth the number of recorded test points may be greater than that shown on the display With the zoom function enabled exactly 501 test points of the result memory are displayed from the time defined with SENS ADEM ZOOM STARt With the zoom function disabled data reduction is used to adapt the test points to the number of points available on the display Example ADEM ZOOM ON Switches on the zoom function Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM demodulator installed 1093 4820 12 6 202 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem SENSe 1 2 ADEMod ZOOM STARt Os to measurement time The command selects the start time for the display of individual measured values of the FM demodulator The maximum possible value d
572. surement in the new instrument setting Example POW NCOR ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 238 E 3 FSP SENSe POWer Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt POWer TRACe 1 to 3 This command assigns the channel adjacent channel power measurement to the indicated trace in the selected measurement window The corresponding trace must be active i e its state must be different from blank Note The measurement of the occupied bandwidth OBW is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned To evaluate another trace marker 1 must be positioned to another trace with CALCulate MARKer TRACe Example POW TRAC 2 Assigns the measurement in screen A to trace 2 SENS2 POW TRAC 3 Assigns the measurement in screen B to trace 3 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A 1093 4820 12 6 239 E 3 SENSe SCAN Subsystem FSP SENSe ROSCillator Subsystem This subsystem controls the reference oscillator The numeric suffix in SENSe is irrelevant for the commands of this subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT ISENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal INTernal TUNe numeric value SAVe no query SENSe lt 1 2 gt ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal This command controls selection of the reference oscillator If the external reference oscillato
573. t MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion CPICh 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion PCCPch CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion DPCCh CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion WCDPower BTS RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion WCDPower MS RESult CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH EXPRession CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH POS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH MODE LINear LOGarithmic CALCulate STATistics APD STATe CALCulate STATistics CCDF STATe CALCulate STATistics NSAMples CALCulate STATistics SCALe AUTO CALCulate STATistics SCALe X RLEVel CALCulate STATistics SCALe X RANGe CALOulate STATistics SCALe Y UPPer CALOulate STATistics SCALe Y LOWer CALCulate STATistics PRESet CALCulate STATistics Result lt 1 to 3 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold CALCulate lt 1 2 gt THReshold STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt FLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt CALCulate lt 1 2 gt TLINe lt 1 2 gt STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt UNIT POWer DEFine 6 87 687 688 688 689 690 690 690 69 691 est 691 692 699 699 694 696 696 697 699 CALibration ALL CALibration ABORt CALibration RESult CALibration STATe CONFigure CHANnel SLOT MULTi CONFigure CHANnel TSC 1093 4820 12 6 333
574. t MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod AFRequency RESult lt 1 to 3 gt This command queries the audio frequency with analog demodulation The numeric suffix marks the selected trace 1 to 3 Example CALC MARK FUNC ADEM AFR Queries the audio frequency Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with Option FS K7 FM Demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 53 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FERRor RESult lt 1 to 3 gt This command queries the frequency error with FM demodulation The numeric suffix marks the selected trace 1 to 3 The offset thus determined differs from that calculated in the command SENSe ADEMod FM OFFSet since for determination of the frequency deviation the modulation is removed by means of lowpass filtering producing results that are different from those obtained by averaging with the SENSe command This command is only available for traces in the Result Display FM Example CALC MARK FUNC ADEM FERR Queries the frequency error of trace 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod CARRier RESult lt 1 to 3 gt This command queries the carrier power With result display FM and SPECTRUM the carrier power is
575. t TIME 100 us to 100 s not available for FSP ESI FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 SWEep COUNt Oto 32767 FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 SWEep EGATe ON OFF FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe HOLDoff 0 to 100s FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe LENGth 0 to 100s FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe LENGth 0 to 100s FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe LEVel 5V to 5V not availabe for FSP FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe POLarity POSitive NEGative FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep EGATe SOURce EXTernal IFPower RFPower FSP FSE SENSe 1 2 SWEep EGATe TYPE LEVel EDGE FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep GAP ON OFF not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep GAP LENGth 0 to 100s not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep GAP PRETrigger 0 to 100s not available for FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep GAP TRGTogap 0 to 100s not available for FSP FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep POINts lt numeric value gt not available for FSE FSET SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep SPACing LINear LOGarithmic not available for FSP ESI AUTO FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep SPACing LINear LOGarithmic not available for FSP FSIQ FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep TIME 2 5ms to 1000s 1us to different parameter ranges for 16000s FSP and FSE FSP FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt SWEep TIME AUTO ON OFF FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt TCAPture LENGth 1024 2048 4096 8192 not available for FSP 16384 FSE SENSe lt 1 2 gt TV PSOFfset 0 to 6
576. t 0 32767 This command defines the number of UO data sets that are to serve as a basis for averaging Example TRAC IQ ON Switches on acquisition of UO data TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 2048 Reads 2048 UO values from the moment of triggering Filter type NORMAL analogue RBW 10 MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Trigger external Slope positive TRAC IQ AVER ON _ Enables averaging of the I Q measurement data TRAC IQ AVER COUN 10 Selects averaging over 10 data sets TRAC IQ DATA Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming Mode all This command is only available from firmware version 272 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 283 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP TRACe 1 2 IQ DATA This command starts a measurement with the settings defined via TRACe 10 SET and returns the list of measurement results immediately after they are corrected in terms of frequency response The number of measurement results depends on the settings defined with TRACe IQ SET the output format depends on the settings of the FORMat subsystem Note The command requires that all response data are read out completely before the instrument accepts further commands Parameter none Example TRAC IQ STAT ON Enables acquisition of UO data TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 4096 Measurement configuration Filtertype Normal RBW 10
577. t 1 2 gt SEQuence SOURce IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo TV RFPOWer only with Option FSP B6 IFPower RFPower TV AM AM AF FM only with option FS K7 AF FM LEVel AM numeric value DBM Option FS K7 FM Demodulator TM numeric value HZ Option FS K7 FM Demodulator IF Power lt numeric_value gt DBM RFPower numeric value DBM Option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger VIDeo numeric value PCT HOLDoff numeric value S SLOPe POSitive NEGative VIDeo FORMat LPFRame 525 625 Option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger FIELd SELect ALL ODD EVEN Option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger LINE NUMBer lt numeric_value gt Option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger SSIGnal POLarity NEGative POSitive Option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger SYNChronize Option FS K5 ADJust EXTernal numeric value S FPower numeric value S RFPower numeric value E Option FS K5 und FSP B6 TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SOURce IMMediate EXTernal VIDeo IFPower RFPower TV AF FM AM This command selects the trigger source for the start of a sweep Note This command is not available during GSM measurements The trigger source selection has to be done with the command TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence S YNChronize ADJust The selection RFPower or TV is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger The selection AF AM or FM is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator Parameter IMMediate automatic triggering the next measurement
578. t 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 OFFSet CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt l CALCulate lt 1 2 gt D CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 INIT WAI CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul Cul ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l ate lt l 2 2 2 2 220 224 2 2 MARKer 1 4 5 MAXimum PEAK MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe STATe MARKer lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe RESul AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR 6 349 Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l Ker lt l DELTamarker 1 4 MAXimum PEAK ON E 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise RESult 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint Y lt num_value gt 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint X lt num_value gt ELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion FIXed RPOint MAX 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown STATe ON OFF 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown num value 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown RESult 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown FREQuency Nod vs vs VVNV NV V FUNCtion PEXCursion x X nw
579. t 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum PEAK This command positions the marker to the current maximum value of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to the marker mode Note If no maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error eode 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MAX Positions marker 2 in screen A to the maximum value of the trace Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum NEXT This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value of the corresponding trace in the selected measurement window Note If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace level spacing to adjacent values lt peak excursion an execution error error code 200 is produced Example CALC MARK2 MAX NEXT Positions marker 2 in screen A to the next lower maximum value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the current value i e in ascending X values on the corresponding trace in th
580. t channel in the selected measurement window for adjacent channel power measurements The numeric suffix after ALTernate 1 2 denotes the first or the second alternate channel The numeric suffixes 1 to 8 are irrelevant for this command If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off the command produces a query error Parameter The result is returned in the form result result where result PASSED FAILED and where the first second returned value denotes the lower upper alternate adjacent channel Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP CALC LIM ACP INIT WAI CALC LIM ACP Characteristics RST value Sets the relative limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power ALT2 ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value in screen A for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 35 dBm ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent channel measurement in screen A ALT STAT ON Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels in screen A Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end ALT RES Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels in screen A SCPI device specific Mode A This command is a query and therefore has no RST v
581. t frequency span SpaceS 100 Buffer for span a mc uad FSP default setting CALL SetupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync Mer a Define span for read out Call ibwrt analyzer FREQ STARt Read out start frequency Call ibrd analyzer startFreq startFreq Val startFreq Call ibwrt analyzer FREQ SPAN Call ibrd analyzer span span Val span Read out span 1093 4820 12 7 36 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples e Read out in binary format Call ibwrt analyzer FORMAT REAL 32 Select binary format Call ibwrt analyzer TRAC1 TRACE1 Read out trace 1 Call ilrd analyzer result 2 Read out and store digits Val Mid result 2 1 number of digits of length information result Space 100 Initialize buffer again Call ilrd analyzer result digits Read out traceBytes Val Left result digits and store length information Call ibrd32 analyzer traceData 0 traceBytes Read trace data into buffer Call ilrd analyzer result 1 Read the terminator NL fmc Read out binary data as pairs of frequency level values trac
582. t of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC FREQ MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 184 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset AVERage This command triggers the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the IQ DC offset measurement in 96 for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects EDGE modulation 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects modulation accuracy MA
583. t printout with synchronization to the end e guo nm It is assumed that the setting required is a signal with a power of 20 dBm at 100 MHz and that the printer required is the No 6 of the printers available The data is first output on the selected printer then to a file REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkxkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub HCopy DIM Devices 100 as string Buffer for printer name FOR i 0 TO 49 Devices i Space 50 Preallocate buffer for printer name NEXT 1 SSeS s gt FSP default setting CALL SetupStatusReg Configure status register CALL IBWRT analyzer RST Reset instrument CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON Display on a rol Configure measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ CENT 100MHz SPAN 10MHz Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 10dBm Reference level CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT WAI Perform measurement Saas Query regarding available output devices CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST COMM PRIN ENUM FIRSt Read out first output CALL IBRD analyzer Devices 0 device and indicate PRINT Drucker 0 Devices 0 name For i 1 to 99
584. t referred to measurement bandwidth OFF Results output in absolute values Example of channel adjacent channel measurement SENS2 POW ACH ACP 3 Sets the number of adjacent channels in screen B to 3 SENS2 POW ACH BAND 30KHZ Sets the bandwidth of the main channel to 30 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ACH 40KHZ Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 40 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ALT1 50KHZ Setsthe bandwidth of all alternate adjacent channels to 50 kHz SENS2 POW ACH BAND ALT2 60KHZ Sets the bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 2 to 60 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC 30KHZ Sets the spacing between channel and adjacent channel as well as between all adjacent channels to 30 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC ALT1 40KHZ Setsthe spacing between adjacent channel and alternate adjacent channel as well as between all alternate adjacent channels to 40 kHz SENS2 POW ACH SPAC ALT2 50KHZ Setsthe spacing between alternate adjacent channel 1 and alternate adjacent channel 2 to 50 kHz SENS2 POW ACH MODE ABS Switches on absolute power measurement CALC2 MARK FUNC POW SEL ACP Switches the adjacent channel power measurement in screen B INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC2 MARK FUNC POW RES PHZ ON Output of results referred to the channel bandwidth CALC2 MARK FUNC POW RES ACP Queries
585. t via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR PEAK AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt PERRor PEAK MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the PEAK measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer automatically is set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF
586. table has to be defined with command CONF WCDP CTAB NAME Example CONF WCDP ctab data 8 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 8 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 7 1 0 256 8 0 1 0 00 2 channels are defined CPICH PCCPCH and a channel in code class 7 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COMMent string This command defines a comment for the selected channel table Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with command CONF WCDP CTAB NAME and the values of the table have to be defined with command CONF WCDP CTAB DATA Example CONF WCDP CTAB COMM Comment for table 1 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle COPY file name This command copies one channel table onto another one The channel table to be copied is selected with command CONF WCDP CTAB NAME The name of the channel table may consist of max 8 characters Parameter file name name of the new channel table Example CONF WCDP CTAB COPY CTAB 2 Copies the currently selected channel table onto channel table CTAB 2 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 109 E 3 CONFigure CDPower Subsystem FSP CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle DELete This command deletes th
587. te The commands of the SOURce EXTernal subsystem assume that the addressed generator was correctly configured with the commands of subsystem SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB RDEVice GENerator If no external generator is selected if the IEC bus address is not correct or the generator is not ready for operation an execution error will be generated COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT SOURce 1J2 EXTernal lt 1 2 gt Ext generator option STATe lt Boolean gt FREQuency OFFSet numeric value HZ FACTor NUMerator lt numeric_value gt DENominator lt numeric_value gt SWEep STATe lt Boolean gt POWer LEVel lt numeric_value gt DBM ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal SOURce lt 1 2 gt EXTernal lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF This command activates or deactivates the external generator selected with SOUR EXT lt 1 2 gt FREQ SWE ON inthe selected window The suffix behind EXTernal is irrelevant for this command This command is only available in connection with option Ext Generator Control B10 Example SYST COMM RDEV GEN1 TYPE SMPO2 Selects SMP02 as generator 1 SYST COMM RDEV GEN1 LINK TTL Selects IECBUS TTL link as interface SYST COMM RDEV GEN1 ADDR 28 Sets the generator address to 28 SOUR EXT1 FREQ SWE ON Activates the frequency sweep for generator 1 SOUR EXT ON Activates the external g
588. ter 4 MHz 2 8 MHz 2 MHz 1 6 MHz 1 MHz 800 kHz 500 kHz 400 kHz 250 kHz 200 kHz 125 kHz 100 kHz 62 5 kHz 50 kHz 31 25 kHz 25 kHz Lrse25kH2 ask ooo Due to the instrument s sampling concept 21 4 MHz IF 32 MHz sampling rate the image frequency is band limited only by the analog 10 MHz filter For an input signal at the limit of the 10 MHz band 1093 4820 12 7 38 E 2 FSP More Complex Programming Examples 5 MHz above center frequency an image frequency signal 800 kHz above the input signal would be obtained The image frequency in MHz is calculated as follows f where fimage image frequency in MHz fcener center frequency in MHz fsignal frequency in MHz of signal measured For correct measurements the RF input signal must be band limited Signals spaced more than 5 4 MHz from the center frequency are reflected into the passband of the 10 MHz filter 2 5 4MHz f image center signal Analog prefilters bandwidth 2300 kHz are available to provide additional band limiting of the signal measured The following example shows the steps necessary to collect data at a predefined sampling rate and read it from the UO memory Data is output in the form of voltage values referred to the analyzer input Data can be read in binary or ASCII format In binary format the length information carried in the message header is evaluated and used for calculating the x axis value
589. ter samples the IF signal 20 4 MHz at a rate of 32 MHz The digital signal is down converted to the complex baseband lowpass filtered and the sampling rate is reduced i e the output sampling rate is set between 15 625 kHz and 32 MHz by dividing the original sampling rate by powers of 2 This avoids unnecessary oversampling at narrower bandwidths which saves processing time and increases the maximum recording time The UO data is written to separate memories of 128k words each The memories are hardware triggered Data aquisition hardware Digital down conversion decimation Memory Analog A D gt l data IF filter converter RH M 128k cos Analyzer IF A NCO decimation id Lpi 20 4 MHz Ad je D 20 4 Mod filters Ba Processor sin Bandwidths j Q Memor y 300 kHz 32 MHz e E A a 128k Q data 1 MHz 3 MHz sampling d 10 MHz clock sampling rate 32 MHz 2 Trigger n 0 11 i Fig 7 3 Block diagram illustrating signal processing in the analyzer The following maximum bandwidths are possible in this measurement depending on the selected sampling rate Samplingrate Max bandwidth Remaks 32 MHz 9 6 MHz 16 MHz 7 72 MHz 8 MHz 4 8 MHz Signals outside the specified bandwidth may be deconvoluted to the useful band due to the characteristics of the anti aliasing fil
590. th the last data byte The IEC IEEE driver of the controller usually produces automatically an EOI together with the last data byte Several commands in a command line are separated by a semicolon If the next command belongs to a different command system the semicolon is followed by a colon Example CALL IBWRT analyzer SENSe FREQuency CENTer 100MHz INPut ATTenuation 10 This command line contains two commands The first one is part of the SENSe command system and is used to determine the center frequency of the instrument The second one is part of the INPut command system and sets the input signal attenuation If the successive commands belong to the same system having one or several levels in common the command line can be abbreviated For that purpose the second command after the semicolon starts with the level that lies below the common levels see also Fig 5 1 The colon following the semicolon must be omitted in this case Example CALL IBWRT analyzer SENSe FREQuency STARt 1E6 SENSe FREQuency STOP 1E9 This command line is represented in its full length and contains two commands separated from each other by the semicolon Both commands are part of the SENSe command system subsystem FREQuency i e they have two common levels When abbreviating the command line the second command begins with the level below SENSe FREQuency The colon after the semicolon is omitted The
591. than LOGarithmic This behaviour is due to the conversion of linear power into logarithmic level If the linear power is halved the level decreases by only 3 dB Example BAND VID TYPE LIN Video filter ahead of the logarithmic amplifier Characteristics RST value LIN SCPI device specific Mode A This command is available from firmware version 1 40 or higher 1093 4820 12 6 209 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth BWIDth DEMod lt numeric value gt This command defines the demodulation bandwidth of the instrument for analog demodulation The required sampling rate is automatically set depending on the selected demodulation bandwidth The available demodulation bandwidths are determined by the existing sampling rates rounded Sampling rate demodulation bandwidth 10 MHz 32 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz 5 MHz 8 MHz 3 MHz 4 MHz 1 6 MHz 2 MHz 800 kHz 1 MHz 400 kHz 500 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 50 kHz 62 5 kHz 25 kHz 31 25 kHz 12 5 kHz 15 625 kHz Example ADEM BAND DEM 1MHz Sets demodulation bandwidth to 1 MHz Characteristics RST value 5 MHz SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 210 E 3 FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem SENSe CDPower Subsystem This subsystem controls the parameters for the Code Domain Power measurement in operating mode WCDMA FDD BTS and MS FS K72 K73 T
592. the instrument for the measurement of FM and AM modulated signals in a way that allows to obtain as many measurement results as possible with a single shot measurement For that purpose the instrument has been equipped with a demodulator that is capable of performing both FM and AM demodulation at a time Additionally maximum minimum and average or current values can be obtained in parallel over a selected number of measurements In order to make it suitable for burst signals the demodulator can be configured in terms of pretrigger time sample rate and record length Note Demodulation will be performed offline that means on signals previously stored into memory The LO memory available for that purpose is 2 x 128 k samples The sample rate can be selected in the range of 15 625 kHz to 32 MHz Example For a Bluetooth signal the signal schematic under request is described in the following diagram Frequency versus time A Record Length Va gt M E Trigger Signal Offset Samples 1093 4820 12 6 190 E 3 FSP SENSe ADEMod Subsystem Measurement results of interest are FM Offset gt FM Deviation maximum and minimum for signal modulated with 1 values only gt FM Deviation maximum and minimum for signal modulated with 0 values only gt AM Modulation Depth for positive and negative burst ramp These values can be obtained by external computations on the frequency or amplitude
593. the output portrait and landscape hardcopy unit 1 or 2 Note The command is only available provided that the output device printer HCOP DEST SYST COMM PRIN has been selected Example HCOP PAGE ORI LAND Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 149 E 3 INITiate Subsystem FSP INITiate Subsystem The INITiate subsystem is used to control the init measurement function in the selected measurement window The measurement windows are assigned to INITiate1 screen A and INITiate2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INITiate lt 1 2 gt CONTinuous lt Boolean gt CONMeas no query IMMediate Se no query DISPlay lt Boolean gt INITiate lt 1 2 gt CONTinuous ON OFF This command determines whether the trigger system is continuously initiated continuous or performs single measurements single In the spectrum analysis mode this setting refers to the sweep sequence switching between continuous single sweep Example INIT2 CONT OFF Switches the sequence in screen B to single sweep INIT2 CONT ON Switches the sequence to continuous sweep Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming Mode all INITiate lt 1 2 gt CONMeas This command continues a stopped measurement at the current position in single sweep mode The function is useful especially for trace functions MAXHold MINHold and AVERage if the previous results are
594. the peak hold function is active The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV ON Switches on the function in screen A CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PHOL ON Switches on the peak value measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM SDEV PHOL RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PHOLd ON OFF This command switches on or off the peak hold function for the active time domain power measurement in the indicated measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 The peak hold function is reset by switching it off and on again Example CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PHOL ON Switches on the function in screen A Characteristics RST value
595. the result of the adjacent channel power measurement in screen B referred to the channel bandwidth If only the channel power is to be measured all commands for defining the bandwidths of adjacent channels as well as the channel spacings are not necessary The number of adjacent channels is set to 0 with SENS2 POW ACH ACP 0 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F 1093 4820 12 6 68 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer STATe OFF This command switches off the power measurement in the selected measurement window Note This command is not available during active GSM measurements Example CALC MARK FUNC POW OFF Switches off the power measurement in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F This command is an event and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer PRESet NADC TETRA PDC PHS CDPD FWCDma RWCDma F8CDma R8CDma F19Cdma R19Cdma FW3Gppcdma RWSGppcdma D2CDma S2CDma M2CDma FIS95A RIS95A FIS95CO RIS95CO FJ008 RJ008 FIS95C1 RIS95C1 TCDMa NONE This command selects the power measurement setting for a standard in the indicated measurement window and previously switches on the corresponding measurement if required The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix 1 to 4 gt
596. the tracking generator for screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming Modes all SOURce lt 1 2 gt FM DEViation 100Hz to 10MHz This command defines the maximum frequency deviation at 1 V input voltage at the FM input of the tracking generator The possible value range is 100 Hz to 10 MHz in steps of one decade This command is only available in connection with the Tracking Generator Option FSP B9 Example SOUR FM DEV 1MHz Sets the maximum frequency deviation of the tracking generator for screen A to 1 MHz Characteristics RST value 100 Hz SCPI conforming Operating mode al SOURce lt 1 2 gt FREQuency OFFSet 150MHz to 150MHz This command defines a frequency offset of the tracking generator for the indicated measurement window Frequency converting DUTs can be measured with this setting The possible value range is 150 MHz to 150 MHz It should be noted that the terms start frequency tracking frequency offset and stop frequency tracking frequency offset are both gt 1 kHz or both lt 1 kHz External UO modulation is switched off if active This command is only valid in conjunction with the tracking generator option FSP B9 Example SOUR FREQ OFFS 10MHz Switches on the frequency offset of the tracking generator for screen A to 10 MHz Characteristics RST value 0 Hz SCPI conforming Modes all 1093 4820 12 6 247 E 3 SOURce Subsystem FSP SOURce lt 1 2 gt POWe
597. tion i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE ON Switches on the function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE RES Outputs the result of screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A T MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 73 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak AVERage RESult This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the averaged positive peak value in the selected measurement window The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary AVERage The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt in MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value to obtain a va
598. tion FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo LINE NUMBer numeric value With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the horizontal sync signal of the indicated line number Example TRIG VID LINE NUMB 17 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A T This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger 1093 4820 12 6 294 E 3 FSP TRIGger Subsystem TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence VIDeo FIELd SELect ALL ODD EVEN With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the vertical sync signal The measurement is triggered on both fields with selection ALL on odd fields with selection ODD and on even fields with selection EVEN Example TRIG VID FIEL SEL ALL Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A T This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo SSIGnal POLarity NEGative POSitive With active TV trigger this command selects the polarity of the video sync signal Example TRIG VID SSIG POL NEG Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A T This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger TRIGger lt 1 2 gt SEQuence SYNChronize ADJust EXTernal 460us to 100s This command is a combination of 2 commands For one the Extern GSM trigger is selected For all GSM measurements requiring a trigger signal and for which an
599. tion bandwidth The default setting of the FSP is used for measurements SetupInstrument REM e ecce eee e ee e e e e se e e e e e e e e e e se e he ee e se e e e e s se e ee e sk e ke ee e ke e e e ke ke ke e ke ke e kv k kx Public Sub ShapeFactor result Space 100 e FSP default setting CALL SetupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT CONT OFF Single sweep a Set frequency CALL IBWRT analyzer FREQ SPAN 1MHz Span CALL IBWRT analyzer BAND RES 30kHz Resolution bandwidth CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT WAI Perform sweep with sync See Measure 60 dB value CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK PEXC 6DB Peak excursion CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK STAT ON Markerl on CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK TRAC 1 Assign markerl to tracel CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK MAX Set markerl to 100 MHz CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC NDBD 60dB Read out bandwidth measured CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC NDBD RES at 60 dB CALL IBRD analyzer result result60 Val result Measure 3 dB Down value CALL IBWRT analyzer CALC MARK FUNC NDBD 3dB Read out
600. tion for 0 difference sss 4 54 Select eerte 4 41 signal tracking 4 9 Trace info ns Tracking generator sese 4 187 Transducer Activating Entry x eee hes Transmission measurement 3 Transmission parameters RS 232 C COM TRG enhancement lable sse 3 6 Trigger GXIOIalz iei eee NN Hee as 4 32 external gale eredi rette neparan 4 34 1093 4820 12 10 10 FSP NGC TUN PP 4 31 e ET EE WEE 4 35 LES e 4 32 el EE 4 32 RFE POWER eege 4 38 iso ME 4 32 a EE 4 31 Zr 4 31 TV MOJEN eed e 4 39 U Ier 3 4 Unit leVel axis esie etr ee ir ead 4 14 limit h i eet e eae uei 4 125 Unit Ky ice indue ene 3 11 Universal command Upper case User Interface rrr rr rit reine V Vertical sync signal essen 4 39 Video bandwiath esses 4 20 Video polarily aetas 4 40 Video triggering VIEW trace info View trace W White Space i epe eme 5 14 tele UE EE 1 19 administrator Eege RARUS 1 19 lol p E 1 19 DASsSWOFd WEE 1 19 Z Zero SPAN e a Ee 4 10 Dou E EE ege tege 4 63 amplitude tint et us 4 44 X AXIS gate signal esses 4 36 E 3
601. tion for FSP time Replaces DISP FLIN and DISP TLIN commands of the FSE FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits RIGHt 0 to MAX frequency sweep new function forFSP time Replaces DISP FLIN and DISP TLIN commands of the FSE FSP reel CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt X SLIMits STATe ON OFF FSP reel CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt Y FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt Y PERCent lt numeric_value gt new function for FSP FSP reel CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 4 gt STATe ON OFF FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH MODE LINear LOGarithmic affects all traces on the FSP therefore the numeric suffix MATH lt 1 4 gt is not allowed for the FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH lt 1 4 gt MODE LINear LOGarithmic for FSE only the trace indicated by a numeric suffix is affected FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH POS 100PCT to 200PCT new function for FSP replacement for CALC RLINe of the FSE FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH STATe ON OFF for FSP traces can only be subtracted from trace 1 therefore there is no numeric suffix behind MATH FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MATH EXPRession DEFine lt expr gt for FSP traces can only be subtracted from trace 1 therefore there is no numeric suffix behind MATH and lt expr gt may only consist of TRACE1 TRACE2 or TRACE1 TRACE3 FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt RLINe MIN to MAX not available for FSP replaced by CALC MATH POS FSE CALCu
602. tion of the frequency response of the decimation filters is not available for sampling rates gt 2 MHz Forsingle shot measurements additional measurement data are acquired that exceed the settings of the TRAC I0 SET command The number of samples each and Q acquired before the trigger event and after the specified number of samples is indicated in the following table Sampling Additional samples before the trigger Additional samples after the specified of rate event samples lt 2 MHz 0 0 4 MHz 15 31 8 MHz 14 29 16 MHz 68 137 32 MHz 70 141 Note The LO data acquisition is not compatible with other measurement functions Therefore all other measurement functions will be switched off as soon as the LC measurement function is switched on Additionally a trace display is not possible in this operating mode Therefore all traces are set to BLANK Finally split screen operation will automatically be stopped Example TRAC IQ ON Switches the UO data acquisition on TRAC IQ ONL ON Switches the online output of the UO data on INIT CONT ON Selects continuous measurement data output Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T 1093 4820 12 6 289 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP TRACe 1 2 IQ ONLine SFACtor l TRACe lt 1 2 gt 1Q ONLine SFACtor Q The query command reads the scaling factors valid for the current device setup for the measured UO data The scaling factors d
603. tion of the instrument and subsequently queries the calibration status Any responses gt 0 indicate errors CLS CLEAR STATUS sets the status byte STB the standard event register ESR and the EVENt part of the QUEStionable and the OPERation register to zero The command does not alter the mask and transition parts of the registers It clears the output buffer ESE 0 to 255 EVENT STATUS ENABLE sets the event status enable register to the value indicated The query form ESE returns the contents of the event status enable register in decimal form ESR STANDARD EVENT STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form 0 to 255 and subsequently sets the register to zero IDN IDENTIFICATION QUERY queries the instrument identification Example Rohde amp Schwarz FSP 3 123456 7889 1 03 FSP 3 Device name 123456 789 z Serial number of the instrument 1 03 Firmware version number IST INDIVIDUAL STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form 0 1 The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll cf Chapter 5 OPC OPERATION COMPLETE sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have been executed This bit can be used to initiate a service request cf Chapter 5 OPC OPERATION COMPLETE QUERY writes message 1 into the output buffer as soon as all preceding commands have been executed cf Chapter 5 1093 4820 12 6 5
604. tion on the screen DL UP and video trigger level DL ON DLOFF The general display line function does not DL exist on the FSP ON OFF are accepted but ignored the line is automatically switched on off with AMBPL ON OFF Its default position is different Trace Blank BLANK BLANK TRA TRB TRC Trace Copy MOV TRA TRB TRC TRA TRB TRC Trace Clear Write CLRW CLRW TRA TRB TRC Detector selection DET DET POS SMP NEG DET returns SAMP instead of SMP on DET the FSP DET not automatically set the command complete bit Bit 4 in the status byte An additional DONE is required for that purpose x Mode ee FREE VID EXT Start new sweep 1093 4820 12 6 303 E 3 Supported GPIB Commands of the HP 8590 Series FSP Differences in Status Reporting The major difference in status reporting between the FSP and the HP 8590 analyzers is that the FSP has a hierarchical status reporting system conforming to IEEE 488 2 SCPI whereas the HP 8590 series has a very simple status reporting system that consists simply of the bit patterns in the status byte As described above for the RQS and STB command the bit mapping of the HP 8590 analyzers is supported as described in the table below For the status byte returned by a serial poll the bit mapping is different on the FSP In detail this means that all of the bits enabled by the RQS command will be mapped onto bit 5 of the Service Request Status Byte of the FSP This mechanism makes sure that a S
605. to 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe STATe ON OFF 6 60 1093 4820 12 6 331 E 3 FSP se ise 6 61 6 61 6 62 6 62 6 63 6 63 6 64 6 64 6 64 6 65 List of Commands Command e EELER EELER ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation HOLDoff CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion DEModulation CONTinuous CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion MDEPth STATe CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion TOI STATe CALCu 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion TOI RESult CALCu 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion CENTer CALCu 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion CSTep CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion REFerence CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion POWer SELect ON OFF ate lt 1 ate lt 1 ate lt 1 ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO ACPower CPOWer OBANdwidth OBWidth CN CNO ON OFF OFF standard ON OFF 10 Hz to MAX SPAN 330 dBm to 30 dBm 1to3 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary STATe ON OFF 6 73 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON OFF 6 73 Eeer Ile CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 FUNCtioSUMMaryPPEakAVERageRESU len CALCulate lt t 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak PHOLG RESut ez4 Eesen s CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt
606. to 4 gt MINimum NEXT 6 51 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum RIGHt 6 52 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt MINimum LEFT 6 52 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt PEXCursion lt numeric value gt 6 52 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FM RESult lt 1 to 3 gt PPEak MPEak MIDDle RMS 6 53 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod AFRequency RESult lt 1 to 3 gt 6 53 CALOulate 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod FERRor RESult lt 1 to 3 gt 6 54 CALOulate 1 2 MARKer 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ADEMod CARRier RESult lt 1 to 3 gt 6 54 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks IMMediate lt numeric value gt 6 55 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks COUNt 6 56 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks X 6 56 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks X 6 57 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion FPEaks SORT X Y 6 57 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown lt numeric value gt 6 57 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown STATe ON OFF 6 58 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown RESult 6 58 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NDBDown FREQuency 6 59 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer FUNCtion ZOOM lt numeric value gt 6 59 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1
607. tomatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer option FS K5 and when measurement of the modulation accuracy is selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects the modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects the MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC PEAK MAX Starts the measurement and reads out the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 181 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt MACCuracy OSUPpress AVERage This command starts the measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile and reads out the average of the original offset suppression measurement taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can be then queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt sUbsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only availab
608. trum MODulation RANGe ARFCn TXBand RXBand not available for FSP and COMBined DCSRx1800 FSET FSE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation TGATe ON OFF not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching COUNt 1 to 1000 not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPECtrum SWITching IMMediate not available for FSP and FSET FSE CONFigure SPURious ANTenna CONDucted RADiated not available for FSP and FSET 1093 4820 12 6 312 Comparison of FSP and FSE Commands FSP Devices Command Parameter Notes FSE CONFigure SPURious COUN RXBandt 1 to 1000 oot e for FSP and FSE CONFigure SPURious COUNt 1 to 1000 oe e for FSP and FSE CONFigure SPURious RANGe TXBand OTXBand not available for FSP and RXBand IDLeband FSET COMBined FSE CONFigure SPURious STEP COUNt Hi avara le for FSP and FSE CONFigure SPURious STEP lt 1 26 gt ON OFF RERUM e for FSP and FSE CONFigure SPURious IMMediate M e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS ARFCn lt numeric_value gt ee e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS ARFCn AUTO ONCE UAR e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS CHANnel SFH ON OFF RCM e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS CHANnel SLOT 0to7 fae e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS CHANnel SLOT AUTO ONCE co e for FSP and FSE CONFigure BTS CHANnel TSC 0to7 rio
609. ts INIT IMM WAI Starts the measurement PETC BURS MACC FREQ MAX Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been performed yet a query error results This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset AVERage This command reads out the average of the IQ DC offset measurement in for the selected number of bursts It is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects EDGE modulation 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement FETC BURS MACC IQOF AVER Queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 136 E 3 FSP FETCh BURSt Subsystem FETCh BURSt MACCuracy IQOFfset MAXimum This command reads out the maximum of the IQ D number of bursts C offset measurement in 96 for the selected It is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modu
610. ts GSM external trigger 1093 4820 12 6 171 E 3 READ BURSI Subsystem FSP READ AUTO LEVTime Executes the measurement and queries the result Result PASSED 8 3 6 15E 005 1 4 0 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 172 E 3 FSP READ BURSI Subsystem READ BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM MS Analyzer mode option FS K5 which are performed on individual bursts and for reading out the results subsequently Phase Frequency Error PFE Modulation Accuracy MAC Power vs Time PVT COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT COMMENT READ Option FS K5 l BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage deg query only MAXimum deg query only PEAK AVERage deg query only MAXimum deg query only FERRor AVERage Hz query only MAXimum Hz query only 1QOFfset AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only IQIMbalance AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only PTEMplate REFerence IMMediate query only REFerence Er IMMediate query only MACCuracy RMS AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only PEAK AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only OSUPpress AVERage dB query only MAXimum dB query only PERCentile AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 q
611. ts the type of average function If VIDeo is selected the logarithmic power is averaged and if LINear is selected the power values are averaged before they are converted to logarithmic values The type of average calculation is equally set for all traces in one measurement window Example AVER TYPE LIN Switches screen A to linear average calculation Characteristics RST value VIDeo SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 205 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem This subsystem controls the setting of the instrument s filter bandwidths Both groups of commands BANDwidth and BWIDth perform the same functions The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B COMMAND SENSe lt 1 2 gt BANDwidth RESolution AUTO RATio TYPE VIDeo AUTO RATio TYPE DEMod BWIDth RESolution AUTO RATio TYPE VIDeo AUTO RATio TYPE DEMod PARAMETERS lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt NORMal FFT CFILter RRC lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt LiNear LOGarithmic numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt NORMal FFT CFILter RRC lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt lt numeric_value gt LiNear LOGarithmic lt numeric_value gt HZ HZ HZ HZ HZ COMMENT Option FM demodulator Option
612. ts up AM results to measure Switches on demodulator Starts measurement and waits for sync Selects output format Reads FM average results Reads FM max hold results Reads FM min hold results Reads AM current results result type 1 gt lt result type 2 gt lt result type 3 gt Parameters result type 1 2 22 WRITe Notes AV ERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF The current measurement results will be obtained The measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The minimum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The measurement results are frozen and displayed i e they are not calculated for subsequent measurements The result type will not be used Each value besides OFF can only be assigned to one result type at a time Setting all result types to OFF will deactivate the FM demodulator Examples AD AD AD 1093 4820 12 EM FMAVI ER MAXH MINH EM FMWRIT OFF OFE EM FMOFF OFF OFF Creates average max hold and min hold values at a time Only creates the current measurement values Switches FM demodulation off 6 197 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP Characteristics RST values WRITe OFF OFF Mode SCPI device specific FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod FM RESult
613. ts will be used for calculating the FM offset AVERage The measurement results that were averaged over the given of measurements will be used for calculating the FM offset Note If no average measurement was active during the last measurement sequence only the command SENSe JADEMod FM OFFSet IMMediate will return a valid result data to calculate the offset are taken from the last measured data set SENSe JADEMod FM OFFSet AVERage will cause a query error in this case Examples ADEM SEIT 8MHz 32000 EXT POS 500 30 Sets up demodulator parameters to execute S0 measurements ADEM FM AVER OFF OFF Sets up FM results to do averaging ADEM AM OFF OFF OFF Sets up AM results to off ADEM ON Switches on demodulator INIT WAI Starts measurement and waits for sync ADEM FM OFFS IM Reads FM offset of last measurement of the sequence of 30 ADEM FM OFFS AVER Reads FM offset averaged over 30 measurements Characteristics RST values SCPI device specific Mode FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator 1093 4820 12 6 199 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP SENSe ADEMod SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution 1 Hz to 10 MHz This command sets the resolution bandwidth for displaying the RF spectrum that was determined from the analog demodulation data The recording time required is calculated from the given measurement time and th
614. tupInstrument Default setting CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ STAT ON Activate I Q data acquisition mode this must be done before TRAC IQ SET Select max number of test points 128 1024 512 at 10 MHz RBW 32 MHz sampling rate external trigger pos trigger edge and 0 s trigger delay CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 0 130560 CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ AVER ON Switch on I Q averaging CALL IBWRT analyzer TRAC IQ AVER COUN 10 Set 10 test runs pi LEE Read data in binary format 1093 4820 12 7 41 E 2 More Complex Programming Examples FSP Storing and Loading Device Settings Storing Instrument Settings In the following example the settings measurement data to be stored are determined only the hardware settings are stored The selection commands for the other settings are indicated with the status OFF for the sake of completeness REM xkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Public Sub StoreSettings This subroutine selects the settings to be stored and creates the data set TESTI in directory D USER DATA It uses the default setting and resets the instrument after storage of the setting a i FSP default setting Call SetupInstrum
615. ubsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks like those provided by the options WCDMA 3G FDD BTS and MS FS K72 K73 COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure Option FS K5 CHANnel SLOT MULTi ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACT3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACT4SYNC1 ACT4SYNC2 ACT4SYNC3 ACTASYNCA ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 TSC lt numeric_value gt USER USER string PRATe 4 8 RESTore no query MTYPe GMSK EDGE CONFigure CHANnel SLOT MULTi ACT1SYNC1 ACT2SYNC1 ACT2SYNC2 ACT3SYNC1 ACTS3SYNC2 ACT3SYNC3 ACT4SYNC1 ACTASYNC2 ACT4SYNC3 ACT4SYNC4 ACT8SYNC1 ACT8SYNC2 ACT8SYNC3 ACT8SYNC4 ACT8SYNC5 ACT8SYNC6 ACT8SYNC7 ACT8SYNC8 This command defines the used slots of the mobile The multislot setting defines how many adjacent slots are active and which of the active slots should be used for synchronization The following combinations are possible ACT1SYNC 1 1 active slot synchronization to 1st active slot ACT2SYNC 1 2 active slots synchronization to 1st active slot ACT2SYNC2 2 active slots synchronization to 2nd active slot ACT3SYNC 1 3 active slots synchronization to 1st active slot ACT3SYNC2 3 active slots synchronization to 2nd active slot ACT3SYNC3 3 active slots synchronization to 3rd active slot ACT4SYNC1 4 active slots synchronization to 1st active Slot ACT4SYNC2 4 active slots s
616. uded Example MMEM SEL DEFault Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all This command is an event and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 168 E 3 FSP MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory COMMent lt string gt This command defines a comment max 60 characters for a device setting to be stored Example MMEM COMM Setup for GSM measurement Characteristics RST value blank comment SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 169 E 3 OUTPut Subsystem FSP OUTPut Subsystem The OUTPut subsystem controls the output features of the instrument In conjunction with the tracking generator option a distinction is made between OUTPut1 screen A and OUTPut2 screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT l OUTPut lt 1 2 gt STATe lt Boolean gt Tracking generator option OUTPut lt 1 2 gt STATe ON OFF This command switches the tracking generator on or off Notes With the tracking generator switched on the maximum stop frequency is limited to 3 GHz This upper limit is automatically modified by the set frequency offset of the generator If measurements in compliance with specs are to be performed with the tracking generator the start frequency has to be 23 x resolution bandwidth The minimum sweep time for measurements in compliance with the data sheet is 100 ms in the frequency domain span gt 0 If a shorter sweep time is selected t
617. ue CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt COMMent lt string gt This command defines a comment for the limit line selected max 40 characters The comment is independent from the measurement window Example CALC LIM5 COMM Upper limit for spectrum Defines the comment for limit line 5 Characteristics RST value blank comment SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt COPY 1 to 8 lt name gt This command copies one limit line onto another one It is independent of the measurement window The name of the limit line may consist of max 8 characters Parameter 1 to 8 number of the new limit line or lt name gt name of the new limit line given as a string Example CALC LIM1 COPY 2 Copies limit line 1 to line 2 CALC LIM1 COPY GSM2 Copies limit line 1 to a new line named GSM2 Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt NAME name of limit line This command assigns a name to a limit line numbered 1 to 8 If it does not exist already a limit line with this name is created The command is independent of the measurement window The name of the limit line may contain a maximum of 8 characters Example CALC LIM1 NAME GSM1 Assigns the name GSM1 to limit line 1 Characteristics
618. uery Error Parameter lt offset samples gt lt of samples gt Examples TRAC TO STAT ON Offset of the values to be read related to the start of the acquired data Value range 0 to st of samples 1 with st of samples being the value indicated with command TRACe IQ SET Number of measurement values to be read Value range 1 to lt of samples offset samples gt with 3t of samples being the value indicated with command TRACe IQ SET Enable acquisition of UO data TRAC IQ SET NORM 10MHz 32MHz EXT POS 100 4096 Configure measurement Filter type Normal RBW 10 MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Trigger Source External Trigger Slope Positive Pretrigger Samples 100 of Samples 4096 INIT WAI Start measurement and wait for sync FORMat REAL 32 Read results TRAC IQ DATA MEM 0 2048 Return values 1093 4820 12 TRAC IQ DATA MEM 2048 1024 Determine output format Reads 2048 UO data starting at the beginning of data acquisition Reads 1024 UO data from half of the recorded data TRAC IQ DATA MEM 100 512 Reads 512 WO data starting at the trigger point Pretrigger Samples was 100 6 285 E 3 TRACe Subsystem FSP The result values are scaled linear in unit Volt and correspond to the voltage at the RF input of the instrument The format of the output buffer corresponds to the command TRACe IQ DATA Cha
619. uery only FREQuency AVERage Hz query only MAXimum i Hz query only IQOFfset AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only QIMbalance AVERage 96 query only MAXimum 96 query only 1093 4820 12 6 173 E 3 READ BURSt Subsystem FSP READ BURSt PERRor RMS AVERage This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error PFE of the mobile and reads out the average of the RMS measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep Further results of the PFE measurement can then be queried without restart of the measurement via the FETCh BURSt subsystem An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when measurement of the phase frequency error is selected see CONFigure BURSt PFERror Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS PERR RMS AVER Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ BURSt PERRor RMS MAXimum This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency
620. uffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the frequency domain span 0 Note The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is switched on CALC MARK FUNC STR ON Example CALC MARK FUNC STR BAND 1MHZ Sets the search bandwidth for screen A to 1 MHz CALC MARK FUNC STR BWID 1MHZ Alternative command for the same function Characteristics RST value span 10 on activating the function SCPI device specific Mode A F MS 1093 4820 12 6 70 E 3 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack THReshold 330dBm to 30dBm This command defines the threshold above which the largest signal is searched for in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the frequency domain span gt 0 The response unit depends on the settings defined with CALC UNIT Note The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is switched on CALC MARK FUNC STR ON Example Characteristics Mode CALC MARK FUNC STR THR 50DBM Sets the threshold for signal tracking in screen A to 50 dBm RST value 120 dBm SCPI device specific A F MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion STRack TRACe 1 to3 This command defines the trace on which the
621. ulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise RESult FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt FUNCtion PNOise STATe ON OFF FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum APEak not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum LEFT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum NEXT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MAXimum PEAK FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum LEFT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum NEXT FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum RIGHt FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MINimum PEAK FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt MODE ABSolute RELative FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt STEP AUTO ON OFF not available for FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt STEP INCRement lt numeric_value gt not available for FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt TRACe 1to3 FSP 3 traces are available per screen FSE 4 traces are available in full screen mode and 2 traces per screen in split screen mode FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 4 gt X 0 to MAX frequency unit SYM is not available for sweep time FSP FSP FSE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELT
622. um MODE AUTO MANual USER CALCulate lt 1 EE EE S8 CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 STATe 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative 0 to 100 DB 0 to 100 DB 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt RELative ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute 200 to 200 DBM 200 to 200 DBM CALCulate lt 1 STATe 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt 1 2 gt ABSolute ON OFF CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt ACPower ALTernate lt t 2 gt RESut ese CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol DOMain FREQuency TIME CALCulate lt 1 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol MODE RELative ABSolute CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt CONTrol SHIFt CALCulate lt 1 1093 4820 11 6 330 E 3 FSP List of Commands Command Parameter Page CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt LOWer THReshold lt numeric value gt 6 41 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer DATA lt numeric value gt 6 42 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer STATe ON OFF 6 43 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer OFFset lt numeric value gt 6 43 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer MARGin lt numeric value gt 6 43 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8 gt UPPer SHIFt lt numeric_value gt 6 44 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt LIMit lt 1 to 8
623. under Properties see section on option FSP B16 Return to Manual Operation Return to manual operation can be made manually via the front panel or remotely via the RSIB interface Manually Press LOCAL softkey or PRESET key Note Make sure that the execution of commands is completed prior to switchover since otherwise the instrument will switch back to remote control immediately Via RSIB interface D CALL RSDLLibloc analyzer ibsta iberr ibcntls Set device to manual control 1093 4820 12 5 6 E 2 FSP Messages Messages The messages transferred via the data lines of the IEC bus see Chapter 8 IEC IEEE Bus Interface can be divided into two groups interface messages and device messages IEC IEEE Bus Interface Messages Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC bus the ATN control line being active They are used for communication between controller and instrument and can only be sent by a controller which has the IEC IEEE bus control Interface commands can be subdivided into universal commands and addressed commands Universal commands act on all devices connected to the IEC IEEE bus without previous addressing addressed commands only act on devices previously addressed as listeners The interface messages relevant to the instrument are listed in Chapter 8 IEC IEEE Bus Interface Interface Functions 1093 4820 12 5 7 E 2 Messages FSP Device Messages
624. uordnung Softkey 6 344 ou S bs BI er EE E 5 14 ee Boolean parameter 77543 Brightness 4 136 Brightness SCIe8r esce t errore da 4 179 A Abort Doni LM cM E a 4 175 Cc AE Ug of Seen Aa EE E Calibration SUD CONG CUO o sitit ierit tumidus 2 functioning et 4 197 4 212 ACP measurement 4 88 reflection measurement essen 4 211 Adaressed Commande 6 5 relex on moss rofmeti s esses T 4 196 PEARL BUM rela E EE B He transmission measurement 4 190 4 205 UU KERN M E Calibration resulis e Het 4 56 AF demodulation 4 72 CANCEL key 3 11 AF OUTPUT tl 82 CODES J X B lee e HQ 4 108 AM demodulation sse 4 73 CCIR 473 4 4 39 AM moduleatton eee 4 200 SE TS A SE TEENS TIS LIES EE AM modulation depth 4114 Lee e EE 4 40 putas Center freouenck esses eene 4 6 EE ee 4 13 SIeD SI20 isse rr eme oppi 4 6 Amplitude probability distribution function 4 108 Channel Amplitude statistics sss 4 106 POWER EE 4 97 Analyzer mode RS bandwidth 4 96 4 103 4 113 Eeer EE lire 4 95 1093 4820 12 10 1 E 3 Index J 0 1 alo p 4 97 Channel fillers i2 s pens 4 26 Channel power measurement 4 90 Characters special 6 2 Clear Write mode 4 42 C
625. urce POWer numeric value This command switches the level of the 128 MHz reference signal source between 0 dBm and 30 dBm in the selected measurement window Example DIAG SERV CSO ODBM Characteristics RST value 30 dBm SCPI device specific Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 115 E 3 DIAGnostic Subsystem FSP DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice STESt RESult This command reads the results of the selftest out of the instrument The lines of the result table are output as string data separated by commas Total Selftest Status PASSED Date dd mm yyyy 09 07 1999 TIME 16 24 54 Runtime 00 06 The numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt is ignored with this command Example DIAG SERV STES RES Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all DIAGnostic lt 1 2 gt SERVice HWINfo This command queries the contents of the module info table Table lines are output as string data and are separated by commas component 1 gt lt serial gt lt order gt lt model gt lt HWC gt lt rev gt lt sub rev gt component 2 gt lt serial gt lt order gt lt model gt lt HWC gt lt rev gt lt sub rev gt The individual columns of the table are separated from each other by TI The numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt is ignored with this command Example DIAG SERV HWIN Result shortened RF ATTEN 7 650551 007 1067 7684 02 00 20 04 IF FILTER 648158 037
626. ure BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM MS mode option FS K5 which are performed on individual bursts Carrier Power CPW Modulation Accuracy MAC Phase Frequency Error PFE Power vs Time PVT COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure Option FS K5 l BURSt PFERror IMMediate no query MACCuracy IMMediate no query POWer IMMediate no query PTEMplate IMMediate no query SELect FULL TOP RISing FALLing CONFigure BURSt PFERror IMMediate This command selects measurement of the phase and frequency error of the mobile PFE When the measurement is started the analyzer is automatically set to single sweep This command is only available in GSM MS mode FS K5 and when modulation type GMSK is selected CONFigure MTYPe GMSK Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF BURS PFER Selects the PFE measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts INIT IMM WAI Executes the measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 102 E 3 FSP CONFigure BURSt Subsystem CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate This command selects measurement of the modulation accuracy of the mobile MAC When the measurement is
627. ured level at the test point lt Limit gt Limit in the partial range or at the test point lt Abs Rel gt ABS lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in absolute units dBm REL lt Level gt and lt Limit gt are in relative units dB lt Status gt Result of the limit check in character data form PASSED no limit exceeded FAILED limit exceeded MARGIN margin exceeded The frequencies lt Freqi gt and lt Freq2 gt are always absolute and not referred to the carrier frequency An ongoing measurement can be aborted via the command ABORt This command is only available with GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 option and when modulation spectrum measurement is selected see CONFigure SPECtrum MODulation 1093 4820 12 6 187 E 3 READ SPECtrum Subsystem FSP Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF SPEC MOD Selects the MOD measurement READ SPEC MOD REF Executes the premeasurement and queries the result READ SPEC MOD Executes the measurement in the time domain and queries the result Result 0 890E6 915E6 87 4 108 0 ABS FAILED 1 893 2E6 893 2E6 83 2 108 0 ABS FAILED 2 895 7E6 895 7E6 87 4 108 0 ABS FAILED Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS This command is an event and therefore has no query and no RST value READ SPECtrum MODulation REFerence IMMediate This command starts the pr
628. urement values Characteristics RST value TOTal SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower STYPe CPICh SCHannel This command selects the type of synchronization With CPICh the CPICH is used for synchronization and must therefore be contained in the signal With SCH synchronization is carried out without using the CPICH necessary for test model 4 without CPICH Example CDP STYP SCH Synchronization without CPICH Characteristics RST value CPICh SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD 1093 4820 12 6 214 E 3 FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower ANTenna OFF numeric value This command enables or disables antenna diversity and selects the antenna to be used With OFF the FS K72 assumes that antenna diversity is not enabled With 1 2 the special characteristics of the signals of antenna 1 or 2 are taken into account Example CDP ANT 1 The characteristics of antenna 1 are taken into account Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD BTS 1093 4820 12 6 215 E 3 SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem FSP SENSe CORRection Subsystem This subsystem controls calibration and normalization during operation with the tracking generator options B9 B10 The measurement windows are selected by SENSe1 screen A and SENSe2 screen B Note The commands of this subsystem are not available during GSM measurements COMMAND PARAMETERS UNT
629. user midamble is selected with command CONF CHAN TSC USER For each modulation type a separate user midamble can be defined Parameter lt string gt For modulation type GMSK The first 26 characters are evaluated 0 and 1 represent the GMSK symbols 1 and 1 If the number of characters is insufficient the string is filled with 0 up to the 26 character Characters other than O are processed as 1 For modulation type 8PSK EDGE The first 78 characters are evaluated The character patterns are assigned to the 8PSK EDGE symbols as follows Pattern 8PSK Symbol 111 011 010 000 001 101 100 110 If the number of characters is insufficient the string is filled with O up to the 78 character Characters other than 0 are processed as 1 Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP GMSK Selects modulation type GMSK CONF CHAN TSC USER 01010101010101010101010101 Defines TSC USER for GMSK CONF CHAN TSC USER Selects TSC USER CONF MTYP EDGE Selects modulation type EDGE 8PSK CONF CHAN TSC USER 010101010101010101010101010 101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101 Defines TSC USER for EDGE Characteristics RST value 00000000000000000000000000 for GMSK 78 times 0 for 8PSK EDGE accordingly SCPI device specific Mode MS NOOR ONO CONFigure PRATe 4 8 This command determines the number of samples per symb
630. utputs the results of the correction data acquisition The lines of the result table see section Recording the correction data of FSP CAL key are output as string data separated by commas Total Calibration Status PASSED Date dd mm yyyy 12 07 1999 Time 16 24 54 Runtime 00 06 Example CAL RES Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode all CALibration STATe ON OFF This command determines whether the current calibration data are taken into account by the instrument ON or not OFF Example CAL STAT OFF Sets up the instrument to ignore the calibration data Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode all 1093 4820 12 6 97 E 3 CONFigure Subsystem FSP CONFigure Subsystem The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks like those provided by the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 The CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH and READ subsystems where the measurement cycles are started and or the results of the measurements are queried The purpose of the following commands is configuring the GSM MS Analyzer mode Option FS K5 for mobiles corresponding to the standards P GSM E GSM R GSM DCS1800 or PCS1900 Note Besides the notation CONFigure lt command gt the instrument supports also the notation CONFigure MS command for reasons of compatibility with the FSE family The CONFigure s
631. value S numeric value 1093 4820 12 6 72 FSP CALCulate MARKer Subsystem CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the previously selected time domain power measurements Thus one or several measurements can be first selected and then switched on and off together with CALC MARK FUNC SUMMary STATe The function is independent of the marker selection i e the suffix of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Example CALC MARK FUNC SUMM STAT ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the positive peak value in the selected measurement window The function is independent of the marker selection i e the numeric suffix lt 1 to 4 gt of MARKer is irrelevant It is only available in the time domain span 0 Example CALC MARK FUNC SUMM PPE ON Switches on the function in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A T MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion SUMMary PPEak RESult This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value in the selected measurement window The measurement may have to be switched on previously The function is independent of the marker selec
632. ve The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC1 DELT2 MAX NEXT Sets delta marker 2 in screen A to the next smaller maximum value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 12 E 3 FSP CALCulate FEED Subsystem CALCulate 1 2 DELTamarker 1 to 4 gt MAXimum RIGHt This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the current value i e ascending X values The corresponding delta marker is activated first if necessary Example CALC2 DELT MAX RIGH Sets delta marker 1 in screen B to the next p smaller maximum value to the right of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS FM This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query CALCulate lt 1 2 gt DELTamarker lt 1 to 4 gt MAXimum LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value i e descending X values The corresponding delta marker will be activated first if necessary Example CALC DELT MAX LEFT Sets delta marker 1 in screen A to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A BTS MS FM This command is an event and therefore h
633. verage maxhold minhold function Valid range 0 to 32767 AD EM SET 8MHz 32000 EXT POS 500 30 Executes a measurement at sample rate 8 MHz record length 32000 trigger source EXTernal trigger slope POSitive offset samples 500 500 samples before trigger occurred of meas 30 RST values sample rate 8 MHz record length 501 trigger source IMMediate trigger slope POSitive offset samples 0 of meas 0 SCPI device specific FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator SENSe ADEMod SRATe This command returns the sample rate set up for the current analog demodulation measurement Example Characteristics Mode 1093 4820 12 A DEM SRAT Returns the current sample rate RST value SCPI device specific FM This command is only available with option FS K7 FM Demodulator 6 195 E 3 SENSe ADEMod Subsystem FSP SENSe ADEMod AM TYPE result type 1 gt lt result type 2 gt lt result type 3 gt This command selects the result types to be created in parallel by AM demodulation result type 1 2 22 WRITe Parameters Notes AVERage MAXHold MINHold VIEW OFF The current measurement results will be obtained The measurement results will be averaged over the given of measurements The maximum result values will be obtained over the given of measurements The minimum result values will be
634. version 1 20 or higher TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel RFPower 50 to 10DBM This command sets the level of the RF power trigger source Example TRIG LEV RFP 20DBM Characteristics RST value 20 DBM SCPI device specific Mode all except for FM This command is only available with option FSP B6 TV and RF Trigger TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence LEVel VIDeo 0 to 100PCT This command sets the level of the video trigger source Example TRIG LEV VID 50PCT Characteristics RST value 50 PCT SCPI device specific Mode all except for FM 1093 4820 12 6 293 E 3 TRIGger Subsystem FSP TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence HOLDoff 100 to 100s This command defines the length of the trigger delay A negative delay time pretrigger can be set in the time domain span lt 0 Hz only Example TRIG HOLD 500us Characteristics RST value Os SCPI conforming Mode all TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence SLOPe POSitive NEGative This command selects the slope of the trigger signal The selected trigger slope applies to all trigger signal sources Example TRIG SLOP NEG Characteristics RST value POSitive SCPI conforming Mode all TRIGger 1 2 SEQuence VIDeo FORMat LPFRame 525 625 This command defines the line system in use 525 or 625 lines with active TV trigger Example TRIG VID FORM LPFR 525 Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming Mode A T This command is only available with op
635. versus time PVT Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK ON Switches on marker 1 in screen A CALC MARK COUN ON Switches on the frequency counter for marker 1 INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK COUN FREQ Outputs the measured value in screen A Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt RESolution 0 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 Hz This command specifies the resolution of the frequency counter in the selected measurement window The setting is independent of the selected marker i e the numeric suffix in MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt is irrelevant Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example CALC MARK COUN RES 1kHz Sets the resolution of the frequency counter to 1 kHz Characteristics RST value 1kHz SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt COUNt FREQuency This command queries the result of the frequency counter for the indicated marker in the selected measurement window Before the command the frequency counter should be switched on and a complete measurement performed to obtain a valid count result Therefore a single sweep with synchronization must be performed between switching on the frequency counter and querying the c
636. windows i e the numeric suffix lt 1 2 gt of CALCulate is irrelevant Example CALC MATH MODE LIN Switches on the linear calculation Characteristics RST value LOG SCPI device specific Mode A MS 1093 4820 12 6 88 E 3 FSP CALCulate STATistics Subsystem CALCulate STATistics Subsystem The CALCulate STATistics subsystem controls the statistical measurement functions in the instrument The measurement window cannot be selected with these functions The numeric suffix in CALCulate is therefore ignored Note The commands of this subsystem are not available during GSM measurements COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate STATistics APD STATe lt Boolean gt CCDF STATe lt Boolean gt NSAMples numeric value SCALe AUTO ONCE X RLEVel numeric value DBM RANGe numeric value DB Y UPPer lt numeric_value gt LOWer lt numeric_value gt PRESet RESult lt 1 to 3 gt MEAN PEAK CFACtor ALL query only CALCulate STATistics APD STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of amplitude distribution APD On activating this function the CCDF measurement is switched off Example CALC STAT APD ON Switches on the APD measurement Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A CALCulate STATistics CCDF STATe ON OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution function CCDF O
637. witches the noise measurement on or off for all markers of the indicated measurement window The noise power density is measured at the position of the markers The result can be queried with CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion NOISe RESult Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example CALC2 MARK FUNC NOIS ON Switches on the noise measurement for screen B Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific Mode A MS CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe RESult This command queries the result of the noise measurement A complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between switching on the function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a valid query result This is only possible in single sweep mode Note This command is not available for GSM MS measurements modulation accuracy MAC phase frequency error PFE and power versus time PVT Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK2 ON Switches on marker 2 in screen A CALC MARK FUNC NOIS ON Switches on noise measurement in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK2 NOIS RES Outputs the noise result of marker 2 in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is an event and therefore h
638. with the display switched off to achieve maximum measurement speed During the generation of remote control programs however the display is often needed to check the settings programmed as well as the test results The functions shown below are examples of how the display can be switched on or off by remote control REM Switch display on Public SUB DisplayOn CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD ON Switch display on END SUB REMY k XX X k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk kk kk kkk kk kk ke ec e sk e e ee ke ke e ee e ke ke e e kkk REM Switch display off Public SUB DisplayOff CALL IBWRT analyzer SYST DISP UPD OFF Switch display off END SUB REM XX k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk k k k k e kk kkk e ee e ke ke e ee ke ke ke e ke kkk 1093 4820 12 7 3 E 2 Basic Steps of IEC IEEE Bus Programming FSP Configuring Power Save Function Display Permanently Switched Off The results on the screen are often not required during IEC IEEE bus operation Although the command SYSTem DISPlay UPDate OFF switches off the display of results which brings considerable advantages in terms of speed in the remote control mode the display itself and in particular the backlighting remain switched on To switch the display off use the power save function the response time having to be set in minutes p
639. y the ESE can be taken as the ENABle part of the ESR 1093 4820 12 5 19 E 2 Status Reporting System FSP Overview of the Status Registers not used not used not used a a P P amp logic AND p logic OR of all bits wo LT2 LOWer FAIL screen B LT2 UPPer FAIL screen B LT1 LOWer FAIL screen B LT1 UPPer FAIL screen B DJ LOWer FAIL screen B DJ UPPer FAIL screen B N C o o HCOPy in progress LT2 LOWer FAIL screen A LT2 UPPer FAIL screen A LT1 LOWer FAIL screen A LT1 UPPer FAIL screen A DJ LOWer FAIL screen A DJ UPPer FAIL screen A CARRier overload screen A No carrier screen A SYNC not found screen A BURSt not found screen A oooh ob OO JO O Q amp O Oo 0 do O M OQ amp O O om CALibrating STATus OPERation STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit STATus QUEStionable SYNC Screen A Screen B Screen A Screen B a not used not used NOO A Noho Go RO NOR 10 10 10 10 not used 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 LMARgin 8 FAIL 7 7 LiMit8 FAIL 7 ACPLimit 6 LMARgin 7 FAIL 6 6 LIMit 7 FAIL 6 SYNC 5 LMARgin 6 FAIL 5 5 LIMit 6 FAIL 5 LMARgin 4 LMARgin 5 FAIL 4 4 LIMit 5 FAIL 4 LIMit 3 LMARgin 4 FAIL 3 3 LIMit 4 FAIL 3 CALibration UNCAL 2 LMARgin 3 FAIL 2 2 LIMit 3 FAIL 2 1 LMARgin 2 FAIL 4 1 LIMit 2 FAIL 1 o LMARgin 1 FAIL o o LiMit1 FAIL o FREQuency TEMPerature
640. y error PFE and power versus time PVT Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC NDBD ON Switches on the n dB down function in screen A INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end CALC MARK FUNC NDBD FREQ Outputs the frequencies of the temporary markers in screen A Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A MS This command is only a query and therefore has no RST value CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion ZOOM numeric value This command defines the range to be zoomed around marker 1 in the selected measurement window Marker 1 is activated first if necessary The subsequent frequency sweep is stopped at the marker position and the frequency of the signal is counted This frequency becomes the new center frequency and the zoomed span is set In order to recognize the end of the operation the synchronization to the sweep end should be activated This is only possible in single sweep mode Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode g p CALC MARK FUNC ZOOM 1kHz WAI Activates zooming in screen A and waits for its end Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode A F This command is an event and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 59 E 3 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem FSP CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 to 4 gt FUNCtion NOISe STATe ON OFF This command s
641. y of the mobile and reads out the maximum of the IQ imbalance measurement in for the selected number of bursts The start of the measurement automatically activates the single sweep mode Further results of the modulation accuracy measurement can then be queried via the FETCh BURSt subsystem without restarting the measurement An ongoing measurement can be aborted by means of the ABORt command This command is only available in conjunction with the option GSM MS Analyzer FS K5 if modulation accuracy measurement has been selected CONFigure BURSt MACCuracy IMMediate Example INST MGSM Switches the instrument to GSM MS mode CONF MTYP EDGE Selects EDGE modulation 8PSK CONF BURS MACC Selects modulation accuracy MAC measurement SWE COUN 20 Sets the number of bursts READ BURS MACC IQIM MAX Executes the measurement and queries the result Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode MS If no measurement has been carried out yet a query error is indicated This command is a query and therefore has no RST value 1093 4820 12 6 186 E 3 FSP READ SPECtrum Subsystem READ SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM MS mode FS K5 which are used to measure the power of the spectral components due to modulation and switching and for reading out the results subsequently Measurement of spectrum due to modulation MO
642. y the RF attenuation and IF gain to the level of the applied signal The instrument is to be switched to the ATTEN MANUAL mode so as to set the RF attenuation and IF gain separately to optimum values This mode is maintained after changing from code domain power measurements to the analyzer or vector analyzer modes Example CDP LEV ADJ Automatically sets the level Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD This command is an lt Event gt and therefore has no RST value and no query 1093 4820 12 6 212 E 3 FSP SENSe BANDwidth Subsystem SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower LCODe VALue hex This command sets the long code scrambling code in hexadecimal format Example CDP LCOD H3B Sets the long code to 3B Hex Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower LCODe TYPE LONG SHORt This command switches the scrambling code between long and short Example CDP LCOD TYPE SHOR Switches to short scrambling code Characteristics RST value LONG SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD MS SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower CODE 0 to 511 This command sets the code number The code number refers to code class 9 Example CDP CODE 30 Selects code number 30 Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Mode 3G FDD SENSe lt 1 2 gt CDPower SLOT 0 to 14 This command sets the slot number Example CDP SLOT 3 Selects slot number
643. ynchronization to 2nd active slot ACT4SYNC3 4 active slots synchronization to 3rd active slot ACT4SYNC4 4 active slots synchronization to 4th active slot ACT8SYNC1 8 active slots synchronization to 1st active slot ACT8SYNC2 8 active slots synchronization to 2nd active slot ACT8SYNC3 8 active slots synchronization to 3rd active slot 1093 4820 12 6 98 E 3 ACT8SYNC4 8 active slots synchronization to 4th active slot ACT8SYNC5 8 active slots synchronization to 5th active slot ACT8SYNC6 8 active slots synchronization to 6th active slot ACT8SYNC7 8 active slots synchronization to 7th active slot ACT8SYNC8 8 active slots synchronization to 8th active slot FSP CONFigure Subsystem For the phase frequency error modulation accuracy and power vs time measurement the midamble trainingssequence for the slot to synchronize must be set correctly The reference measurement of power vs time measurement and the questionable signal power of the main measurement is related to the slot to synchronize In the main measurement of power vs time the slot to synchronize defines the synchronization point of the multislot signal on the screen All results of the phase frequency error and modulation accuracy measurement are related to the slot to synchronize In carrier power and modulation spectrum measurement the slot to synchronize is used to adjust the triggerdelay in order that the slot to synchronize is measured With the slot to synchronize it is the

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

カタログ - 遠藤工業  Toshiba 42SL863 42" Full HD Black LED TV  4K UHD モニターカタログ  IP Camera User Manual  VX2435wm-1 User Guide, Portuguese  Samsung 400DXN Manual de utilizare  Whitehall Products 16178 Use and Care Manual  取扱説明書  MEGASTAR - mamosrl.com  Introduction à l`étude du droit  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file